SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

[X] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 (Fee Required)


For the Fiscal Year Ended:                          Commission File No. 1-5690
    December 31, 1994

GENUINE PARTS COMPANY
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its Charter)

                GEORGIA                                58-0254510
                -------                                ----------
       (State of Incorporation)            (IRS Employer Identification No.)

        2999 Circle 75 Parkway                           30339
           Atlanta, Georgia                           (Zip Code)
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (404) 953-1700.

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act and the Exchange on
which such securities are registered:

COMMON STOCK, PAR VALUE, $1 PER SHARE NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

YES X . NO .

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [ ]

The aggregate market value of the Registrant's Common Stock (based upon the closing sales price reported by the New York Stock Exchange and published in The Wall Street Journal on February 10, 1995) held by non-affiliates as of February 10, 1995 was approximately $ 4,317,450,279.00.

The number of shares outstanding of Registrant's Common Stock, as of February 10, 1995: 122,635,533.

Documents Incorporated by Reference:
-Portions of the Annual Report to Shareholders for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1994, are incorporated by reference into Parts I and II. -Portions of the definitive proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 17, 1995 are incorporated by reference into Part III.


PART I. ITEM I. BUSINESS.

Genuine Parts Company, a Georgia corporation incorporated on May 7, 1928, is a service organization engaged in the distribution of automotive replacement parts, industrial replacement parts and office products. In 1994, business was conducted throughout most of the United States and in western Canada from more than 1200 operations. As used in this report, the "Company" refers to Genuine Parts Company and its subsidiaries, except as otherwise indicated by the context; and the terms "automotive parts" and "industrial parts" refer to replacement parts in each respective category.

Recent Developments. Effective January 1, 1995, the Company combined its Des Moines and DeWitt, Iowa, automotive operations, with the surviving operation being the NAPA Des Moines Distribution Center.

Industry Segment Data. The following table sets forth the net sales, operating profit and identifiable assets for the fiscal years 1994, 1993 and 1992 attributable to each of the Company's groups of products which the Company believes indicate segments of its business. Sales to unaffiliated customers are the same as net sales. The figures have been restated to give effect to the acquisition of Berry Bearing Company and affiliates on January 29, 1993, which was accounted for as a pooling of interests.

                                          1994            1993                 1992
                                          ----            ----                 ----
NET SALES                                             (in thousands)
---------
Automotive Parts                      $ 2,693,961      $ 2,485,267         $ 2,318,761
Industrial Parts                        1,317,495        1,153,371           1,082,428
Office Products                           846,959          745,656             615,562
                                        ---------        ---------           ---------
  TOTAL NET SALES                     $ 4,858,415      $ 4,384,294         $ 4,016,751
                                        =========        =========           =========

OPERATING PROFIT
----------------

Automotive Parts                      $   304,164      $   282,791         $   262,422
Industrial Parts                          111,822           96,727              87,493
Office Products                            78,206           65,938              50,967
                                        ---------        ---------           ---------
 TOTAL OPERATING PROFIT                   494,192          445,456             400,882
   Interest Expense                        (1,321)          (1,584)             (1,871)
   Corporate Expense                      (22,854)         (20,405)            (17,577)
   Equity in Income                         7,224            4,452               2,513
Minority Interests                         (2,373)          (2,090)             (1,537)
                                        ---------        ---------           ---------
 INCOME BEFORE
 INCOME TAXES                         $   474,868      $   425,829         $   382,410
                                        =========        =========           =========

IDENTIFIABLE ASSETS
-------------------

Automotive Parts                      $ 1,223,416      $ 1,152,148         $ 1,040,191
Industrial Parts                          404,647          370,633             354,547
Office Products                           308,817          283,479             228,802
                                        ---------        ---------           ---------
 TOTAL IDENTIFIABLE ASSETS              1,936,880        1,806,260           1,623,540
 Corporate Assets                           5,950            6,731              27,333
 Equity Investments                        86,641           57,765              56,430
                                        ---------        ---------           ---------
    TOTAL ASSETS                      $ 2,029,471      $ 1,870,756         $ 1,707,303
                                        =========        =========           =========

For additional information regarding industry data, see Page 27 of Annual Report to Shareholders for 1994.

The majority of the Company's revenue, profitability and identifiable assets are attributable to the Company's operations in the United States. Revenue, profitability and identifiable assets in Canada and Mexico are not material. For additional information regarding foreign operations, see "Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" on Page 23 of Annual Report to

-2-

Shareholders for 1994.

Competition - General. The distribution business, which includes all segments of the Company's business, is highly competitive with the principal methods of competition being product quality, sufficiency of inventory, price and the ability to give the customer prompt and dependable service. The Company anticipates no decline in competition in any of its business segments in the foreseeable future.

Employees. As of December 31, 1994, the Company employed approximately 21,285 persons.

AUTOMOTIVE PARTS GROUP.

The Automotive Parts Group, the largest division of the Company, distributes automotive replacement parts and accessory items. The Company is the largest member of the National Automotive Parts Association ("NAPA"), a voluntary trade association formed in 1925 to provide nationwide distribution of automotive parts. In addition to the more than 150,000 part numbers that are available, the Company, in conjunction with NAPA, offers complete inventory, accounting, cataloging, marketing, training and other programs in the automotive aftermarket.
During 1994, the Company's Automotive Parts Group included NAPA automotive parts distribution centers and automotive parts stores ("auto parts stores" or "NAPA Auto Parts stores") owned in the United States by Genuine Parts Company and Davis & Wilmar, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary; automotive parts distribution centers and auto parts stores in western Canada owned and operated by UAP/NAPA Automotive Western Partnership ("UAP/NAPA"), a general partnership in which a wholly owned subsidiary of Genuine Parts Company owns a 49% interest; auto parts stores in Alaska owned and operated by Parts, Incorporated, a wholly owned subsidiary of Genuine Parts Company; auto parts stores in the United States operated by corporations in which Genuine Parts Company owned a 51% interest; distribution centers owned by Balkamp, Inc., a majority-owned subsidiary; rebuilding plants owned by the Company and operated by its Rayloc division; and since October 1, 1994, automotive parts distribution centers in Mexico, owned and operated by Grupo Auto Todo, S.A. de C.V. ("Auto Todo"), a joint venture company in which a wholly owned subsidiary of Genuine Parts Company owns a 49% interest.
On December 31, 1994, Davis & Wilmar, Inc. and Parts, Incorporated were merged into Genuine Parts Company and their existence as separate wholly owned subsidiaries ceased.
The Company's NAPA automotive parts distribution centers distribute replacement parts (other than body parts) for substantially all motor vehicle makes and models in service in the United States, including imported vehicles, trucks, buses, motorcycles, recreational vehicles and farm vehicles. In addition, the Company distributes small engines and replacement parts for farm equipment and heavy duty equipment. The Company's inventories also include accessory items for such vehicles and equipment, and supply items used by a wide variety of customers in the automotive aftermarket, such as repair shops, service stations, fleet operators, automobile and truck dealers, leasing companies, bus and truck lines, mass merchandisers, farms, industrial concerns and individuals who perform their own maintenance and parts installation. Although the Company's domestic automotive operations purchase from more than 150 different suppliers, approximately 81% of 1994 automotive inventories were purchased from 25 major suppliers. Since 1931, the Company has had return privileges with most of its suppliers which has protected the Company from inventory obsolescence.

Distribution System. In 1994, Genuine Parts Company and its Davis & Wilmar, Inc. subsidiary, operated 65 domestic NAPA automotive parts distribution centers located in 37 states and 722 domestic company-owned NAPA Auto Parts stores located in 41 states. In addition, at December 31, 1994, Genuine Parts Company owned a 51% interest in 49 corporations which operated 65 auto parts stores in 28 states.
In Canada, Genuine Parts Company Ltd., a wholly-owned subsidiary, owns a 49% interest in UAP/NAPA which operated 9 automotive parts distribution centers

-3-

and 125 auto parts stores located in the provinces of Alberta, British Columbia, Manitoba and Saskatchewan and in the Yukon Territories. In addition, the Company has an approximate 23% interest in UAP Inc., a publicly traded Canadian corporation, that owns the other 51% interest in UAP/NAPA and further engages in the distribution of automotive parts primarily in eastern Canada. In Mexico, Auto Todo owns and operates 8 distribution centers. Auto Todo is not licensed to and does not use the NAPA(R) name in Mexico. The Company's investments in UAP/NAPA, UAP Inc. and Auto Todo are accounted for by the equity method of accounting.
The Company's distribution centers serve approximately 5,100 independently owned NAPA Auto Parts stores located throughout the market areas served. NAPA Auto Parts stores, in turn, sell to a wide variety of customers in the automotive aftermarket. Collectively, these auto parts stores account for approximately 37% of the Company's total sales with no auto parts store or group of auto parts stores with individual or common ownership accounting for more than .37% of the Company's total sales.

Products. Distribution centers carry approximately 150,000 different parts and related supply items. Each item is cataloged and numbered for identification and accessibility. Significant inventories are carried to provide for fast and frequent deliveries to customers. Most orders are filled and shipped the same day as received. The majority of sales are on terms which require payment within 30 days of the statement date. The Company does not manufacture any of the products it distributes. The majority of products are distributed under the NAPA(R) name, a mark licensed to the Company by the National Automotive Parts Association.

Related Operations. A majority-owned subsidiary of Genuine Parts Company, Balkamp, Inc.("Balkamp"), distributes a wide variety of replacement parts and accessory items for passenger cars, heavy duty vehicles, motorcycles and farm equipment. In addition, Balkamp distributes service items such as testing equipment, lubricating equipment, gauges, cleaning supplies, chemicals and supply items used by repair shops, fleets, farms and institutions. Balkamp packages many of the approximately 20,000 part numbers which constitute the "Balkamp" line of products which are distributed to the members of the National Automotive Parts Association ("NAPA"). These products are categorized in 150 different product groups purchased from more than 600 suppliers. All Balkamp items are cataloged separately to provide single source convenience for NAPA customers. BALKAMP(R), a federally registered trademark owned by the National Automotive Parts Association and licensed to Balkamp, is important to the sales and marketing promotions of the Balkamp organization. Balkamp has three distribution centers located in Indianapolis, Indiana, Greenwood, Mississippi, and West Jordan, Utah.
The Company, through its Rayloc division, also operates six plants where certain small automotive parts are rebuilt. These products are distributed to the members of NAPA under the name Rayloc(R). Rayloc(R) is a mark licensed to the Company by the National Automotive Parts Association.

Segment Data. In the year ended December 31, 1994, sales from the Automotive Parts Group approximated 56% of the Company's net sales as compared to 57% in 1993 and 58% in 1992.

Service to NAPA Auto Parts Stores. The Company believes that the quality and the range of services provided to its auto parts customers constitute a significant part of its automotive parts distribution system. Such services include fast and frequent delivery, obsolescence protection, parts cataloging (including the use of computerized NAPA Auto Parts catalogues) and stock adjustment through a continuing parts classification system which allows auto parts customers to return certain merchandise on a scheduled basis. The Company offers its NAPA Auto Parts store customers various management aids, marketing aids and service on topics such as inventory control, cost analysis, accounting procedures, group insurance and retirement benefit plans, marketing conferences and seminars, sales and advertising manuals and training programs. Point of sale/inventory management is available through TAMS(R) (Total Automotive Management Systems), a computer system designed and developed by the Company for the NAPA Auto Parts

-4-

store.
In association with NAPA, the Company has developed and refined an inventory classification system to determine optimum distribution center and auto parts store inventory levels for automotive parts stocking based on automotive registrations, usage rates, production figures, technological advances and other similar factors. This system, which undergoes continuous analytical review, is an integral part of the Company's inventory control procedures and comprises an important feature of the inventory management services which the Company makes available to its NAPA Auto Parts store customers. Over the last 10 years, losses to the Company from obsolescence have been insignificant, and the Company attributes this to the successful operation of its classification system.

Competition. In the distribution of automotive parts, the Company competes with automobile manufacturers (some of which sell replacement parts for vehicles built by other manufacturers as well as those which they build themselves), automobile dealers, warehouse clubs and large automotive parts retail chains. In addition, the Company competes with the distributing outlets of parts manufacturers, oil companies, mass merchandisers, including the national retail chains, and with other parts distributors and jobbers.

NAPA. The Company is a member of the National Automotive Parts Association, a voluntary association formed in 1925 to provide nationwide distribution of automotive replacement parts. NAPA, which neither buys nor sells automotive parts, functions as a trade association whose members currently operate 73 distribution centers located throughout the United States, 64 of which are owned and operated by the Company. NAPA develops marketing concepts and programs which may be used by its members. It is not involved in the chain of distribution.
Among the automotive lines which each NAPA member purchases and distributes are certain lines designated, cataloged, advertised and promoted as "NAPA" lines. The members are not required to purchase any specific quantity of parts so designated and may, and do, purchase competitive lines from other supply sources.
The Company and the other NAPA members use the federally registered trademark NAPA(R) as part of the trade name of their distribution centers and jobbing stores. The Company contributes to the Association's national advertising which is designed to increase public recognition of the "NAPA" name and to promote "NAPA" product lines.
The Company is a party, together with other members of NAPA and NAPA itself, to a consent decree entered by the Federal District Court in Detroit, Michigan, on May 4, 1954. The consent decree enjoins certain practices under the federal antitrust laws, including the use of exclusive agreements with manufacturers of automotive parts, allocation or division of territories among several NAPA members, fixing of prices or terms of sale for such parts among such members, and agreements to adhere to any uniform policy in selecting parts customers or determining the number and location of, or arrangements with, auto parts customers.

INDUSTRIAL PARTS GROUP

The Industrial Parts Group distributes industrial replacement parts and related supplies. This Group distributes industrial bearings and fluid transmission equipment, including hydraulic and pneumatic products, material handling components, agricultural and irrigation equipment and their related supplies.
In 1994, the Company distributed industrial parts in the United States through Motion Industries, Inc. ("Motion"), headquartered in Birmingham, Alabama, and Berry Bearing Company ("Berry Bearing") and its affiliates (the "Berry Companies"), headquartered in Chicago, Illinois. At December 31, 1994, the Berry Companies were merged into Berry Bearing. Motion and Berry Bearing are wholly owned subsidiaries of the Genuine Parts Company. In Canada, industrial parts are distributed by Oliver Industrial Supply Ltd., a wholly owned subsidiary of Genuine Parts Holdings Ltd., headquartered in Lethbridge, Alberta. Genuine Parts Holdings Ltd. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.
As of December 31, 1994, the Group served more than 150,000 customers in

-5-

all types of industries located throughout the United States, and in Canada, principally in the Provinces of Alberta, Manitoba and Saskatchewan.

Distribution System. In the United States, the Industrial Parts Group operates 5 distribution centers, two re-distribution centers, 10 service centers for fluid power and special hose applications and over 310 branches. Distribution centers stock and distribute more than 200,000 different items purchased from over 250 different suppliers. The Group's re-distribution centers serve as collection points for excess inventory collected from its branches for re-distribution to those branches which need the inventory. Approximately 50% of 1994 total industrial purchases were made from 15 major suppliers. Sales are generated from the Group's branches located in 38 states, each of which has warehouse facilities, which stock significant amounts of inventory representative of the lines of products used by customers in the respective market area served.
In Canada, Oliver Industrial Supply Ltd. ("Oliver") operates an industrial parts and agricultural supply distribution center for its seven branches serving the industrial and agricultural markets of Alberta, British Columbia, Manitoba and Saskatchewan in western Canada. In addition to industrial parts and agricultural supplies, Oliver distributes irrigation systems and related supplies.

Products. The Industrial Parts Group distributes a wide variety of products to its customers, primarily industrial concerns, to maintain and operate plants, machinery and equipment. Products include such items as hoses, belts, bearings, pulleys, pumps, valves, chains, gears, sprockets, speed reducers and electric motors. The nature of this Group's business demands the maintenance of large inventories and the ability to provide prompt and demanding delivery requirements. Virtually all of the products distributed are installed by the customer. Most orders are filled immediately from existing stock and deliveries are normally made within 24 hours of receipt of order. The majority of all sales are on open account.

Related Information. Non-exclusive distributor agreements are in effect with most of the Group's suppliers. The terms of these agreements vary; however, it has been the experience of the Group that the custom of the trade is to treat such agreements as continuing until breached by one party, or until terminated by mutual consent.

Segment Data. In the year ended December 31, 1994, sales from the Company's Industrial Parts Group approximated 27% of the Company's net sales as compared to 26% in 1993 and 27% in 1992.

Competition. The Industrial Parts Group competes with other distributors specializing in the distribution of such items, as well as with general line distributors. To a lesser extent, the Group competes with manufacturers that sell directly to the customer.

OFFICE PRODUCTS GROUP

The Office Products Group, through S. P. Richards Company ("S.P. Richards"), a wholly owned subsidiary of Genuine Parts Company headquartered in Atlanta, Georgia, is engaged in the wholesale distribution of a broad line of office products which are used in the daily operation of businesses, schools, offices and institutions. Office products fall into the general categories of computer supplies, office machines, general office supplies, and office furniture sold primarily under the Lesker Furniture name.
Computer supplies include diskettes, printer supplies, printout paper and printout binders. Office furniture includes desks, credenzas, chairs, chair mats, partitions, files and computer furniture. Office machines include telephones, answering machines, calculators, typewriters, shredders and copiers. General office supplies include copier supplies, desk accessories, business forms, accounting supplies, binders, report covers, writing instruments, note

-6-

pads, envelopes, secretarial supplies, mailroom supplies, filing supplies, art/drafting supplies and audio visual supplies.
S. P. Richards distributes more than 18,000 items to over 7,000 office supply dealers from 41 distribution centers located in 28 states. The newest distribution center opened in Middletown, New York in March, 1994. Approximately 62% of 1994 total office products purchases were made from 14 major suppliers.
S. P. Richards sells to qualified resellers of office products. Customers are offered comprehensive marketing programs which include flyers, other promotional material and personalized product catalogs. The marketing programs are supported by all S. P. Richards' distribution centers which stock all cataloged products and have the capability to provide overnight delivery.
While many recognized brand-name items are carried in inventory, S.P. Richards also markets items produced for it under its own SPARCO(R) brand name, as well as its NATURE SAVER(R) brand of recycled products.

Segment Data. In the year ended December 31, 1994, sales from the Company's Office Products Group approximated 17% of the Company's net sales as compared to 17% in 1993 and 15% in 1992.

Competition. In the distribution of office supplies to retail dealers, S. P. Richards competes with many other wholesale distributors as well as with manufacturers of office products and large national retail chains.

* * * * * * * *

Executive Officers of the Company. The table below sets forth the name and age of each person deemed to be an executive officer of the Company as of February 20, 1995, the position or office held by each and the period during which each has served as such. Each executive officer is elected by the Board of Directors and serves at the pleasure of the Board of Directors until his successor has been elected and has qualified, or until his earlier death, resignation, removal, retirement or disqualification.

                                                                       Year First
                                                                        Assumed
Name                   Age    Position of Office                       Position
- ----                   ---    ------------------                       ----------
Larry L. Prince          56    Chairman of the Board of Directors
                               and Chief Executive Officer             1990/1989
Thomas C. Gallagher      47    President and Chief Operating Officer      1990
George W. Kalafut        61    Executive Vice President-Finance and
                               Administration *                           1991
John J. Scalley          64    Executive Vice President                   1986
Keith M. Bealmear        48    Group Vice President                       1994
Robert J. Breci          59    Group Vice President                       1987
Albert T. Donnon, Jr     47    Group Vice President                       1993
Louis W. Rice, Jr        68    Senior Vice President-Personnel            1981

* Also serves as the Company's Principal Financial Officer.

All executive officers have been employed by and have served as officers of the Company for at least the last five years.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES.

The Company's headquarters are located in one of two adjacent office buildings owned by Genuine Parts Company in Atlanta, Georgia.

The Company's Automotive Parts Group currently operates 64 NAPA Distribution Centers in the United States distributed among nine geographic divisions. More than 90% of the distribution center properties are owned by the Company. At December 31, 1994, the Company owned 722 NAPA Auto Parts stores located in 41

-7-

states, and Genuine Parts Company owned a 51% interest in 65 auto parts store stores located in 28 states. Other than NAPA Auto Parts stores located within Company owned distribution centers, most of the auto parts stores were operated in leased facilities. In addition, UAP/NAPA, in which Genuine Parts Company owns a minority interest, operated 125 auto parts stores in Western Canada. The Company's Automotive Parts Group also operates three Balkamp distribution centers, six Rayloc rebuilding plants, two transfer and shipping facilities and a Rayloc warehouse.

The Company's Industrial Parts Group, operating through Motion and Berry Bearing, operates 5 distribution centers, 2 re-distribution centers, 10 service centers and over 310 branches. Approximately 80% of these branches are operated in leased facilities. In addition, the Industrial Parts Group operates an industrial parts and agricultural supply distribution center in Western Canada for its 7 branches of which approximately 85% are operated in leased facilities.

The Company's Office Products Group operates 41 distribution centers in the United States distributed among the Group's six geographic divisions. Approximately 75% of these distribution centers are operated in leased facilities.

For additional information regarding rental expense on leased properties, see "Note 5 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" on Page 24 of Annual Report to Shareholders for 1994.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

Not Applicable.

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS.

Not Applicable.

PART II.

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCK- HOLDER MATTERS.

Information required by this item is set forth under the heading "Market and Dividend Information" on Page 18 of Annual Report to Shareholders for the year ended December 31, 1994, and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.

Information required by this item is set forth under the heading "Selected Financial Data" on Page 18 of Annual Report to Shareholders for the year ended December 31, 1994, and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS.

Information required by this item is set forth under the heading "Management's Discussion and Analysis" on Page 26 of Annual Report to Shareholders for the year ended December 31, 1994, and is incorporated herein by reference.

-8-

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

Information required by this item is set forth in the consolidated financial statements on Pages 20 through 25 and Page 27, in "Report of Independent Auditors" on Page 19, and under the heading "Quarterly Results of Operations" on Page 27, of the Annual Report to Shareholders for the year ended December 31, 1994, and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

Not Applicable.

PART III.

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT.

Information required by this item is set forth on Pages 1 through 4, and Page 17 of the definitive proxy statement for the Company's Annual Meeting to be held on April 17, 1995, and is incorporated herein by reference. Certain information about Executive Officers of the Company is included in Item 1 of Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

Information required by this item is set forth on Pages 4 and 5, and on Pages 7 through 17 of the definitive proxy statement for the Company's Annual Meeting to be held on April 17, 1995, and is incorporated herein by reference. In no event shall the information contained in the definitive proxy statement for the Company's 1995 Annual Meeting on Pages 9 through 11 under the heading "Compensation and Stock Option Committee Report on Executive Compensation" or on Pages 16 and 17 under the heading "Performance Graph" be incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT.

Information required by this item is set forth on Pages 5 and 6 of the definitive proxy statement for the Company's Annual Meeting to be held on April 17, 1995, and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.

Information required by this item is set forth on Page 17 of the definitive proxy statement for the Company's Annual Meeting to be held on April 17, 1995, and is incorporated herein by reference.

PART IV.

ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 10-K.

(a) (1) and (2) The response to this portion of Item 14 is submitted as a separate section of this report.

(3) The following Exhibits are filed as part of this report in Item 14(c):

Exhibit 3.1 Restated Articles of Incorporation of the

-9-

                Company, dated as of April 18, 1988, and
                as amended April 17, 1989 and amendments
                to the Restated Articles of
                Incorporation of the Company, dated as
                of November 20, 1989 and April 18, 1994.

Exhibit 3.2     By-laws of the Company, as amended.
                (Incorporated herein by reference from
                the Company's Annual Report on Form
                10-K, dated March 5, 1993).

Exhibit 4.1     Shareholder Protection Rights Agreement,
                dated as of November 20, 1989, between
                the Company and Trust Company Bank, as
                Rights Agent.  (Incorporated herein by
                reference from the Company's Report on
                Form 8-K, dated November 20, 1989).

Exhibit 10.1 *  Incentive Stock Option Plan.
                (Incorporated herein by reference from
                the Company's Annual Meeting Proxy
                Statement, dated March 12, 1982).

Exhibit 10.2 *  1988 Stock Option Plan.  (Incorporated
                herein by reference from the Company's
                Annual Meeting Proxy Statement,
                dated March 9, 1988).

Exhibit 10.3 *  Form of Amendment to Deferred
                Compensation Agreement, adopted
                February 13, 1989, between the Company
                and certain executive officers of the
                Company.  (Incorporated herein by
                reference from the Company's Annual
                Report on Form 10-K, dated March 15,
                1989).

Exhibit 10.4 *  Form of Agreement adopted February 13,
                1989, between the Company and certain
                executive officers of the Company
                providing for a supplemental employee
                benefit upon a change in control of the
                Company.  (Incorporated herein by
                reference from the Company's Annual
                Report on Form 10-K, dated March 15,
                1989).

Exhibit 10.5 *  Genuine Parts Company Supplemental
                Retirement Plan, effective January 1,
                1991. (Incorporated herein by reference
                from the Company's Annual Report on
                Form 10-K, dated March 8, 1991).

Exhibit 10.6 *  1992 Stock Option and Incentive Plan,
                effective April 20, 1992.
                (Incorporated herein by reference from
                the Company's Annual Meeting Proxy
                Statement, dated March 6, 1992).

-10-

Exhibit 10.7 *   The Genuine Parts Company Restated
                 Tax-Deferred Savings Plan, effective
                 January 1, 1993.

Exhibit 10.8 *   Restricted Stock Agreement dated March
                 31, 1994, between the Company and Larry
                 L. Prince.  (Incorporated herein by
                 reference from the Company's Form 10-Q,
                 dated May 6, 1994).

Exhibit 10.9 *   Restricted Stock Agreement dated March
                 31, 1994, between the Company and
                 Thomas C. Gallagher.  (Incorporated
                 herein by reference from the Company's
                 Form 10-Q, dated May 6, 1994).

Exhibit 10.10 *  Amendment No. 2 to the Genuine Parts
                 Company Supplemental Retirement Plan,
                 effective January 1, 1995.

Exhibit 10.11 *  Genuine Partnership Plan, as amended and
                 restated January 1, 1994.

Exhibit 10.12 *  Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan, as
                 amended and restated effective January
                 1, 1989.

* Indicates executive compensation plans and arrangements

Exhibit 13       The following sections and pages of the
                 1994 Annual Report to Shareholders:
                 -  Selected Financial Data on Page 18
                 -  Market and Dividend Information on
                    Page 18
                 -  Report of Independent Auditors on
                    Page 19
                 -  Consolidated Financial Statements and
                    Notes to Consolidated Financial
                    Statements on Pages 20 - 25
                 -  Management's Discussion and Analysis
                    on Page 26
                 -  Industry Data Information on Page 27
                 -  Quarterly Results of Operations on
                    Page 27

Exhibit 21       Subsidiaries of the Company

Exhibit 23       Consent of Independent Auditors

Exhibit 27       Financial Data Schedule (for SEC
                 purposes only)

(b) Reports on Form 8-K. No reports on Form 8-K were filed by the Registrant during the last quarter of the fiscal year.

(c) Exhibits. The response to this portion of Item 14 is submitted as a separate section of this report.

(d) Financial Statement Schedules. The response to this portion of Item

-11-

14 is submitted as a separate section of this report.

SIGNATURES.

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

GENUINE PARTS COMPANY

/s/ Larry L. Prince            3/3/95   /s/ George W. Kalafut         3/3/95
- -------------------------------------   ------------------------------------
Larry L. Prince                (Date)   George W. Kalafut             (Date)
Chairman of the Board                   Executive Vice President -
and Chief Executive Officer             Finance and Administration and
                                        Principal Financial and Accounting
                                        Officer

-12-

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

- -------------------------------------  ------------------------------------
James R. Courim               (Date)   William A. Parker           (Date)
Director                               Director

/s/Bradley Currey, Jr.        2/20/95  /s/Larry L. Prince           2/20/95
- -------------------------------------  ------------------------------------
Bradley Currey, Jr            (Date)   Larry L. Prince             (Date)
Director                               Director
                                       Chairman of the Board and
                                       Chief Executive Officer

/s/Jean Douville              2/20/95  /s/John J. Scalley          2/20/95
- -------------------------------------  -----------------------------------
Jean Douville                 (Date)   John J. Scalley             (Date)
Director                               Director
Chairman of the Board and              Executive Vice President
Chief Executive Officer UAP INC.

/s/John B. Ellis              2/20/95  /s/Alana S. Shepherd        2/20/95
- -------------------------------------  -----------------------------------
John B. Ellis                 (Date)   Alana S. Shepherd           (Date)
Director                               Director

/s/Thomas C. Gallagher        2/20/95  /s/Lawrence G. Steiner      2/20/95
- -------------------------------------  -----------------------------------
Thomas C. Gallagher           (Date)   Lawrence G. Steiner         (Date)
Director                               Director
President and Chief Operating Officer

/s/E. Reginald Hancock        2/20/95  /s/James B. Williams        2/20/95
- -------------------------------------  -----------------------------------
E. Reginald Hancock           (Date)   James B. Williams           (Date)
Director                               Director

/s/Gardner E. Larned          2/20/95
- -------------------------------------
Gardner E. Larned             (Date)
Director

-13-

Annual Report on Form 10-K

Item 14(a)(1) and (2), (c) and (d)

List of Financial Statements

Certain Exhibits

Year ended December 31, 1994

Genuine Parts Company

Atlanta, Georgia


Form 10-K - Item 14(a)(1) and (2)

Genuine Parts Company and Subsidiaries

Index of Financial Statements

The following consolidated financial statements of Genuine Parts Company and subsidiaries, included in the annual report of the registrant to its shareholders for the year ended December 31, 1994, are incorporated by reference in Item 8:

Consolidated balance sheets - December 31, 1994 and 1993

Consolidated statements of income - Years ended December 31, 1994, 1993 and 1992

Consolidated statements of shareholders' equity - Years ended December 31, 1994, 1993 and 1992

Consolidated statements of cash flows - Years ended December 31, 1994, 1993 and 1992

Notes to consolidated financial statements - December 31, 1994

All schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable, and therefore have been omitted.


ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

ITEM 14(a)(3)

LIST OF EXHIBITS

The following Exhibits are filed as a part of this Report:

 3.1     Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company, dated as of April
         18, 1988, and as amended April 17, 1989 and amendments to the Restated
         Articles of Incorporation of the Company, dated as of November 20,
         1989 and April 18, 1994.

10.9*    The Genuine Parts Company Restated Tax-Deferred Savings Plan,
         effective January 1, 1993

10.10*   Amendment No. 2 to the Genuine Parts Company Supplemental Retirement
         Plan, effective January 1, 1995.

10.11*   Genuine Partnership Plan, as amended and restated January 1, 1994.

10.12*   Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan, as amended and restated effective
         January 1, 1989.

13       The following Sections and Pages of Annual Report to Shareholders for
         1994:

                 - Selected Financial Data on Page 18
                 - Common Stock Market and Dividend Information
                   on Page 18
                 - Report of Independent Auditors on Page 19
                 - Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to
                   Consolidated Financial Statements on Pages 20-25
                 - Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
                   Condition and Results of Operations on Page 26
                 - Industry Data Information on Page 27
                 - Quarterly Results of Operations on Page 27

21       Subsidiaries of the Company

23       Consent of Independent Auditors

27       Financial Data Schedule (for SEC use only)

The following Exhibits are incorporated by reference as set forth in Item 14 on pages 9 through 11 of this Form 10-K:

- 3.2 By-laws of the Company, as amended.
- 4.1 Shareholder Protection Rights Agreement, dated as of November 20, 1989, between the Company and Trust Company Bank, as Rights Agent.
- 10.1* Incentive Stock Option Plan.
- 10.2* 1988 Stock Option Plan.
- 10.3* Form of Amendment to Deferred Compensation Agreement adopted February 13, 1989, between the Company and certain executive officers of the Company.
- 10.4* Form of Agreement adopted February 13, 1989, between the Company and certain executive officers of the Company providing for a supplemental employee benefit upon a change in control of the Company.
- 10.5* Genuine Parts Company Supplemental Retirement Plan, effective January 1, 1991.
- 10.6* 1992 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, effective April 20, 1992.
- 10.7* Restricted Stock Agreement dated March 31, 1994, between the Company and Larry L. Prince.
- 10.8* Restricted Stock Agreement dated March 31, 1994, between the Company and Thomas C. Gallagher.

* Indicates executive compensation plans and arrangements


EXHIBIT 3.1

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
OF
GENUINE PARTS COMPANY

1.

The name of the corporation is Genuine Parts Company (the "Corporation").

2.

The Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation, as previously amended, are hereby further amended by deleting Paragraph A of Article Four in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

"A. The total number of shares of capital stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is Four Hundred Sixty Million
(460,000,000), of which Four Hundred Fifty Million (450,000,000)
shares shall be common stock of the par value of $1 per share
(hereinafter called the "common stock") and Ten Million (10,000,000)
shares shall be preferred stock of the par value of $1 per share (hereinafter called the "preferred stock")."

3.

The foregoing Amendment was adopted by the shareholders of the Corporation on April 18, 1994 in accordance with the provisions of Code Section 14-2-1003.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused these Articles of Amendment to be executed this 18th day of April, 1994.

GENUINE PARTS COMPANY

                                       By: /s/ Larry L. Prince
                                          -------------------------------------
                                           Larry L. Prince, Chairman of the
                                           Board and Chief Executive Officer

ATTEST:



/s/ Brainard T. Webb, Jr.
- ---------------------------------
Brainard T. Webb, Jr., Secretary

[Corporate Seal]


ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT OF
GENUINE PARTS COMPANY
IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 14-2-602(d)
OF THE GEORGIA BUSINESS CORPORATION CODE

Pursuant to Section 14-2-602(d) of the Georgia Business Corporation Code, Genuine Parts Company, a Georgia corporation (the "Corporation") delivers these Articles of Amendment relating to the establishment, as authorized by its Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, of the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock of the Corporation to the Secretary of State of Georgia for filing.

I.

The name of the Corporation is Genuine Parts Company.

II.

A copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Corporation establishing and designating the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock of the Corporation, and fixing and determining the relative rights and preferences thereof, is attached hereto as Exhibit A.

III.

The resolution attached hereto as Exhibit A was adopted on November 20, 1989.

IV.

The resolution attached hereto as Exhibit A was duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Genuine Parts Company has caused these Articles of Amendment to be executed and its corporate seal to be affixed and has caused its seal and the execution hereof to be attested, all by its duly authorized officers, this 20th day of November, 1989.

GENUINE PARTS COMPANY

(CORPORATE SEAL)

Attest:                            By: /s/ Edward M. Jones
                                       ------------------------
                                       Edward M. Jones
                                       Vice Chairman of the Board
By:  /s/ Brainard T. Webb, Jr.
     -----------------------------
     Brainard T. Webb, Jr.                     (SEAL)
     Secretary                               CERTIFICATE

THIS DOCUMENT RECEIVED
AND FILED IN THE OFFICE
OF THE SECRETARY OF STATE

BY: /s/ T. McAlister
    -----------------------
DATE: 11-20-89
      ---------------------
TRANSACTION# 89324633,637
             --------------
CHARTER# 8505042
         ------------------


EXHIBIT A

RESOLUTION ADOPTED AT A MEETING
OF BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF
GENUINE PARTS COMPANY
HELD ON NOVEMBER 20, 1989

RESOLVED, that pursuant to the authority vested in the Board of Directors of the Corporation by Article Four of its Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, and in accordance with the provisions of Section 14-2-602 of the Georgia Business Corporation Code, the Board of Directors does hereby create, authorize and provide for the issuance of a series of preferred stock, par value $1.00 per share, of the Corporation, having the following voting powers, designation, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights, and qualifications, limitations and restrictions in addition to those set forth in such Article Four:

Section 1. Designation and Amount. The shares of such series shall be designated as "Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock" and the number of shares constituting such series shall be 2,000,000. Such number of shares may be increased or decreased by resolution of the Board of Directors; provided, that no decrease shall reduce the number of shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock to a number less than the sum of (i) the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the number of shares of common stock, par value $1.00 per share, of the Corporation (the "Common Stock") then outstanding plus the number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance upon the exercise of outstanding options, rights or warrants or upon the conversion of any outstanding securities issued by the Corporation convertible into shares of Common Stock, by (2) 100, and (ii) the number of shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock then outstanding plus the number of shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock reserved for issuance upon the exercise of outstanding options, rights or warrants or upon the conversion of any outstanding securities issued by the Corporation convertible into shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock.

Section 2. Dividend and Distributions. (A) Subject to the prior and superior rights of the holders of any shares of any other series of Preferred Stock (or any similar stock) ranking prior and superior to the shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock with respect to dividends, each holder of one one-hundredth (1/100) of a share (a "Unit") of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, in preference to the holders of Common Stock of the Corporation, and of any other junior stock, shall be entitled to receive, when as and if declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available for that purpose (i) quarterly dividends payable in cash on the first day of January, April, July and October in each year (each such date being a "Quarterly Dividend Payment Date"), commencing on the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date after the first issuance of such Unit of

A-1

Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, in an amount per Unit (rounded to the nearest cent) equal to the greater of (a) $0.01 or (b) subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, the aggregate per share amount of all cash dividends declared on shares of Common Stock since the immediately preceding Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, or, with respect to the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, since the first issuance of a Unit of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, and (ii) subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, quarterly distributions (payable in kind) on each Quarterly Dividend Payment Date in an amount per Unit equal to the aggregate per share amount of all non-cash dividends or other distributions (other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock or a subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, by reclassification or otherwise) declared on shares of Common Stock since the immediately preceding Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, or with respect to the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, since the first issuance of a Unit of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock. In the event that the Corporation shall at any time after November 30, 1989 (the "Rights Declaration Date") (i) declare any dividend on outstanding shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock (ii) subdivide outstanding shares of Common Stock or (iii) combine outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, then in each such case the amount to which the holder of a Unit of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock was entitled immediately prior to such event pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock that are outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

(B) The Corporation shall declare a dividend or distribution of Units of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock as provided in paragraph (A) above immediately after it declares a dividend or distribution on the shares of Common Stock (other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock); provided, however, that, in the event no dividend or distribution shall have been declared on the Common Stock during the period between any Quarterly Dividend Payment Date and the next subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, a dividend of $0.01 per Unit on the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall nevertheless be payable on such subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date.

(C) Dividends shall begin to accrue and shall be cumulative on each outstanding Unit of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock from the Quarterly Dividend Payment Date next preceding the date of issuance of such Unit of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, unless the date of issuance of such Unit is prior to the record date for the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in which case, dividends on such unit shall begin to accrue from the date of issuance of such Unit, or unless the date of issuance is a Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or is a date after the record date for the determination of holders of Units of Series A Junior Participating

A-2

Preferred Stock entitled to receive a quarterly dividend and before such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in either of which events such dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative from such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date. Accrued but unpaid dividends shall not bear interest. Dividends paid on Units of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock in an amount less than the aggregate amount of all such dividends at the time accrued and payable on such Units shall be allocated pro rata on a unit-by-unit basis among all Units of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock at the time outstanding. The Board of Directors may fix a record date for the determination of holders of Units of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock entitled to receive payment of a dividend or distribution declared thereon, which record date shall be no more than 30 days prior to the date fixed for the payment thereof.

Section 3. Voting Rights. The holders of Units of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall have the following voting rights:

(A) Subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, each Unit of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of the shareholders of the Corporation. In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Rights Declaration Date (i) declare any dividend on outstanding shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, (ii) subdivide outstanding shares of Common Stock or (iii) combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, then in each such case the number of votes per Unit to which holders of Units of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event shall be adjusted by multiplying such number by a fraction the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

(B) Except as otherwise provided herein or by law, the holders of Units of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock and the holders of shares of Common Stock shall vote together as one class on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders of the Corporation.

(C) (i) If at any time dividends on any Units of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall be in arrears in an amount equal to six quarterly dividends thereon, then during the period (a "default period") from the occurrence of such event until such time as all accrued and unpaid dividends for all previous quarterly dividend periods and for the current quarterly dividend period on all Units of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock then outstanding shall have been declared and paid or set apart for payment, all holders of Units of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class, shall have the right to elect two Directors.

A-3

(ii) During any default period, such voting rights of the holders of Units of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock may be exercised initially at a special meeting called pursuant to subparagraph (iii) of this
Section 3(C) or at any annual meeting of shareholders, and thereafter at annual meetings of shareholders, provided that neither such voting rights nor any right of the holders of Units of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock to increase, in certain cases, the authorized number of Directors may be exercised at any meeting unless one-third of the outstanding Units of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall be present at such meeting in person or by proxy. The absence of a quorum of the holders of the Common Stock shall not affect the exercise by the holders of Units of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock of such rights. At any meeting at which the holders of Units of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall exercise such voting right initially during an existing default period, they shall have the right, voting separately as a class, to elect Directors to fill up to two vacancies in the Board of Directors, if any such vacancies may then exist, or, if such right is exercised at an annual meeting, to elect two directors. If the number which may be so elected at any special meeting does not amount to the required number, the holders of the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall have the right to make such increase in the number of Directors as shall be necessary to permit the election by them of the required number. After the holders of Units of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall have exercised their right to elect Directors during any default period, the number of Directors shall not be increased or decreased except as approved by a vote of the holders of Units of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock as herein provided or pursuant to the rights of any equity securities ranking senior to the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock.

(iii) Unless the holders of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall, during any existing default period, have previously exercised their right to elect Directors, the Board of Directors may order, or any shareholder or shareholders owning in the aggregate not less than 25% of the total number of Units of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock outstanding may request in writing, the calling of a special meeting of the holders of Units of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, which meeting shall thereupon be called by the Secretary of the Corporation. Notice of such meeting and of any annual meeting at which holders of Units of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock are entitled to vote pursuant to this paragraph (C)(iii) shall be given to each holder of record of this notice to him at his last address as the same appears on the books of the Corporation. Such meeting shall be called for a time not earlier than ten days and not later than 60 days after such order or request or in default of the calling of such meeting within 60 days after such order or request, such meeting may be called on similar notice by any shareholder or shareholders owning in the aggregate not less than 25% of the total number of outstanding Units of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock.

A-4

(iv) During any default period, the holders of shares of Common Stock and Units of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, and other classes or series of stock of the Corporation, if applicable, shall continue to be entitled to elect all the Directors until the holders of Units of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall have exercised their right to elect two Directors voting as a separate class, after the exercise of which right (x) the Directors so elected by the holders of Units of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock continue in office until their successors shall have been elected by such holders or until the expiration of the default period, and (y) any vacancy in the Board of Directors may (except as provided in paragraph (C)(ii) of this Section 3) be filled by vote of a majority of the remaining Directors theretofore elected by the holders of the class of capital stock which elected the Director whose office shall have become vacant. References in this paragraph (C) to Directors elected by the holders of a particular class of capital stock shall include Directors elected by such Directors to fill vacancies as provided in clause (y) of the foregoing sentence.

(v) Immediately upon the expiration of a default period, (x) the right of the holders of Units of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock as a separate class to elect Directors shall cease, (y) the term of any Directors elected by the holders of Units of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock as a separate class shall terminate, and (z) the number of Directors shall be such number as may be provided for in the Articles of Incorporation or bylaws irrespective of any increase made pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (C)(ii) of this Section 3 (such number being subject, however, to change thereafter in any manner provided by law or in the Articles of Incorporation or bylaws). Any vacancies in the Board of Directors effected by the provisions of clauses (y) and (z) in the preceding sentence may be filled by a majority of the remaining Directors.

(vi) The provisions of this paragraph (C) shall govern the election of Directors by holders of Units of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock during any default period notwithstanding any provisions of the Articles of Incorporation to the contrary.

(D) Except as set forth herein, holders of Units of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall have no special voting rights and their consent shall not be required (except to the extent they are entitled to vote with holders of Shares of Common Stock as set forth herein) for taking any corporate action.

Section 4. Certain Restrictions. (A) Whenever quarterly dividends or other dividends or distributions payable on Units of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock as provided in Section 2 are in arrears, thereafter and until all accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions, whether or not declared, on outstanding Units of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall have been paid in full, the Corporation shall not:

A-5

(i) declare or pay dividends on, or make any other distributions on, or redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of junior stock;

(ii) declare or pay dividends on or make any other distributions on any shares of parity stock, except dividends paid ratably on Units of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock and shares of all such parity stock on which dividends are payable or in arrears in proportion to the total amounts to which the holders of such Units and all such shares are then entitled;

(iii) redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration shares of any parity stock, provided, however, that the Corporation may at any time redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire shares of any such parity stock in exchange for shares of any junior stock; or

(iv) purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any Units of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, except in accordance with a purchase offer made in writing or by publication (as determined by the Board of Directors) to all holders of such Units.

(B) The Corporation shall not permit any subsidiary of the Corporation to purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of stock of the Corporation unless the Corporation could, under paragraph (A) of this Section 4, purchase or otherwise acquire such shares at such time and in such manner.

Section 5. Reacquired Shares. Any Units of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock purchased or otherwise acquired by the Corporation in any manner whatsoever shall be retired and cancelled automatically upon the acquisition thereof. All such Units shall, upon their cancellation, become authorized but unissued shares (with each Unit being equal to one-hundredth of a share) of preferred stock and may be reissued as part of a new series of preferred stock to be created by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors, subject to the conditions and restrictions on issuance set forth herein.

Section 6. Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up. (A) Upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, no distribution shall be made (i) to the holders of shares of junior stock unless the holders of Units of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall have received, subject to adjustment as hereinafter provided in paragraph (B), the greater of either (a) $.01 per Unit plus an amount equal to accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions thereon, whether or not earned or declared, to the date of such payment, or (b) the amount per Unit equal to the aggregate per share amount to be distributed to holders of shares of parity stock, unless simultaneously therewith

A-6

distributions are made ratably on Units of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock and all other shares of such parity stock in proportion to the total amounts to which the holders of Units of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock are entitled under clause (i)(a) of this sentence and to which the holders of shares of such parity stock are entitled, in each case upon such liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

(B) In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Rights Declaration Date (i) declare any dividend on the outstanding shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or (ii) subdivide outstanding shares of Common Stock, or (iii) combine outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, then in each such case the aggregate amount to which holders of Units of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event pursuant to clause (i)(b) of paragraph (A) of this Section 6 shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction the number of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock that are outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

Section 7. Consolidation, Merger, etc. In case the Corporation shall enter into any consolidation, merger, combination, statutory share exchange or other transaction in which the shares of Common Stock are exchanged for or converted into other stock or securities, cash and/or any other property, then in any such case Units of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall at the same time be similarly exchanged for or converted into an amount per Unit (subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth) equal to the aggregate amount of stock, securities, cash and/or any other property (payable in kind), as the case may be, into which or for which each share of Common Stock is converted or exchanged. In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Rights Declaration Date (i) declare any dividend on outstanding shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, (ii) subdivide outstanding shares of Common Stock, or (iii) combine outstanding Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, then in each such case the amount set forth in the immediately preceding sentence with respect to the exchange or conversion of Units of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock that are outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

Section 8. Redemption. The Units of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable.

Section 9. Ranking. The Units of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall rank junior, as to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets, to all series of the Corporation's preferred stock that hereafter may be issued, unless the terms of any such series shall provide otherwise.

A-7

Section 10. Amendment. The Articles of Incorporation, including, without limitation, this resolution, shall not hereafter be amended, either directly or indirectly, or through merger, statutory share exchange or consolidation with another corporation, in any manner that would alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock so as to affect them adversely without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority or more the outstanding Units of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class.

Section 11. Fractional Shares. The Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock may be issued in Units or other fractions of a share, which Units or fractions shall entitle the holder, in proportion to such holder's fractional shares, to exercise voting rights, receive dividends, participate in distributions and to have the benefit of all other rights of holders of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock.

A-8

(SEAL)

CERTIFICATE
THIS DOCUMENT RECEIVED
AND FILED IN THE OFFICE

OF THE SECRETARY OF STATE

BY: /s/ Sandra Show
    ----------------------
DATE: 4/18/89
      --------------------
TRANSACTION# 89110087
             ------------
CHARTER# 8505042
         ----------------

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
OF
GENUINE PARTS COMPANY

ONE

The name of the Corporation is Genuine Parts Company.

TWO

A new Article Nine to the Articles of Incorporation is hereby added as follows:

ARTICLE NINE

Classification of the Board of Directors

9.1 Number of Directors. The number of directors of the corporation shall be not less than nine or more than fifteen. The exact number of directors shall be determined within such minimum and maximum by resolution of the shareholders from time to time adopted by the affirmative vote of the majority of the shares represented at a meeting of shareholders and entitled to vote on the subject matter; provided, however, if the Georgia Business Corporation Code hereafter is amended to provide that the exact number within such minimum and maximum may be fixed or changed from time to time by the Board of Directors of the corporation, then thereafter the exact number within such minimum and maximum shall be fixed or changed from time to time solely by a resolution adopted by an affirmative vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the total number of directors then in office. It is anticipated that the Georgia Business Corporation Code will be amended effective July 1, 1989 to so provide that the exact number of such directors within such minimum and maximum may be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors; therefore, effective immediately upon the effective date of such anticipated amendment, this Article 9.1 shall be deemed amended to provide that the exact number of directors within the minimum and maximum shall be fixed or changed from time to time solely by a resolution adopted by an affirmative vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the total number of directors then in office.


9.2 Classification, Terms and Election of Directors. The directors shall be divided into three classes, designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Each class shall consist, as nearly as may be possible, of one-third of the total number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors. At the 1989 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, Class I directors shall be elected for a one-year term, Class II directors for a two-year term and Class III directors for a three-year term. At each succeeding annual meeting of shareholders, commencing in 1990, successors to the class of directors whose term expires at the annual meeting shall be elected or reelected for a three-year term. Except as provided in Article 9.4, a director shall be elected by the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares of the class of stock represented at the annual meeting of shareholders for which the director stands for election and entitled to elect such director.

If the number of directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the classes so as to maintain the number of directors in each class as nearly equal as possible. In no case shall a decrease in the number of directors have the effect of shortening the term of an incumbent director. If the number of directors is increased, and any newly created directorships are filled by the Board, there shall be no classification of additional directors elected by the Board until the next meeting of the shareholders called for the purpose of electing directors.

Each director shall serve until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or death.

9.3 Removal. The entire Board of Directors or any individual director may be removed from office with or without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of Voting Stock (as defined in Article Six), excluding from the number of shares deemed to be outstanding at the time of such vote and from such vote on the removal action, all outstanding shares of Voting Stock held by a Related Person (as defined in Article Six) on the record date for the meeting at which such action is submitted to the shareholders for their approval.

If the Georgia Business Corporation Code hereafter is amended to provide that these amended and Restated Articles

- 2 -

of Incorporation may be further amended to provide that a director may be removed only for cause, then thereafter the reference above to removal from office "with or without cause" shall be amended to refer to removal from office "only for cause". It is anticipated that the Georgia Business Corporation Code will be amended effective July 1, 1989 to provide that, unless the shareholders have so specified in a corporation's articles of incorporation or bylaws, if the directors have staggered terms, they may be removed only for cause; therefore, effective immediately upon the effective date of such anticipated amendment, this Article 9.3 shall be deemed amended to provide that a director may be removed from office only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of Voting Stock, excluding shares of Voting Stock held by a Related Person.

Removal action may be taken at any shareholders' meeting with respect to which notice of such purpose has been given, and a removed director's successor may be elected at the same meeting to serve the unexpired term.

9.4 Vacancies. A vacancy occurring on the Board of Directors, however occurring, whether by increase in the number of directors, death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or otherwise, may be filled, until the next election of directors by the shareholders, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the total number of directors then remaining in office, though they constitute less than a quorum of the Board of Directors.

9.5 Election of Directors by Holders of Preferred Stock. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions in this Article Nine, whenever the holders of any one or more classes of preferred stock or series thereof issued by the corporation shall have the right, voting separately by class or series, to elect directors at an annual or special meeting of shareholders, the number of such directors, and the election, term of office, filling of vacancies and other features of each such directorship, shall be governed by the terms of these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and any Preferred Stock Designation (as defined in Article Six) applicable thereto, and such directors so elected shall not be divided into classes pursuant to this Article Nine.

- 3 -

9.6 Amendment or Repeal. Notwithstanding any other provisions of these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the corporation or any provision of any law which might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class or series or Voting Stock required by law, these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation or any Preferred Stock Designation, the provisions set forth in this Article Nine may not be repealed or amended in any respect unless such action is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of the Voting Stock of the corporation, excluding shares held by a Related Person on the record date for the meeting at which such action is submitted to the shareholders for their consideration.

THREE

The foregoing Amendment was adopted by the shareholders of the Corporation on April 17, 1989.

FOUR

The affirmative vote of the holders of 38,697,249 shares of the outstanding common stock was required to adopt the foregoing Amendment. On April 17, 1989, the date of submission of the foregoing Amendment to the shareholders, 77,394,497 shares of common stock were outstanding and entitled to vote thereon. The foregoing Amendment was adopted by the affirmative vote of the holders of 40,324,501 shares of the common stock of Genuine Parts Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused these

- 4 -

Articles of Amendment to be duly executed this 17th day of April, 1989.

                                       By:  /s/ Wilton D. Looney
                                          -------------------------
                                                Wilton D. Looney
                                                Chairman of the Board

Attest:

/s/ Brainard T. Webb, Jr.
- ------------------------------
Brainard T. Webb, Jr.
Secretary

(CORPORATE SEAL)

- 5 -

AMENDED AND RESTATED

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

GENUINE PARTS COMPANY

ARTICLE ONE

Name

The name of the corporation is "Genuine Parts Company."

ARTICLE TWO

Governing Law

The corporation is organized pursuant to the provisions of the Georgia Business Corporation Code.

ARTICLE THREE

Purpose

The corporation is organized as a corporation for profit for any lawful purpose not specifically prohibited to corporations under the applicable laws of the State of Georgia, including but not limited to the buying, selling, importing or exporting, manufacturing, machining, assembling, rebuilding and repairing gears, transmissions, pistons, rings, axles, brakes, and other parts and accessories, contrivances, devices, machinery and equipment for automobiles, trucks, motorcycles, motor boats, aircraft, ships, engines, and other vehicles, and machinery, devices and equipment for the repair of same, and all goods, materials, wares and merchandise which may in anyways appertain thereto or which may be used in connection with the foregoing articles, and generally to conduct a parts, accessory, machine shop and automotive business in all its branches as manufacturer, wholesaler, warehouseman, distributor, jobber, broker, importer, agent, retailer, or otherwise and shall be authorized in connection therewith to engage in any lawful business, act or activity.


ARTICLE FOUR

Authorized Shares

A. The total number of shares of capital stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is One Hundred Sixty Million (160,000,000), of which One Hundred Fifty Million (150,000,000) shall be common stock of the par value of $1 per share (hereinafter called the "common stock") and Ten Million (10,000,000) shall be preferred stock of the par value of $1 per share (hereinafter called the "preferred stock").

B. The preferred stock may be issued from time to time by the corporation in one or more series, with such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of such stock adopted by the board of directors of the corporation pursuant to authority to do so which is hereby vested in the board of directors. Each such series of preferred stock shall be distinctly designated. Except in respect of the particulars fixed by the board of directors for each series as permitted hereby, all shares of preferred stock so designated by the board of directors shall be alike in every particular, except that shares of any one series issued at different times may differ as to the dates from which dividends thereon shall be cumulative. The voting rights, if any, of each such series and the preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of each such series and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, if any, may differ from those of any and all other series at any time outstanding; and the board of directors of the corporation is hereby expressly granted authority to fix, by resolutions duly adopted prior to the issuance of any shares of a particular series of preferred stock so designated by the board of directors, the voting powers of stock of such series, if any, and the designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, if any, for such series, including without limitation the following:

(1) The distinctive designation of and the number of shares of preferred stock which shall constitute such series; provided that such number may be increased (except where otherwise provided by the board of directors) or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) from time to time by like action of the board of directors;

(2) The rate and time at which, and the terms and conditions upon which, dividends, if any, on preferred stock of such series shall be paid, the extent of the preference or relation, if any, of such dividends to the dividends payable on any other series of preferred stock or any other class of stock of the corporation and whether such dividends shall be cumulative or non-cumulative.

- 2 -

(3) The right, if any, of the holders of preferred stock of such series to convert the same into, or exchange the same for, shares of any other class of stock or any series of any class of stock of the corporation and the terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange;

(4) Whether or not preferred stock of such series shall be subject to redemption, and the redemption price or prices and the time or times at which, and the terms and conditions upon which, preferred stock of such series may be redeemed;

(5) The rights, if any, of the holders of preferred stock of such series upon the voluntary or involuntary liquidation of the corporation;

(6) The terms of the sinking fund or redemption or purchase account, if any, to be provided for the preferred stock of such series; and

(7) The voting powers, if any, of the holders of such series of preferred stock which may, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, include the right, voting as a series by itself or together with any other series of the preferred stock as a class,
(i) to vote more or less than one vote per share on any or all matters voted upon by the shareholders and (ii) to elect one or more directors of the corporation if there has been a default in the payment of dividends on any one or more series of the preferred stock or under other circumstances and upon such other conditions as the board of directors may fix.

C. Except as otherwise provided in these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, the board of directors shall have authority to authorize the issuance, from time to time, without any vote or other action by the shareholders, of any or all shares of stock of the corporation of any class or series at any time authorized, and any securities convertible into or exchangeable for any such shares, and any options, rights or warrants to purchase or acquire any such shares, in each case to such persons and on such terms (including as a dividend or distribution on or with respect to, or in connection with a split or combination of, the outstanding shares of stock of the same or any other class or series) as the board of directors from time to time in its discretion lawfully may determine; provided, that the consideration for the issuance of shares of stock of the corporation (unless issued as such a dividend or distribution or in connection with such a split or combination) shall not be less than the par value of such shares. Shares so issued shall be fully paid stock, and the holders of such stock shall not be liable to any further call or assessments thereon.

- 3 -

ARTICLE FIVE

Preemptive Rights

None of the holders of shares of any class of stock of the corporation shall be entitled as a matter of right to purchase, subscribe for or otherwise acquire any new or additional shares of stock of the corporation of any class now or hereafter authorized, or any options or warrants to purchase, subscribe for or otherwise acquire any new or additional shares of stock of the corporation of any class now or hereafter authorized, or any shares, evidences of indebtedness, or any other securities convertible into or carrying options or warrants to purchase, subscribe for or otherwise acquire any new or additional shares.

ARTICLE SIX

Business Combinations

The shareholders vote required to approve Business Combinations (as hereinafter defined) shall be as set forth in this Article Six.

(A) Notwithstanding any other provisions of these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote and in addition to any affirmative vote required of the holders of any particular class or series of "Voting Stock" (as hereinafter defined) by law, these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation or any Preferred Stock Designation (as hereinafter defined), the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of Voting Stock of the corporation, which shall include the affirmative vote of at least fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of Voting Stock held by shareholders other than the "Related Person" (as hereinafter defined), shall be required for the approval or authorization of any Business Combination; provided, however, that the two-thirds (2/3) and fifty percent (50%) voting requirements shall not be required, and such Business Combination shall require only such affirmative vote as is required by law and any other provision of these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation if:

(1) The Business Combination was approved by the Board of Directors of the corporation either

(a) prior to the date that such Related Person became the Beneficial Owner (as hereinafter defined) of ten percent (10%) or more of the outstanding shares of the Voting Stock of the corporation; or

- 4 -

(b) after such date, but only so long as such Related Person has sought and obtained the approval of the Board of Directors; provided, however, that such approval shall only be effective if at least two thirds (2/3) of the directors are Continuing Directors (as hereinafter defined); or

(2) All of the following conditions are satisfied:

(a) the Business Combination involves a merger or consolidation of the corporation and the consideration to be received per share by holders of Voting Stock in such Business Combination shall be either cash, or if the Related Person shall have acquired the majority of its holdings of the corporation's Voting Stock for a form of consideration other than cash, in the same form of consideration as the Related Person acquired such majority; and

(b) the cash or Fair Market Value (as hereinafter defined) of the property, securities or Other Consideration to be Received (as hereinafter defined) per share by holders of common stock of the corporation shall have a Fair Market Value (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassifications of shares into a lesser number of shares and similar events) which is not less than the greater of (i) the highest per share price (including brokerage commissions, soliciting dealers' fees and transfer taxes) paid by such Related Person in acquiring any of its holdings of the corporation's common stock or (ii) an amount which bears the same or greater percentage relationship to the Fair Market Value of the corporation's common stock on the date of the first public announcement of such Business Combination as the highest per share price determined in (b)(i) above bears to the Fair Market Value of the corporation's common stock on the date on which the Related Person first became a Related Person; or (iii) the earnings per share of common stock of the corporation for the four consecutive quarters immediately preceding the Announcement Date, multiplied by the higher of the then price earnings multiple (if any) of such Related Shareholder or the highest price earnings multiple of the corporation during the two years immediately preceding the Announcement Date; and

- 5 -

(c) if applicable, the cash or Fair Market Value of the property, securities or Other Consideration to be Received per share by holders of shares of any class of outstanding Voting Stock, other than common stock, shall have a Fair Market Value (as adjusted for stock splits,stock dividends, reclassifications of shares into a lesser number of shares and similar events) which is not less than the greatest of (i) the highest per share price (including brokerage commissions, soliciting dealers' fees and transfer taxes) paid by such Related Person in acquiring any of its holdings of such class of Voting Stock during the two year period immediately prior to the date of the first public announcement of such Business Combination; or (ii) if applicable, an amount which bears the same or greater percentage relationship to the Fair Market Value of such class of Voting Stock on the date of the first public announcement of such Business Combination as the highest per share price determined in (c)(i) above bears to the Fair Market Value of such Voting Stock on the date on which the Related Person first became a Related Person; or (iii) if applicable, the highest preferential amount per share to which holders of such class of Voting Stock would be entitled in the event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation of the corporation; and

(d) after such Related Person has become a Related Person and prior to the consummation of such Business Combination, (i) there shall have been (aa) no failure to declare and pay at the regular date therefor any quarterly dividends (whether or not cumulative) on any outstanding preferred stock, and (bb) no reduction in the annual rate of dividends paid on common stock (after giving effect to any reclassification, including any reverse stock split, recapitalization, reorganization or similar transaction which has the effect of enlarging or reducing the number of outstanding shares of common stock) unless such reduction has been approved by the Board of Directors, at least two-thirds
(2/3) of the members of which are Continuing Directors, (ii) such Related Person shall not have become the "Beneficial Owner" of any additional shares of Voting Stock of the corporation, except as part of the transaction which resulted in such Related Person becoming a Related Person or upon conversion of convertible securities acquired by it prior to becoming a Related Person or as a result of a pro rata stock dividend or stock split, and (iii) such Related Person shall not have received the benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a shareholder), of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges

- 6 -

or other financial assistance or tax credits or other tax advantages provided by the corporation or any Subsidiary (as hereinafter defined); and

(e) a proxy statement describing the proposed Business Combination and complying with the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations thereunder (or any subsequent provisions replacing such Act, rules and regulations), whether or not the corporation is then subject to such requirements, shall be mailed at least thirty (30) days prior to the consummation of such Business Combination to the public shareholders of the corporation for the purpose of soliciting shareholders approval of such Business Combination and shall contain at the front thereof in a prominent place (i) any recommendations as to the advisability (or inadvisability) of the Business Combination which the Continuing Directors, if any, may choose to state, and (ii) the opinion of a reputable national investment banking firm as to the fairness (or not) of such Business Combination from the financial point of view of the remaining public shareholders of the corporation (such investment banking firm to be engaged solely on behalf of the remaining public shareholders, to be paid a reasonable fee for their services by the corporation upon receipt of such opinion, to be one of the so-called major bracket investment banking firms which has not previously been associated with such Related Person, and, if there are at the time any such directors, to be selected by a majority of the Continuing Directors).

(B) For Purposes of this Article Six:

(1) the term "Business Combination" shall mean

(a) any merger or consolidation of the corporation or any Subsidiary with or into a Related Person or any merger or consolidation of a Related Person with or into the corporation or any Subsidiary,

(b) any sale, lease, exchange, transfer or other disposition (in either one transaction or in a series of related transactions) including, without limitation, the mortgage of or the use of any other security device relating to all or any Substantial Part (as hereinafter defined) of the assets of the corporation (including, without limitation, any voting securities of any Subsidiary) or of any Subsidiary to a Related Person,

- 7 -

(c) any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge,transfer or other disposition (in either one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or any Substantial Part of the assets of a Related Person to the corporation or any Subsidiary,

(d) the adoption of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the corporation if, as of the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to vote with respect thereto, any person is a Related Person,

(e) the issuance of or transfer by the corporation or any Subsidiary (in one transaction or in a series of related transactions) of any securities of the corporation or any Subsidiary to a Related Person,

(f) the acquisition by the corporation or any Subsidiary of any securities of a Related Person,

(g) any reclassification of securities (including any reverse stock split), recapitalization or reorganization of the corporation or any merger or consolidation of the corporation with any of its Subsidiaries or any similar transaction (whether or not into or otherwise involving a Related Person) which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of the outstanding shares of any class of equity securities of the corporation or any Subsidiary which is, directly or indirectly, owned by any Related Person,

(h) any loan or other extension of credit by the corporation or any Subsidiary to a Related Person or any guarantees by the corporation or any Subsidiary of any loan or other extension of credit by any person to a Related Person; or

(i) any transaction or related series of transactions having, directly or indirectly, the same effect as any of the foregoing.

(2) The term "person" shall mean any individual, firm, group, corporation or other entity (as such terms are used on March 21, 1986 in Rule 13d of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended).

- 8 -

(3) The term "Related Person" shall mean

(a) any person (other than the corporation, any Subsidiary or any employee benefit plan of the corporation or any Subsidiary) who or which, as of the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to notice and to vote on such Business Combination or, if there is no record date,immediately prior to the consummation of any such transaction, together with its "Affiliates" and "Associates" (as such terms are defined on March 21, 1986 in Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) is the "Beneficial Owner" (as defined on March 21, 1986, as amended) of ten percent (10%) or more of the outstanding shares of Voting Stock of the corporation.

(b) any Affiliate or Associate of such person described in the foregoing subparagraph 3(a) of this
Section (B),

(c) any Affiliate of the corporation which at any time within the two year period immediately prior to the date in question was the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of ten percent (10%) or more of the outstanding Voting Stock of the corporation or

(d) any person who is an assignee of or has otherwise succeeded to any shares of Voting Stock which were at any time within the two-year period immediately prior to the date in question, beneficially owned by any Related Person, if such assignment or succession shall have occurred in the course of a transaction or series of transactions not involving a public offering within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933. Without limitation, any person that has the right to acquire any shares of Voting Stock of the corporation pursuant to any agreement, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants, or options, or otherwise, shall be deemed a Beneficial Owner of such shares for purposes of determining whether such person or group, individually or together with its Affiliates and Associates, is a Related Person, but the number of shares deemed to be outstanding pursuant to this paragraph (3) of Section (B) shall not include any other shares of Voting Stock which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise

- 9 -

(4) The term "Substantial Part" shall mean more than ten percent (10%) of the total consolidated assets of the corporation in question as of the end of the most recent fiscal year ending prior to the time the determination is being made.

(5) The term "Subsidiary" shall mean any corporation of which a majority of any class of equity security is owned, directly or indirectly, by the corporation; provided, however, that for the purposes of the definition of a Related Person set forth in Paragraph
(3) of this Section (B), the term "Subsidiary" shall mean only a corporation of which a majority of each class of equity security is owned, directly or indirectly, by the corporation.

(6) For the purposes of subparagraphs 2(b) and 2(c) of
Section (A), the term "Other Consideration to be Received" shall include, without limitation, common stock and, if applicable, shares of any other class of outstanding Voting Stock, retained by its existing public shareholders in the event of a Business Combination with such Related Person in which the corporation is the surviving corporation.

(7) The term "Continuing Director" shall mean any person who

(a) is not affiliated with a Related Person and who was a member of the corporation's Board of Directors prior to the time the Related Person became a Related Person, or

(b) any successor to a Continuing Director who is not affiliated with a Related Person and who was recommended for election (before such person's initial election as a Director) as a Continuing Director by a majority of the Board of Directors if at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors were Continuing Directors.

(8) The term "Fair Market Value" shall mean:

(a) in the case of stock, the highest closing sale price during the thirty (30) day period immediately preceding the date in question of a share of such stock on the Composite Tape for New York Stock Exchange Listed Stocks, or, if such stock is not

- 10 -

listed on such Exchange, on the principal United States securities exchange registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 on which such stock is listed or, if such stock is not listed on any such exchange the highest closing bid quotation with respect to a share of such stock during the thirty (30) day period preceding the date in question on the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotations System or any system then in use or, if no such quotations are available, the fair market value on the date in question of a share of such stock as determined by the Board of Directors if at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors are Continuing Directors; and

(b) in the case of property other than cash or stock, the fair market value of such property on the date in question as determined by the Board of Directors if at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors are Continuing Directors.

(9) The term "Voting Stock" shall mean all outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the corporation considered for the purposes of this Article Six as one class (it being understood that, for purposes of this Article Six, each share of the Voting Stock shall have the number of votes granted to it pursuant to Article Four of these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation or any designation of the rights, powers and preferences of any class or series of preferred stock made pursuant to said Article Four [a "Preferred Stock Designation"]). Each reference in this Article Six to a percentage of shares of Voting Stock shall refer to the percentage of the votes entitled to be cast by such shares.

(10) In the event any paragraph (or portions thereof) this Article Six shall be found to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions (or portions thereof) of this Article Six shall be deemed to remain in full force and effect and shall be construed as if such invalid, prohibited or unenforceable provisions had been stricken herefrom or otherwise rendered inapplicable, it being the intent of the corporation and its shareholders that each remaining provision (or portion thereof) of this Article Six remain to the fullest extent permitted by law, applicable and enforceable as to all shareholders, including Related Persons, notwithstanding any such finding.

- 11 -

(C) Notwithstanding any other provisions of these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the corporation or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class or series or Voting Stock required by law, these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation or any Preferred Stock Designation, the provisions set forth in this Article Six may not be repealed or amended in any respect unless such action is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of the Voting Stock of the corporation; provided, however, that if there is a Related Person on the record date for the meeting at which such action is submitted to the shareholders for their consideration, such two-thirds (2/3) vote must include the affirmative vote of at least fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of Voting Stock held by shareholders other than the Related Person.

(D) A majority of the Board of Directors, if at least two-thirds (2/3) are Continuing Directors, shall have the power and duty to determine, on the basis of information known to them after reasonable inquiry, all facts necessary to determine compliance with this Article Six, including, without limitation.

(1) whether a person is a Related Person,

(2) the number of shares of Voting Stock beneficially owned by any person,

(3) whether a person is an Affiliate or Associate of another, and

(4) whether the applicable conditions set forth in Paragraph (2) of Section (B) have been met with respect to any Business Combination.

(E) Nothing contained in this Article Six shall be construed to relieve any Related Person from any fiduciary obligation imposed by law.

ARTICLE SEVEN

Period of Duration

The corporation shall have perpetual duration.

- 12 -

ARTICLE EIGHT

Limitation of Personal Liability of Directors

8.1 A director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for breach of duty of care or other duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any appropriation, in violation of his duties, of any business opportunity of the Corporation; (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (iii) of the types set forth in Section 14-2-154 of the Georgia Business Corporation Code; or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. The provisions of this article shall not apply with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to the effective date of this article.

8.2 Any repeal or modification of the provisions of this article by the shareholders of the Corporation shall be prospective only, and shall not adversely affect any limitation on the personal liability of a director of the Corporation with respect to any act or omission occurring prior to the effective date of such repeal or modification.

8.3 If the Georgia Business Corporation Code hereafter is amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of directors,then the liability of a director of the Corporation, in addition to the limitation on personal liability provided herein, shall be limited to the fullest extent permitted by the amended Georgia Business Corporation Code. Specifically, and not in limitation of the foregoing sentence, it is anticipated that the Georgia Business Corporation Code will be amended in 1989 so as, among other things, to permit elimination of the reference to a lack of 'good faith' in clause (ii) of Article 8.1 above; therefore, effective immediately upon the effective date, if any, of such anticipated amendment, clause (ii) of Article 8.1 above shall be deemed amended to read exactly as the corresponding provision of the Georgia Business Corporation Code, as so amended.

8.4 In the event that any of the provisions of this article (including any provision within a single sentence) is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable, the remaining provisions are severable and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

These Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation purport merely to restate those provisions in the Restated Articles of Incorporation now in effect and not being amended hereby.

- 13 -

This amendment and restatement was authorized by the holders of the common stock of the corporation, the only class of stock then outstanding, at its Annual Meeting held on April 19, 1988. Of the _________ shares of common stock outstanding and entitled to vote, _________ shares were voted in favor of the restatement. The vote of a majority of the shares of common stock was required to adopt the restatement.

These Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation supersede the Articles of Incorporation as adopted on May 7, 1928 and as amended and restated on April 21, 1987 and as theretofore amended.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Genuine Parts Company has caused these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation to be executed and its corporate seal affixed and has caused the foregoing to be attested, all by its duly authorized officers on this 18st day of April, 1988.

GENUINE PARTS COMPANY

                                    By: /s/ Wilton Looney
                                        ------------------------------
                                        Wilton Looney
                                        Chief Executive Officer
Attest:

/s/ Brainard T. Webb, Jr.
- ---------------------------------
Brainard T. Webb, Jr.
Secretary

[CORPORATE SEAL]

- 14 -

EXHIBIT 10.9

THE GENUINE PARTS COMPANY
TAX-DEFERRED SAVINGS PLAN

ARTICLE 1
ESTABLISHMENT OF PLAN

1.01     Background of Plan.  Genuine Parts Company hereby establishes,
         effective as of January 1, 1993, a deferred compensation plan known as
         The Genuine Parts Company Tax-Deferred Savings Plan.  The purpose of
         the Plan is to help the Company retain employees of outstanding
         ability.

1.02     Status of Plan.  The Plan is intended to be a nonqualified, unfunded
         plan of deferred compensation under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
         as amended.  Also, because the only persons who may participate in
         this Plan are members of a select group of management or highly
         compensated employees, this Plan of deferred compensation is not
         subject to Parts 2, 3 and 4 of Subtitle B of Title I of the Employee
         Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

1.03     Establishment of Trust.  The Company has established a trust to fund
         benefits provided under the terms of the Plan ("Trust").  It is
         intended that the transfer of assets into the Trust will not generate
         taxable income (for federal income tax purposes) to the Participants
         until such assets are actually distributed or otherwise made available
         to the Participants.

ARTICLE 2
DEFINITIONS

Certain terms of this Plan have defined meanings which are set forth in this Article and which shall govern unless the context in which they are used clearly indicates that some other meaning is intended.

Account. The bookkeeping account to which Bonuses which are deferred by a Participant shall be recorded and in which income or loss shall be credited in accordance with the Plan.

Beneficiary. Any person or persons designated by a Participant, in accordance with procedures established by the Committee, to receive benefits hereunder in the event of the Participant's death. If any Participant shall fail to designate a Beneficiary or shall designate a Beneficiary who shall fail to survive the Participant, the Beneficiary shall be the Participant's Beneficiary under the Genuine Partnership Plan or any successor plan to the Genuine Partnership Plan.


Bonus. A Participant's bonus determined in the Company's discretion and paid as part of a Company bonus program for executives and other key employees. The term bonus does not include extraordinary payments to a Participant and does not include a Participant's wages or salary unless the Executive Committee designates such payments as a Bonus for purposes of this Plan. Any such designation must be made in advance of the Participant earning such payment.

Committee. The Executive Committee or its designee that will administer and interpret the terms of the Plan.

Company. Genuine Parts Company and its corporate successors.

Effective Date. January 1, 1993.

Election Form. A form substantially the same as the form attached to this Plan as Exhibit A.

Executive Committee. The Executive Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company.

Key Employee. Any full-time employee of the Company designated as a Key Employee by the Executive Committee.

Participant. Any Key Employee who is participating in this Plan.

Plan. The Genuine Parts Company Tax-Deferred Savings Plan as set forth in this document together with any subsequent amendments hereto.

Termination of Service. A Key Employee who has ceased to serve as an employee of the Company for any reason.

ARTICLE 3
PARTICIPATION

3.01 Participation.

(a) In General. The only persons who may participate in this Plan are Key Employees of the Company who are designated as such by the Executive Committee. Upon becoming eligible to participate, a Key Employee must complete an Election Form. The Key Employee's participation shall commence on the date specified in this Article 3. Even though a Key Employee may be a Participant in this Plan, the Participant shall not be entitled to any benefit hereunder unless such Participant has properly

- 2 -

completed an Election Form and deferred the receipt of his or her Bonus pursuant to the Plan.

(b) Completion of Election Form. A Key Employee may participate in the Plan after delivering a properly completed and signed Election Form to the Committee. The Election Form shall be signed and delivered to the Committee prior to the first day of the calendar year with respect to which the Bonus will be earned. The Key Employee's participation in the Plan will be effective as of the first day of the calendar year which commences after the Committee's receipt of the Key Employee's Election Form.

(c) Election After Plan is Approved. Notwithstanding paragraph (b), any Election Form which is delivered to the Committee within thirty days of the Company's approval of the Plan and prior to the end of the calendar year in which such approval is given shall be valid and shall apply to the Bonus which would ordinarily be paid to the Participant in the following calendar year. However, such bonus deferral shall be limited to the amount or percentage set forth in Section 4.01.

(d) Voluntary Termination of Election Form. A Participant may terminate his or her Election Form at any time. If a Participant terminates his or her Election Form, however, the Participant may not execute a new Election Form to defer his or her Bonus for the remainder of the calendar year in which the Participant's Election Form is terminated. However, effective as of the first day of the following calendar year or the first day of any subsequent calendar year, the Participant may execute a new Election Form and thereby defer the receipt of any future Bonus attributable to the Participant's employment. Such Election Form shall be effective only for Bonus applicable to the Participant's employment after the first day of the calendar year following the Committee's receipt of the Participant's Election Form.

(e) Continuation of Election Form. A Participant shall have the right to modify the dollar amount or percentage of his or her Bonus which is deferred under the Plan prior to the commencement of each calendar year. If the Participant fails to execute a new Election Form prior to the commencement of the new calendar year, the Participant's Election Form in effect during the previous calendar year shall continue in effect during the new calendar year.

(f) Automatic Termination of Election Form. The Participant's Election Form will automatically terminate at the earliest of
(i) the Participant's Termination of Service, (ii) the date the Executive Committee determines that the Participant is no longer a Key Employee under the Plan, or (iii) the termination of the Plan.

- 3 -

(g) Nothing contained in the Plan shall be deemed to give any Key Employee the right to be retained as an employee of the Company.

ARTICLE 4
PLAN BENEFITS

4.01     Deferred Bonus.  A Key Employee may elect to defer any dollar amount
         or percentage of his or her Bonus in accordance with the terms of the
         Plan and the Election Form.  However, for the Bonuses paid in 1994, a
         Key Employee may elect to defer a maximum of $10,000 or 25% of the Key
         Employee's Bonus, whichever is greater.  For bookkeeping purposes, the
         amount of the Bonus which the Key Employee elects to defer pursuant to
         this Plan shall be transferred to and held in individual Accounts.

4.02     Investment.  The Committee shall direct the instrument of all
         Accounts.  As of the last day of each calendar year and on such other
         dates selected by the Committee, the Committee shall credit each
         Participant's Account with earnings, losses and changes in fair market
         value experienced by the investment alternative selected by the
         Committee.

4.03     Form of Payment.

         (a)   Payment Election.  Payment of Plan benefits shall commence on
               the date the Participant selects on the Election Form.  Any date
               selected by the Participant must be at least two calendar years
               following the date the Bonus would ordinarily be paid.  In no
               event, however, shall a Participant's Account commence to be
               distributed later than the first regular business day of the
               fourth month following the Participant's Termination of Service.
               For example, if a Participant has a Termination of Service on
               January 12, payment of plan benefits would commence on May 1
               (the fourth month following January 12).

         (b)   Optional Forms of Payment.  The amount of the Participant's
               Account shall be paid to the Participant either in a lump sum or
               in a number of approximately equal annual installments
               designated by the Participant on the Election Form.  Such annual
               installments may be for 5 years, 10 years or 15 years.  If a
               Participant elects to receive a distribution of his or her
               Account in installments, the Committee may purchase an annuity
               from an insurance company which annuity will pay the Participant
               the desired annual installments.  If the Committee purchases an
               annuity contract, the Key Employee will have no further rights
               to receive payments from the Company or the Plan with respect to
               the amounts subject to the annuity.  If the Committee does not
               purchase an annuity contract, the amount of the Account
               remaining unpaid shall continue to receive allocations of income
               as

- 4 -

provided in Section 4.02. If the Participant fails to designate a payment method in the Election Form, the Participant's Account shall be distributed in a lump sum.

(c) Multiple Elections. A Participant may elect a different payment commencement date for each Bonus deferred under this Plan. In addition, a Participant may elect a different payment form for each Bonus deferred under this Plan. The Committee shall establish sub-accounts within a Participant's Account (to the extent necessary) to identify the portion of a Participant's Account that will be distributed as of the dates and in the form the Participant designates in the Election Form. A Participant may not modify or otherwise revoke the benefit commencement date and payment form designated on an Election Form after the Participant delivers such Election Form to the Committee.

(d) Acceleration of Payment. If a Participant elects an installment distribution and the annual installment payment elected by the Participant would result in an annual payment of less than $3,000, the Committee shall accelerate payment of the Participant's benefits over a lesser number of whole years (but in increments of 5 or 10 years) so that the annual amount paid is at least $3,000. If payment of the Participant's benefits over a 5 year period will not provide annual payments of at least $3,000, the Participant's Account shall be paid in a lump sum.

(e) Payment to Beneficiary. Upon the Participant's death, all

               unpaid amounts held in the Participant's Account shall be paid
               to the Participant's beneficiary in the same benefit payment
               form the Participant elected on the Election Form and in
               accordance with the payment distribution rules set forth in this
               Plan.  Such payment will be commence to be paid on the first
               business day of the fourth month following the Participant's
               death.

4.04     Financial Hardship.  The Committee may, in its sole discretion,
         accelerate the making of payment to a Participant of an amount
         reasonably necessary to handle a severe financial hardship of a sudden
         and unexpected nature due to causes not within the control of the
         Participant.  Such payment may be made even if the Participant has not
         incurred a Termination of Service.  All financial hardship
         distributions shall be made in a lump sum.  Such payments will be made
         on a first-in, first-out basis so that the oldest Bonus deferred under
         the Plan shall be deemed distributed first in a financial hardship.

4.05     Payment to Minors and Incapacitated Persons.  In the event that any
         amount is payable to a minor or to any person who, in the judgment of
         the Committee, is incapable of making proper disposition thereof, such
         payment shall be made for the benefit of such minor or such person in
         any of the following ways as the Committee, in its sole discretion,

shall determine:

- 5 -

(a) By payment to the legal representative of such minor or such person;

(b) By payment directly to such minor or such person;

(c) By payment in discharge of bills incurred by or for the benefit of such minor or such person. The Committee shall make such payments without the necessary intervention of any guardian or like fiduciary, and without any obligation to require bond or to see to the further application of such payment. Any payment so

               made shall be in complete discharge of the Plan's obligation to
               the Participant and his or her Beneficiaries.

4.06     Application for Benefits.  The Committee may require a Participant or
         Beneficiary to complete and file certain forms as a condition
         precedent to receiving the payment of benefits.  The Committee may
         rely upon all such information given to it, including the
         Participant's current mailing address.  It is the responsibility of
         all persons interested in receiving a distribution pursuant to the
         Plan to keep the Committee informed of their current mailing
         addresses.

4.07     Designation of Beneficiary.  Each Participant from time to time may
         designate any person or persons (who may be designated contingently or
         successively and who may be an entity other than a natural person) as
         his or her Beneficiary or Beneficiaries to whom the Participant's
         Account is to be paid if the Participant dies before receipt of all
         such benefits.  Each Beneficiary designation shall be on the form
         prescribed by the Committee and will be effective only when filed with
         the Committee during the Participant's lifetime.  Each Beneficiary
         designation filed with the Committee will cancel all Beneficiary
         designations previously filed with the Committee.  The revocation of a
         Beneficiary designation, no matter how effected, shall not require the
         consent of any designated Beneficiary.

ARTICLE 5
FUNDING OF PLAN

5.01     The benefits provided by this Plan shall be paid from the general
         assets of the Company or as otherwise directed by the Company.  To the
         extent that any Participant acquires the right to receive payments
         under the Plan (from whatever source), such right shall be no greater
         than that of an unsecured general creditor of the Company.
         Participants and their Beneficiaries shall not have any preference or
         security interest in the assets of the Company other than as a general
         unsecured creditor.

- 6 -

ARTICLE 6
ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

6.01     The Committee shall have complete control of the administration of the
         Plan with all powers necessary to enable it to properly carry out the
         provisions of the Plan.  In addition to all implied powers and
         responsibilities necessary to carry out the objectives of the Plan,
         the Committee shall have the following specific powers and
         responsibilities:

               (1)      To construe the Plan and to determine all questions
         arising in the administration, interpretation and operation of the
         Plan;

               (2)      To determine the benefits of the Plan to which any
         Participant, Beneficiary or other person may be entitled;

               (3)      To keep records of all acts and determinations of the
         Committee, and to keep all such records, books of accounts, data and
         other documents as may be necessary for the proper administration of
         the Plan;

               (4)      To prepare and distribute to all Participants and
         Beneficiaries information concerning the Plan and their rights under
         the Plan;

               (5)      To do all things necessary to operate and administer
         the Plan in accordance with its provisions.

ARTICLE 7
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

7.01     The Executive Committee reserves the right to modify, alter, amend, or
         terminate the Plan, at any time and from time to time, without notice,
         to any extent deemed advisable; provided, however, that no such
         amendment or termination shall (without the written consent of the
         Participant, if living, and if not, the Participant's Beneficiary)
         adversely affect any benefit under the Plan which has accrued with
         respect to the Participant or Beneficiary as of the date of such
         amendment or termination regardless of whether such benefit is in pay
         status.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment, modification,
         alteration, or termination of this Plan may be given effect with
         respect to any Participant without the consent of such Participant if
         such amendment, modification, alteration, or termination is adopted
         during the six-month period prior to a Change of Control or during the
         two-year period following a Change of Control.

- 7 -

ARTICLE 8
CHANGE IN CONTROL

8.01 Change of Control.

(a) Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Plan, in the event there is a Change of Control of the Company as defined in subsection (c) of this Section 8.01, any Participant whose employment is terminated on account of such Change of Control, shall receive an immediate lump sum payment of the Participant's Account balance. For purposes of this Section 8.01(a), a Participant's employment shall be considered to have "terminated on account of such Change of Control" only if the Participant's employment with the Employer is terminated without cause during the 24 month period following the Change of Control.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Plan, in the event there is a change of control of the Company as defined in subsection (c) of this Section 8.01, any Participant who has commenced receiving installment distributions from the Company (other than from an annuity contract purchased from an insurance company) shall immediately receive a lump sum payment in an amount equal to the unpaid balance of the Participant's Account.

(c) A Change of Control of the Company shall mean a change of control of a nature that would require to be reported in response to item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act"). In addition, whether or not required to be reported thereunder, a Change of Control shall be deemed to have occurred at such time as (i) any "person" (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in rule 13(d)-3 of the Exchange Act) directly or indirectly of securities representing 20% or more of the combined voting power for election of directors of the then outstanding securities of the Company or any successor of the Company (ii) during any period of two consecutive years or less individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the board of directors of the Company cease, for any reason, to constitute at least a majority of the board of directors, unless the election or nomination for election of each new director was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who were directors at the beginning of the period;
(iii) the shareholders of the Company approve any merger or consolidation as a result of which the capital stock of the Company shall be changed, converted or exchanged (other than a merger with a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company) or any liquidation of the Company or any sales or other disposition of 50% or more of the assets or earning power of the Company; or (iv) the shareholders of the Company

- 8 -

approve any merger or consolidation to which the Company is a party as a result of which the persons who were shareholders of the Company immediately prior to the effective date of the merger or consolidation shall have beneficial ownership of less than 50% of the combined voting power for election of directors of the surviving corporation following the effective date of such merger or consolidation. Notwithstanding any provisions in this subparagraph (c), in the event the Company and a Participant agree prior to any event which would otherwise constitute a Change of control, that such event shall not constitute a Change of Control, then for purposes of this Plan there shall be no such Change of Control upon that event.

ARTICLE 9
MISCELLANEOUS

9.01     Headings.  The headings and sub-headings in this Plan have been
         inserted for convenience of reference only and are to be ignored in
         any construction of the provisions hereof.

9.02     Spendthrift Clause.  None of the benefits, payments, proceeds or
         distribution under this Plan shall be subject to the claim of any
         creditor of any Participant or Beneficiary, or to any legal process by
         any creditor of such Participant or Beneficiary, and none of them
         shall have any right to alienate, commute, anticipate or assign any of
         the benefits, payments, proceeds or distributions under this Plan
         except to the extent expressly provided herein to the contrary.

9.03     Merger.  The Plan shall not be automatically terminated by the
         Company's acquisition by, merger into, or sale of substantially all of
         its assets to any other organization, but the Plan shall be continued
         thereafter by such successor organization.  All rights to amend,
         modify, suspend or terminate the Plan shall be transferred to the
         successor organization, effective as of the date of the combination or
         sale.

9.04     Release.  Any payment to Participant or Beneficiary, or to their legal
         representatives, in accordance with the provisions of this Plan, shall
         to the extent thereof be in full satisfaction of all claims hereunder
         against the Committee and the Company, any of whom may require such
         Participant, Beneficiary, or legal representative, as a condition
         precedent to such payment, to execute a receipt and release therefor
         in such form as shall be determined by the Committee, or the Company,
         as the case may be.

9.05     Governing Law.  The Plan shall be governed by the laws of the State of
         Georgia.

9.06     Costs of Collection; Interest.  In the event the Participant collects
         any part or all of the payments due under this Plan by or through a
         lawyer or lawyers, the Company

- 9 -

         will pay all costs of collection, including reasonable legal fees
         incurred by the Participant.  In addition, the Company shall pay to
         the Participant interest on all or any part of the payments that are
         not paid when due at a rate equal to the Prime Rate as announced by
         Trust Company Bank or its successors from time to time.

9.07     Successors and Assigns.  This Plan shall be binding upon the
         successors and assigns of the parties hereto.


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Plan to be duly

executed and its seal to be hereunto affixed on the date indicated below, but effective as of January 1, 1993.

GENUINE PARTS COMPANY

                                          By: /s/ Frank M. Howard
                                              -------------------

                                          Title: Treasurer
                                                 ----------------

                                          Date: December 1, 1994
                                                -----------------
[CORPORATE SEAL]

Attest:

/s/ Brainard T. Webb, Jr.
- -----------------------------

- 10 -

EXHIBIT 10.10

AMENDMENT NO. 2
TO THE GENUINE PARTS COMPANY
SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT PLAN

WHEREAS, the Executive Committee of the Board of Directors of Genuine Parts Company desires to amend the Genuine Parts Company Supplemental Retirement Plan (the "Plan") as follows:

NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, that the following Amendments be adopted:

1.

Article Two is hereby deleted and a new Article Two is substituted therefor as follows:

"ARTICLE TWO - PARTICIPATION

2.01     Eligibility.

         Except as provided in Section 2.02, any employee of the Employer ("Key
         Employee") whose annual, regular Earnings are expected to be equal to
         or greater than the compensation limits of Code Section 401(a)(17)
         ($150,000 in 1994) shall participate in this Plan..  Upon becoming
         eligible to participate, a Key Employee must complete and execute a
         Joinder Agreement in a form satisfactory to the Compensation and Stock
         Option Committee of the Board of Directors of Genuine Parts Company
         (the "Committee").  Even though a Key Employee may be a Participant in
         this Plan, he shall not be entitled to any benefit hereunder unless
         and until his benefits under the Pension Plan are reduced due to the
         application of either Section 401(a)(17) or Section 415 of the Code.

2.02     Additional Rules on Eligibility.

          (a)     The Committee may increase the Earnings limitation (see
                  Section 2.01) that a Key Employee must receive to become
                  eligible to continue or commence his or her participation in
                  the Plan.

          (b)     A Key Employee shall not accrue a benefit for any year in
                  which the Key Employee's annual, regular Earnings is expected
                  to be less than the compensation limits of Code Section
                  401(a)(17) or, if greater, the Earnings limit established by
                  the Committee pursuant to paragraph (a) above.  Nevertheless,
                  the Key Employee shall continue to participate in the Plan
                  and shall again accrue a benefit under this Plan during the

                  calendar year in which the Key Employee's Earnings exceed the
                  Earnings limit established in Section 2.01 or 2.02(a),
                  whichever is greater.

          (c)     The Committee may prohibit any Key Employee from
                  participating in the Plan during a calendar year and
                  subsequent calendar years by notifying such Key Employee
                  during the first calendar year that his or her participation
                  shall cease under the Plan.

2.03     Definition of Earnings.

         For purposes of this Plan, the term "Earnings" shall (except as
         modified below) have the same meaning given such term in the Pension
         Plan.  Unlike the Pension Plan, however, Earnings shall include
         salary, bonus or other compensation that the Company would otherwise
         have been paid to a Key Employee but for the Key Employee's election
         to defer the receipt of such salary, bonus or other compensation
         pursuant to a Company sponsored deferred compensation program
         ("Deferred Compensation").  A Key Employee's Deferred Compensation
         shall not be included in Earnings in the year such Deferred
         Compensation is paid to the Key Employee."

                                      2.

         Section 3.01 is hereby deleted and a new Section 3.01 is substituted

therefor as follows:

"3.01 Calculation of Supplement.

(a) Each Participant who terminates active employment with the Employer on or after his Normal or Delayed Retirement Date by reason of retirement or voluntary or involuntary termination shall, except as provided in Section 6.05, be entitled to a monthly supplemental retirement income ("Supplemental Retirement Income") equal to (1) minus (2), where

(1) equals the monthly Normal or Delayed Retirement Income which Participant would be entitled to receive under the Pension Plan beginning on the Benefit Commencement Date (as defined in Section 3.02) if the benefit limitations of Code Sections 401(a)(17) and 415 as reflected in the Pension Plan were not in effect (measured in the form of a single life annuity payable in monthly installments for the Participant's life) and if the definition of Earnings under this Plan were used to compute the Participant's Normal or Delayed Retirement Income under the Pension Plan;

(2) equals the monthly Normal or Delayed Retirement Income which Participant is actually entitled to receive under the Pension Plan

-2-

Beginning on the Benefit Commencement Date measured in the form of a single life annuity payable in monthly installments for the Participant's life.

(b) Except as provided in Sections 3.01(c), 4.01 and 5.01, no payment of any kind shall be made under this Plan to any Participant who terminates active employment with the Employer prior to his Normal Retirement Date. For example, in the absence of a change in control and assuming Section 3.01(c) is not applicable, no payment shall be made to a Participant who resigns his employment prior to his Normal Retirement Date even though such Participant is eligible for Early Retirement under the Pension Plan.

(c) The Committee may, in its sole discretion, determine that a Participant who terminates his or her employment on or after attaining age 55 and completing fifteen years of Credited Service ("Early Retirement Date") but prior to his or her Normal Retirement Date shall be eligible for benefits under this Plan. Such benefit shall be determined using the formula set forth in Section 3.01(a) above but by calculating the Participant's Supplemental Retirement Income as of his or her termination of employment and by applying the reduction set forth in the Pension Plan to reflect the early payment of benefits prior to the Participant's Normal Retirement Date.

(d) In computing a Key Employee's benefit under this Plan, the Committee shall assume the Participant did not accrue a benefit under the Pension Plan (and did not receive any Earnings) during any calendar year in which the Key Employee did not accrue a benefit under this Plan (see Section 2.02)."

3.

Section 3.02 is hereby amended by deleting the phrase "Section 3.01" where it appears in such Section and replacing it with the phrase "Section 3.01(a)."

4.

Section 4.01 is hereby deleted and a new Section 4.01 is substituted therefor as follows:

"4.01 Death of Participant Before Supplemental Income Payments Commence.

(a) Participants Prior to January 1 1995.

(1) This Section 4.01(a) shall apply only to Key Employees who became Participants in this Plan prior to January 1, 1995.

-3-

(2) If a Participant (married or unmarried at the time of his death) dies before Supplemental Retirement Income commences hereunder and while he remains employed by the Employer, then the Participant's Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive a survivor benefit which is the Actuarial Equivalent of the Participant's Supplemental Retirement Income accrued to the date of his death under Section 3.01. For such purpose, the Participant's Beneficiary shall be the same as his or her Beneficiary designated under the Pension Plan.

(b) Participants On or After January 1, 1995.

(1) This Section 4.01(b) shall apply only to Key Employees who became Participants in this Plan on or after January 1, 1995.

(2) If a Participant (married or unmarried at the time of his death) dies before Supplemental Retirement Income commences hereunder and while he remains employed by the Employer, then the Committee may, in its sole discretion, determine that a Participant's Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive a survivor benefit which is the Actuarial Equivalent of the Participant's Supplemental Retirement Income accrued to the date of his death under Section 3.01. For such purpose, the Participant's Beneficiary shall be the same as his or her Beneficiary designated under the Pension Plan.

(c) Form of Survivor Benefit. For purposes of paragraphs (a) and
(b) above, the survivor benefit shall be a benefit payable for the life of the Beneficiary which commences on the first day of the month following the Participant's death, and ending on the first day of the month coinciding with or immediately following the Beneficiary's death."

5.

Section 4.02 is hereby amended by adding the following sentence to the end thereof as follows:

"No death benefits shall be paid to the Participant's Beneficiary."

6.

Section 5.01(a) is hereby deleted and a new Section 5.01(a) is substituted therefor as follows:

"(a) Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Agreement, in the event there is a Change of Control of Genuine Parts as defined in subsection (c) of this Section 5.01, any Participant whose employment is terminated on account

-4-

of such Change of Control, and who has seven (7) or more years of Credited Service for vesting purposes (and without regard to such Participant's service for benefit accrual purposes) under the Pension Plan, shall be entitled to receive an immediate lump sum payment in an amount which is the Actuarial Equivalent single sum value of the monthly Supplemental Retirement Income accrued by the Participant as of the date of his termination calculated pursuant to the formula set forth in Section 3.01(a) and assuming payments began on the Participant's Normal Retirement Date; provided, however, that for this purpose, Actuarial Equivalence shall be determined using an interest assumption of 6%. For purposes of this
Section 5.01(a), a Participant's employment shall be considered to have "terminated on account of such Change of Control" only if the Participant's employment with the Employer is terminated without cause during the 24 month period following the Change of Control."

6.

Section 6.05 is amended by deleting the phrase "Spouse or Beneficiary" wherever it appears in such Section and replacing it with the phrase "Beneficiary or Contingent Annuitant."

7.

Section 6.08 is hereby deleted and a new Section 6.08 is substituted therefor as follows:

"6.08    Right to Amend and Terminate.

         The Committee reserves the right to modify, alter, amend, or terminate
         the Plan, at any time and from time to time, without notice, to any
         extent deemed advisable; provided, however, that no such amendment or
         termination shall (without the written consent of the Participant, if
         living, and if not, the individual to whom survivor benefits are paid
         (i.e., either the Beneficiary or the Contingent Annuitant as the case
         may be)) adversely affect any benefit under the Plan which has accrued
         with respect to the Participant as of the date of such amendment or
         termination regardless of whether such benefit is vested or in pay
         status.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment, modification,
         alteration, or termination of this Plan may be given effect with
         respect to any Participant, Beneficiary or Contingent Annuitant
         without the consent of such Participant (if living, and if not, the
         individual to whom survivor benefits are paid) if such amendment,
         modification, alteration, or termination is adopted during the
         six-month period prior to a Change of Control or during the two-year
         period following a Change of Control."

-5-

8.

This Amendment shall be effective as of January 1, 1995.

9.

Except as amended herein, the Plan shall continue in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Genuine Parts Company has caused this Amendment to be executed by its duly authorized officer.

GENUINE PARTS COMPANY

By:     /s/ Frank M. Howard
        -----------------------------

Title:  Treasurer
        -----------------------------

Date:   December 1, 1994
        -----------------------------

-6-

EXHBIT 10.11

GENUINE PARTNERSHIP PLAN

(Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 1994)


GENUINE PARTNERSHIP PLAN
(AS AMENDED AND RESTATED EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 1994)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE 1 -- INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          1

         1.01 Establishment of Plan; Background . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          1
         1.02 Effective Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          1
         1.03 Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          1
         1.04 Plan Governs Distribution of Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          1

ARTICLE 2 -- DEFINITIONS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          2

         Account  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          2
         Act or ERISA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          2
         Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          2
         Affiliate  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          2
         Affiliated Sponsor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          2
         Authorized Absence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          2
         Beneficiary  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          2
         Board  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          3
         Break in Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          3
         Code   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          3
         Committee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          3
         Company  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          3
         Company Stock  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          3
         Company Stock Fund . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          4
         Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          4
         Credited Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          4
         Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          5
         Effective Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          5
         Eligible Employee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          5
         Employee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          5
         Employer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          5
         Employer Contribution  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          5
         Employer Matching Contribution Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          6
         Employer Matching Contribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          6
         Employment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          6
         Entry Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          6
         Family Member  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          6
         Fiduciary  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          6
         Fund                                                                                        6

- i -

         Highly Compensated Employee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          6
         Hour of Service  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          6
         Investment Fund  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          8
         Non-highly Compensated Employee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          8
         Participant  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          8
         Permanent Disability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          8
         Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          8
         Plan Administrator or Administrator  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          8
         Plan Year  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          8
         Pre-Tax Contributions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          8
         Pre-Tax Contribution Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          8
         Prior Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          9
         Prior Employer Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          9
         Qualified  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          9
         Qualified Nonelective Contribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          9
         Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          9
         Qualifying Employer Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          9
         Rollover Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          9
         Rollover Contribution  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          9
         Spouse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          9
         Termination Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          9
         Treasury Regulation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         10
         Trust or Trust Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         10
         Trustee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         10
         Valuation Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         10
         Other Rules  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         11

ARTICLE 3 -- PARTICIPATION  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         12

         3.01 Participation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         12
         3.02 Year of Eligibility Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         12
         3.03 Participation and Rehire  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         13
         3.04 Acquisitions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         13
         3.05 Not Contract for Employment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         14

ARTICLE 4 -- PRE-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         15

         4.01 Pre-Tax Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         15
         4.02 Elections Regarding Pre-Tax Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         15
         4.03 Change in Employee Contribution Percentage or Suspension of Contributions . .         15
         4.04 Deadline for Contributions and Allocation of Pre-Tax Contributions  . . . . .         16
         4.05 Rollover Contribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         17

- ii -

ARTICLE 5 -- EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         18

         5.01 Employer Matching Contribution  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         18
         5.02 Qualified Nonelective Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         18
         5.03 Form and Timing of Contributions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         19
         5.04 Forfeitures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         19

ARTICLE 6 -- ACCOUNTS AND ALLOCATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         20

         6.01 Participant Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         20
         6.02 Allocation of Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         21
         6.03 Allocation of Dividends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         21
         6.04 Adjustment Attributable to Plan Loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         22
         6.05 Plan Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         22
         6.06 Investment Funds and Elections  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         22
         6.07 Errors  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         23

ARTICLE 7 -- VESTING  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         24

         7.01 Termination Date On or After Age 65  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          24
         7.02 Permanent Disability  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         24
         7.03 Death . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         24
         7.04 Other Termination Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         24
         7.05 Forfeitures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         25

ARTICLE 8 -- DISTRIBUTIONS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         27

         8.01 Commencement of Distribution  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         27
         8.02 Method of Distribution  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         28
         8.03 Payment to Minors and Incapacitated Persons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         28
         8.04 Application for Benefits  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         29
         8.05 Special Distribution Rules  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         29
         8.06 Distributions Pursuant to Qualified Domestic Relations Orders . . . . . . . .         30
         8.07 Direct Rollovers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          30
         8.08 Participant Withdrawals After Age 59-1/2  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         31

ARTICLE 9 -- HARDSHIP WITHDRAWALS; LOANS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         33

         9.01 Hardship Withdrawal of Account  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         33
         9.02 Definition of Hardship  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         33
         9.03 Maximum Hardship Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         33
         9.04 Procedure to Request Hardship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         35
         9.05 Authority to Establish Loan Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         35
         9.06 Eligibility for Loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         35
         9.07 Loan Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         35
         9.08 Maximum Number of Loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         35
         9.09 Assignment of Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         36
         9.10 Interest  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         36
         9.11 Term of Loan  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         36

- iii -

         9.12 Level Amortization  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        36
         9.13 Directed Investment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        36
         9.14 Other Requirements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        37
         9.15 Distribution of Loan  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        37

ARTICLE 10 -- ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        38

         10.01 Named Fiduciaries  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        38
         10.02 Board of Directors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        38
         10.03 Trustee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        39
         10.04 Committee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        39
         10.05 Standard of Fiduciary Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        41
         10.06 Claims Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        41
         10.07 Indemnification of Committee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        43

ARTICLE 11 -- AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        44

         11.01 Right to Amend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        44
         11.02 Termination or Discontinuance of Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        44
         11.03 IRS Approval of Termination  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        45

ARTICLE 12 -- SPECIAL DISCRIMINATION RULES  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        46

         12.01 Definitions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        46
         12.02 $7,000 Limit on Pre-Tax Contributions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        49
         12.03 Average Actual Deferral Percentage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        51
         12.04 Special Rules For Determining Average Actual Deferral Percentage . . . . . .        52
         12.05 Distribution of Excess ADP Deferrals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        52
         12.06 Average Actual Contribution Percentage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        54
         12.07 Special Rules For Determining Average Actual Contribution Percentages  . . .        55
         12.08 Distribution of Employer Matching Contributions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        55
         12.09 Combined ACP and ADP Test  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        56
         12.10 Order of Applying Certain Sections of Article  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        58
         12.11 Effective Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        58

ARTICLE 13 -- HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEES  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        59

         13.01 In General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        59
         13.02 Highly Compensated Employees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        59
         13.03 Former Highly Compensated Employee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        59
         13.04 Family Aggregation Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        60
         13.05 Definitions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        61
         13.06 Other Methods Permissible  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        62

ARTICLE 14 -- MAXIMUM BENEFITS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        63

         14.01 General Rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        63

- iv -

         14.02 Combined Plan Limitation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         64
         14.03 Definitions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         64
         14.04 Effective Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         66

ARTICLE 15 -- TOP HEAVY RULES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         67

         15.01 General  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         67
         15.02 Definitions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         67
         15.03 Minimum Benefit  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         68
         15.04 Combined Plan Limitation For Top Heavy Years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         69

ARTICLE 16 -- MISCELLANEOUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         70

         16.01 Headings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         70
         16.02 Action by Employer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         70
         16.03 Spendthrift Clause . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         70
         16.04 Distributions Upon Special Occurrences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         70
         16.05 Discrimination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         71
         16.06 Release  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         71
         16.07 Compliance with Applicable Laws  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         71
         16.08 Agent for Service of Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         71
         16.09 Merger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         72
         16.10 Governing Law  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         72
         16.11 Adoption of the Plan by an Affiliated Sponsor  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         72
         16.12 Protected Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         74
         16.13 Location of Participant or Beneficiary Unknown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         74

- v -

GENUINE PARTNERSHIP PLAN
(Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 1994)

ARTICLE 1

INTRODUCTION

1.01      Establishment of Plan; Background.

          (a)      Effective July 1, 1988, Genuine Parts Company adopted and
                   established the Genuine Partnership Plan ("Prior Plan").
                   The Prior Plan was at all times maintained as a plan meeting
                   the requirements of Sections 401(a) and 401(k) of the
                   Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and of the
                   Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

          (b)      Effective January 1, 1994, the Prior Plan is continued in an
                   amended and restated form as set forth in its entirety in
                   this document (the "Plan").

1.02      Effective Date

          This Plan shall be effective as of January 1, 1994.  Notwithstanding
          this general effective date, certain provisions of this Plan (as set
          forth in this document) shall have effective dates earlier than
          January 1, 1994.

1.03      Purpose.

          This Plan is intended to provide a cash or deferred arrangement under
          Code Sections 401(a) and 401(k).  Under the Plan, Participants can
          direct that a specified percentage of the amount that otherwise would
          have been paid to them as Compensation be contributed by the Employer
          to the Plan.  The benefits described in the Plan are provided for the
          exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries.

1.04      Plan Governs Distribution of Benefits

          The distribution of benefits for all Participants (whether employed
          by the Employer before or after the Effective Date) shall be governed
          by the provisions of this Plan.  Nevertheless, early retirement
          benefits, retirement-type subsidies, or optional forms of benefit
          protected under Code Section 411(d)(6) ("Protected Benefits") shall
          not be reduced or eliminated with respect to benefits accrued under
          such Protected Benefits unless such reduction or elimination is
          permitted under the Code, Treasury Regulations, authority issued by
          the Internal Revenue Service or judicial authority.


ARTICLE 2

DEFINITIONS

Certain terms of this Plan have defined meanings which are set forth in this Article and which shall govern unless the context in which they are used clearly indicates that some other meaning is intended.

Account shall mean the Account established and maintained by the Committee or Trustee for each Participant or their Beneficiaries to which shall be allocated each Participant's interest in the Fund. Each Account shall be comprised of the sub-accounts described in Section 6.01.

Act or ERISA shall mean Public Law No. 93-406, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Adjustment shall mean, for any Valuation Date, the aggregate earnings, realized or unrealized appreciation, losses, expenses, and realized or unrealized depreciation of the Fund since the immediately preceding Valuation Date. The determination of the adjustment shall be made by the Trustee and shall be final and binding.

Affiliate shall mean the Company and any corporation which is a member of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code Section 414(b)) which includes the Company; any trade or business which is under common control (as defined in Code Section 414(c)) with the Company; any organization which is a member of an affiliated service group (as defined in Code Section 414(m)) which includes the Company; and any other entity required to be aggregated with the Company pursuant to regulations under Code Section 414(o).

Affiliated Sponsor shall mean any corporation and any other entity that is designated by the Committee as an Affiliated Sponsor under the Plan. See
Section 16.11 for provisions relating to an Affiliated Sponsor's adoption of the Plan. All Affiliated Sponsors, groups of employees designated as participating in the Plan by such Affiliated Sponsors (if not all employees), and the effective date of each company's designation as an Affiliated Sponsor shall be specified in Schedule A.

Authorized Absence shall mean any temporary layoff or any absence authorized by the Employer under the Employer's standard personnel practices provided that all persons under similar circumstances must be treated alike in the granting of such Authorized Leaves of Absence and provided further that the Participant returns within the period of authorized absence. An absence due to service in the Armed Forces of the United States shall be considered an Authorized Absence to the extent required by federal law.

Beneficiary. For unmarried Participants, any individual(s), trust(s), estate(s), partnership(s), corporation(s) or other entity or entities designated by the Participant in

-2-

accordance with procedures established by the Committee to receive any distribution to which the Participant is entitled under the Plan in the event of the Participant's death. The Committee may require certification by a Participant in any form it deems appropriate of the Participant's marital status prior to accepting or honoring any Beneficiary designation. Any Beneficiary designation shall be void if the Participant revokes the designation or marries. Any Beneficiary designation shall be void to the extent it conflicts with the terms of a qualified domestic relations order.

If an unmarried Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary or if the designated Beneficiary fails to survive the Participant and the Participant has not designated a contingent Beneficiary, the Beneficiary shall be the surviving descendants of the Participant (who shall take per stirpes) and if there are no surviving descendants, the Beneficiary shall be the Participant's estate. For the purposes of the foregoing sentence, the term "descendants" shall include any persons adopted by a Participant or by any of his descendants.

A married Participant's Beneficiary shall be his Spouse unless the Participant has designated a non-Spouse Beneficiary (or Beneficiaries) with the written consent of his Spouse given in the presence of a notary public on a form provided by the Committee, or unless the terms of a qualified domestic relations order require payment to a non-Spouse Beneficiary. A married Participant's designation of a non-Spouse Beneficiary in accordance with the preceding sentence shall remain valid until revoked by the Participant or until the Participant marries a Spouse who has not consented to a designation in accordance with the preceding sentence.

For the purposes of this Section, revocation of prior Beneficiary designations will occur when a Participant (i) files a valid designation with the Committee; or (ii) files a signed statement with the Committee evidencing his intent to revoke any prior designations.

Board shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

Break in Service shall occur if the Employee ceases to be employed by the Employer and does not resume Employment for seven or more consecutive years.

Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of l986, as amended. A reference to a specific provision of the Code shall include such provision and any applicable Treasury Regulation pertaining thereto.

Committee shall mean the Committee appointed by the Board under Article 10 to administer the Plan. This term is interchangeable with "Plan Administrator."

Company shall mean Genuine Parts Company and its successors and assigns which adopt this Plan.

Company Stock shall mean the common stock of the Company.

- 3 -

Company Stock Fund shall mean the portion of a Participant's Account and each subaccount which is invested in Company Stock.

Compensation shall mean, effective January 1, 1989, the gross annual earnings reported on a Participant's Form W-2 (box 10 or its comparable location as provided on Form W-2 in future years) as required by Code Section Section 6041(d) and 6051(a)(3). In addition, Compensation shall include Pre-Tax Contributions under this Plan and salary reduction pre-tax contributions to a
Section 125 Plan maintained by the Employer. Compensation shall be determined by ignoring any income exclusions under Code Section 3401(a) based on the nature or location of employment. In addition, Compensation shall be determined by ignoring reimbursements or other expense allowances, fringe benefits (cash and non-cash), moving expenses, deferred compensation (and for this purpose benefits under a stock option plan is "deferred compensation") and welfare benefits (and for this purpose, worker's compensation payments of any type and severance pay of any type shall be considered "welfare benefits," but sick pay, short term disability and vacation pay are not considered "welfare benefits"). Compensation shall not include amounts in excess of the limitations set forth in Code Section 401(a)(17) ($150,000 in 1994). See also
Section 13.04 for additional rules regarding aggregation of Compensation for certain Family Members.

Credited Service shall mean the number of years of service as an Employee of the Employer (with proportionate allowance for fractional years) both before and after the Effective Date, measured in accordance with the following rules:

(a) Credited Service for Employment Prior to January 1, 1988. An Employee who was employed on the day preceding the effective date of the Prior Plan (July 1, 1988) shall receive Credited Service under this Plan for all years of Credited Service earned under and pursuant to the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan prior to January 1, 1988. Credited Service so determined shall be the Participant's Credited Service under this Plan for all service prior to January 1, 1988. If an Employee was not employed by the Employer on June 30, 1988, such Employee shall not receive Credited Service under this Plan for his Employment prior to January 1, 1988.

(b) Credited Service for Employment On or After January 1, 1988. On or after January 1, 1988, an Employee shall receive Credited Service for the elapsed time of his Employment beginning on the date of the Employee's first Hour of Service on or after January 1, 1988 and ending on his Termination Date. If an Employee has a Termination Date and is subsequently rehired, such Employee shall again receive Credited Service (subject to the Break in Service rules set forth below) beginning on the date of the Employee's first Hour of Service on or after his reemployment and ending on his subsequent Termination Date.

- 4 -

(c) Break in Service. Credited Service shall not include any period of Employment which precedes a Break in Service if as of the first day of the Break in Service, the Employee is not vested in any portion of his Account.

(d) Employment with Affiliated Sponsors; Predecessor Businesses. Credited Service shall not include any period of employment with any Affiliated Sponsor prior to its designation as an Affiliated Sponsor or any period of employment with a predecessor business prior to its acquisition by Employer except to the extent provided in Schedules A or B.

(f) Military Service. Credited Service shall not include any period of service in the military; except to the extent such service is required to be credited under applicable federal law.

(g) Employment with Affiliates. An Employee's service with an Affiliate shall be considered Employment with the Employer.

Distribution shall mean payment by the Trustee to or for the benefit of a Participant, Spouse, Beneficiary or other person entitled to benefits as provided in this Plan.

Effective Date shall mean January 1, 1994.

Eligible Employee shall mean, except for those Employees identified in the following sentence, all Employees employed by the Employer. The following Employees shall not be considered Eligible Employees: (i) any employee included in a collective bargaining unit for which a labor organization is recognized as collective bargaining agent unless such employee has been designated by the Committee as an "Eligible Employee" for the purposes of this Plan, (ii) any Employee who is a nonresident alien and who does not receive earned income from the Employer which constitutes income from sources within the United States, or (iii) any "leased employee," within the meaning of Code
Section 414(n)(2), with respect to the Employer.

Employee shall mean any person employed by or on Authorized Absence from the Employer, and any person who is a "leased employee" within the meaning of Code
Section 414(n)(2) with respect to the Employer. However, if such "leased employees" constitute less than 20 percent of the Employer's combined non-highly compensated work force, within the meaning of Code Section
414(n)(1)(C)(ii), the term "Employee" shall not include "leased employees" covered by a plan described in Code Section 414(n)(5).

Employer shall mean the Company and any Affiliated Sponsor. All Affiliated Sponsors are listed on Schedule A.

Employer Contribution shall mean Employer Matching Contributions and Qualified Nonelective Contributions. Employer Contributions may be made without regard to

- 5 -

current or accumulated earnings and profits for the taxable year or years ending with or within the Plan Year.

Employer Matching Contribution Account shall mean the portion of a Participant's total Account attributable to Employer Matching Contributions, and the total of the Adjustments which have been credited to or deducted from a Participant's Account with respect to Employer Matching Contributions.

Employer Matching Contribution shall have that meaning as defined in Section 5.01.

Employment shall mean the active service of an Employee with the Employer. Employment with an Affiliated Sponsor prior to its designation as an Affiliated Sponsor and employment with a predecessor business prior to its acquisition by Employer shall be counted as employment with the Employer only to the extent provided in Schedules A or B.

Entry Date shall mean the first business day of any calendar month.

Family Member shall have that meaning as defined in Section 13.04(b).

Fiduciary shall mean any party named as a Fiduciary in Section 10.01. Any party shall be considered a Fiduciary of the Plan only to the extent of the powers and duties specifically allocated to such party under the Plan.

Fund shall mean the money and other properties held and administered by the Trustee in accordance with the Plan and Trust Agreement. If the Committee so directs, multiple trust funds may be established under this Plan, which together shall comprise the Fund hereunder.

Highly Compensated Employee shall have that meaning as defined in Article 13.

Hour of Service shall mean:

(a) Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for performance of duties for an Employer or Employers.

(b) Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, by an Employer or Employers, on account of a period of time during which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship is terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty, or Authorized Absence; provided that in no event, shall an Employee receive credit for more than 501 Hours of Service for any single continuous period of non-working time. However, no Hours of Service shall be granted for any direct or indirect payment or for any entitlement to payment if (i) such payment is

- 6 -

made or due under a plan maintained solely for the purpose of complying with applicable worker's compensation laws, unemployment laws or disability insurance laws or (ii) such payment is intended to reimburse an employee for his or her medical or medically related expenses.

(c) Each hour for which an Employee is on an Authorized Leave of Absence by reason of: (i) the pregnancy of the Employee, (ii) birth of a child of the Employee, (iii) placement of a child with the Employee in connection with the adoption of the child by the Employee, or (iv) caring for a child referred to in paragraphs (i) through (iii) immediately following birth or placement. Hours credited under this paragraph shall be credited at the rate of 10 hours per day, 45 hours per week but shall not, in the aggregate, exceed the number of hours required to prevent the Employee from incurring a Break in Service under Code
Section 410(a)(5) (a maximum of 501 hours) during the first computation period in which a Break in Service would otherwise occur.

(d) Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by an Employer or Employers. These hours shall be credited to the Employee for the computation period or period to which the award or agreement pertains, rather than the computation period in which the award, agreement, or payment is made.

(e) In lieu of the foregoing, an Employee who is not compensated on an hourly basis (such as salary, commission or piecework employees) shall be credited with 45 Hours of Service for each week (or 10 Hours of Service for each day) in which such Employee would be credited with Hours of Service in hourly pay. However, this method of computing Hours of Service may not be used for any Employee whose Hours of Service is required to be counted and recorded by any Federal law, such as the Fair Labor Standards Act. Any such method must yield an equivalency of at least 1,000 hours per computation period.

The following rules shall apply in determining whether an Employee completes an "Hour of Service":

1. The same hours shall not be credited under subparagraphs
(a), (b) or (c) above, as the case may be, and subparagraph
(d) above; nor shall the same hours credited under subparagraphs (a) through (d) above be credited under subparagraph (e) above;.

2. The rules relating to determining hours of service for reasons other than the performance of duties and for crediting Hours of Service to particular periods of employment shall be those rules stated in Department of Labor

- 7 -

regulations Title 29, Chapter XXV, subchapter C, part 2530, Sections 200b2(b) and 200b2(c), respectively.

Investment Fund shall mean the separate funds under the Trust Fund which are distinguished by their investment objectives. The term "Investment Fund" does not include a Participant's Common Stock Fund.

Non-highly Compensated Employee shall mean an Employee of the Employer who is neither a Highly Compensated Employee nor a Family Member of a Highly Compensated Employee.

Participant shall mean an Employee who becomes eligible to participate in the Plan as provided in Article 3.

Permanent Disability shall mean a physical or mental condition of a Participant resulting from bodily injury, disease, or mental disorder which (i) for a Participant who is not in active Employment on or after January 1, 1993, entitles the Participant to Social Security disability benefits or (ii) for a Participant who is in active Employment on or after January 1, 1993, results in the Participant receiving long term disability benefits under The Genuine Parts Company Long Term Disability Plan. A Participant's Permanent Disability will end on the date the Participant is no longer receiving disability benefits (i) under Social Security for a Participant who is not in active Employment on or after January 1, 1993, or (ii) under The Genuine parts Company Long Term Disability Plan for a Participant who is in active Employment on or after January 1, 1993.

Plan shall mean the Genuine Partnership Plan as set forth in this document together with any subsequent amendments hereto.

Plan Administrator or Administrator shall mean the Committee appointed by the Board pursuant to Article 10 to administer the Plan. All references in the Plan to the Administrator shall be deemed to apply to the Committee and vice versa. The Committee so appointed is hereby designated as the "Administrator" of the Plan within the meaning of Section 3(16) of the Act and as the agent for service of legal process for purposes of Section 102(b) of the Act.

Plan Year shall be the calendar year.

Pre-Tax Contributions shall mean contributions made to the Plan during the Plan Year by the Employer, at the election of the Participant, in lieu of cash compensation and that are made pursuant to a salary reduction agreement. Such contributions are nonforfeitable when made and distributable only as specified in Article 8 below.

Pre-Tax Contribution Account shall mean the portion of a Participant's Account attributable to Pre-Tax Contributions, and the total of the Adjustments which have been

- 8 -

credited to or deducted from a Participant's Account with respect to Pre-Tax Contributions.

Prior Plan. See Section 1.01.

Prior Employer Account shall mean the portion of a Participant's Account attributable to assets transferred directly from the trustee of another Qualified Plan to the Trustee of this Plan and which are not separately allocated to an existing Account under this Plan. Sub-accounts may be established as necessary to separately account for pre-tax contributions, after-tax contributions, etc. Any restrictions or special rules applicable to the Prior Employer Account (including optional forms of benefit that are protected under Code Section 411(d)(6)) shall be set forth in Schedule C.

Qualified as used in "qualified plan" or "qualified trust" shall mean a plan and trust which are entitled to the tax benefits provided respectively by Sections 401 and 501 of the Code, and related provisions of the Code.

Qualified Nonelective Contribution shall have that meaning as defined in
Section 5.02.

Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account shall mean the portion of a Participant's Account attributable to Qualified Nonelective Contributions, and the total of the Adjustments which have been credited to or deducted from a Participant's Account with respect to Qualified Nonelective Contributions.

Qualifying Employer Securities shall have that meaning as defined in Section 407(d)(5) of the Act.

Rollover Account. The portion of a Participant's Account attributable to Rollover Contributions or the total of the Adjustments attributable to such Rollover Contributions.

Rollover Contribution See Section 4.05.

Spouse shall mean the person who was married to the Participant (in a civil or religious ceremony recognized under the laws of the state where the marriage was contracted) immediately prior to the date on which payments to the Participant from the Plan begin. If the Participant dies prior to the commencement of benefits, Spouse shall mean a person who is married to a Participant (as defined in the immediately preceding sentence) on the date of the Participant's death. A Participant shall not be considered married to another person as a result of any common law marriage whether or not such common law marriage is recognized by applicable state law.

Termination Date shall mean the first to occur of the following events:

(a) Voluntary resignation from service of the Employer; or

- 9 -

(b) Discharge from the service of the Employer by the Employer; or

(c) Termination on or after attaining age 65 (normal retirement date); or

(d) Death; or

(e) Permanent Disability; or

(f) The first anniversary of the date the Employee ceases Employment for any reason not described above, e.g., vacation, holiday, sickness, disability (but not a Permanent Disability resulting in a Distribution from the Plan), leave of absence, or layoff.

If, however, an Employee terminates his Employment on account of an event described in paragraphs (a) - (c) above and the Employee performs an Hour of Service within twelve months following such Termination Date (or such lesser period as provided in Treasury Regulation Section 1.410(a)-7(d)(iii)(B)), the Employee shall be considered as having been in active Employment during such period of absence. An Employee on Authorized Absence will not have a Termination Date earlier than the end of such Authorized Absence.

Treasury Regulation means regulations pertaining to certain Sections of the Code as issued by the Secretary of the Treasury.

Trust or Trust Agreement shall refer to the Fund established pursuant to one or more agreements of trust entered into between the Employer and one or more trustees (sometimes referred to as sub-trusts), which governs the creation and maintenance of the Fund, and all amendments thereto which may hereafter be made. It is expressly intended that (if the Committee so directs) multiple sub-trusts may be established under this Plan, which together shall comprise the Trust Fund hereunder and that all of the sub-trusts shall be considered to be a single trust fund for purposes of Section 1.414(1)- 1(b)(1) of the Treasury Regulations. The term Trust Fund shall also be deemed to include any fund existing pursuant to any deposit administration or group annuity contract between the Company and/or the Trustee and an Insurer. Each trust agreement or contract with an Insurer established pursuant to this Plan shall be listed on Schedule D.

Trustee shall mean any institution or individual(s) who shall accept the appointment of the Committee to serve as Trustee pursuant to the Plan.

Valuation Date. It is intended that the assets of the Plan will be invested in daily valued investment funds. Accordingly, the term "Valuation Date" shall mean each day of the calendar year during which the Trustee determines the fair market value of the assets held in the Investment Funds.

- 10 -

Other Rules. A defined term, such as "Termination," will normally govern the definitions of derivatives therefrom, such as "Terminate," even though such derivatives are not specifically defined and even if they are or are not initially capitalized. The masculine gender, where appearing in the Plan, shall be deemed to include the feminine gender, unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary. Singular and plural nouns and pronouns shall be interchangeable as the factual context may allow or require. The words "hereof," "herein," "hereunder" and other similar compounds of the word "here" shall mean and refer to the entire Plan and not to any particular provision or Section.

- 11 -

ARTICLE 3

PARTICIPATION

3.01 Participation

(a) Each Eligible Employee who is a Participant in the Prior Plan on the day preceding the Effective Date of this Plan shall be a Participant in this Plan on the Effective Date (provided he is employed on the Effective Date).

(b) An Eligible Employee who is not described in subsection (a) above shall become a Participant in the Plan on the Entry Date next following the later of (i) the date on which the Employee has both completed one Year of Eligibility Service and attained age 21 or (ii) the date the Employee becomes a member of the class of Eligible Employees. See Section 3.04 below for special rules that apply to new Employees following an acquisition.

(c) If an Eligible Employee either (i) is not employed or (ii) is no longer an Eligible Employee on the earliest Entry Date on or after which such Employee satisfied the requirements described above, but returns to work or again becomes an Eligible Employee before incurring a Break in Service, such Eligible Employee shall commence participation on the date such Employee returns to work or again becomes an Eligible Employee. If the Employee returns to work or again becomes an Eligible Employee after a Break in Service, such Employee must again satisfy the requirements of Section 3.01(b).

(d) An Eligible Employee who becomes eligible to participate in this Plan will be asked to follow certain procedures to enroll in the Plan, and pursuant to which he will designate Beneficiaries and may elect to make Pre-Tax Contributions.

3.02 Year of Eligibility Service

(a) 1,000 Hour Rule. A Year of Eligibility Service is determined under the 1,000 Hours of Service method. Accordingly, an Employee shall receive one Year of Eligibility Service upon completing a twelve consecutive month period of Employment during which the Employee earns at least 1,000 Hours of Service. The initial twelve month period shall be the twelve consecutive month period commencing on the Employee's date of hire or rehire. If the Employee fails to complete 1,000 Hours of Service during

- 12 -

                   this 12 month period, the Employee shall receive a Year of
                   Eligibility Service upon completing at least 1,000 Hours of
                   Service during a Plan Year (commencing with the Plan Year
                   during which the Employee's first anniversary of his date of
                   hire occurs).

          (b)      Break in Service.  For purposes of this Article 3, an
                   Employee shall not receive credit for any Hours of Service
                   during any period of Employment which precedes a Break in
                   Service if, at the time of the Break in Service, the
                   Employee had never been a Participant in the Plan.

          (c)      Authorized Absence.  A period during which an Employee is on
                   Authorized Absence shall not count towards the Employee's
                   Break in Service if such Employee resumes Employment
                   immediately after the end of such Authorized Absence.

3.03      Participation and Rehire.

          (a)      Status as a Participant.  A Participant's  participation in
                   the Plan shall continue until the Participant's Termination
                   Date.  On or after his Termination Date, the Employee shall
                   be known as a Former Participant and his benefits shall
                   thereafter be governed by the provisions of Article 8.  The
                   individual's status as a Former Participant shall cease as
                   of the date the individual ceases to have any balance in his
                   Account.  If a Participant ceases to be an Eligible Employee
                   but does not have a Termination Date, then such person shall
                   continue to be known as a "Participant," but shall not be
                   eligible to make Pre-Tax Contributions and shall not be
                   eligible to receive Employer Contributions.

          (b)      Rehire of Person who was a Participant in this Plan.  An
                   Eligible Employee who was a Participant in this Plan at the
                   time of his Termination Date and who is subsequently rehired
                   by an Employer, shall be eligible to immediately participate
                   in this Plan on the date of his rehire or, if later, on the
                   date he becomes an Eligible Employee.

3.04      Acquisitions.

          If a group of persons becomes employed by an Employer (or any of its
          subsidiaries or divisions) as a result of an acquisition of another
          employer, the Committee shall determine whether and to what extent
          employment with such prior employer shall be treated as Years of
          Eligibility Service, the applicable Entry Date (or special entry
          date) for such acquired employees, and any other terms and conditions
          which apply to eligibility to participate in this Plan.  Such terms
          and conditions shall be set forth in Schedule A or Schedule B to this
          Plan by action of the Committee.  Except to the extent required by
          law, employees of an acquired business which is not identified in
          Schedule A or Schedule B shall not receive credit under this Plan for
          their prior employment with the acquired business.

- 13 -

3.05      Not Contract for Employment.

          Participation in the Plan shall not give any Employee the right to be
          retained in the Employer's employ, nor shall any Employee, upon
          dismissal from or voluntary termination of his employment, have any
          right or interest in the Fund, except as herein provided.

- 14 -

ARTICLE 4

PRE-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS

4.01     Pre-Tax Contributions.

         Effective on the Participant's initial Entry Date, a Participant may
         elect to make Pre-Tax Contributions to the Plan.  If a Participant
         fails to elect to make Pre-Tax Contributions at that time, a
         Participant may elect to make Pre-Tax Contributions to the Plan
         effective as of the first day of any subsequent month (except during
         periods of suspension -- see Section 4.03).  A Participant's Pre-Tax
         Contributions to the Plan shall be made by means of payroll deduction.
         A Participant may contribute as a Pre-Tax Contribution any whole
         percentage from 1% to 16% of his Compensation during any Plan Year.

4.02     Elections Regarding Pre-Tax Contributions.

         (a)     Procedure for Making Elections.  Elections by a Participant
                 to make Pre-Tax Contributions to the Plan shall be made in
                 writing on a form prescribed by the Committee and by
                 designating on such form the percentage of Compensation that
                 will be contributed as a Pre-Tax Contribution during each
                 pay period.  The election to make Pre-Tax Contributions
                 shall be effective no earlier than the first day of the
                 Participant's normal pay period beginning at least 30 days
                 after the Employer receives such election form (or such
                 smaller number of days as determined by the Committee on a
                 nondiscriminatory basis).

         (b)     Treatment as 401(k) Contributions.  It is expressly intended
                 that, to the extent allowable by law, Pre-Tax Contributions
                 shall not be included in the gross income of the Participant
                 for income tax purposes and shall be deemed contributions
                 under a cash or deferred arrangement pursuant to Code
                 Section 401(k).

         (c)     Additional Limitations of Pre-Tax Contributions.  Pre-Tax
                 Contributions shall be subject to the limitations described in
                 Section 12.02 (maximum dollar contribution limit), Section
                 12.03 (ADP non-discrimination test) and Article 14 (Code
                 Section  415 limit).

4.03     Change in Employee Contribution Percentage or Suspension of
         Contributions.

         (a)     Change of Contribution Percentage.  A Participant may
                 increase or decrease the percentage of his Compensation
                 contributed as a Pre-Tax Contribution only on January 1 or
                 July 1 of each Plan Year by delivery of written notice to
                 the Committee.  In order to be effective, the Participant

- 15 -

                   must notify the Committee at least 30 days prior to the date
                   that the increase or decrease will become effective (or such
                   lesser number of days as determined by the Committee on a
                   nondiscriminatory basis).

         (b)       Suspension of Contributions.  A Participant may suspend his
                   Pre-Tax Contributions at any time by properly completing a
                   form prescribed by the Committee.  The suspension of Pre-Tax
                   Contributions will be effective on the first day of the
                   Participant's normal payroll period that begins 30 days
                   after the Participant delivers the completed form to the
                   Committee.  A Participant may resume making Pre-Tax
                   Contributions on the first day of any month which is at
                   least six months after the effective date of such suspension
                   of contributions and only after informing the Committee in
                   writing at least 30 days prior to the date on which the
                   Pre-Tax Contributions are to resume.  The Committee, on a
                   nondiscriminatory basis, may prescribe a lesser number of
                   days on which the suspension or resumption of Pre-Tax
                   Contributions is to be effective.  A Participant's Pre-Tax
                   Contributions shall automatically be suspended beginning on
                   the first payroll period that commences after the
                   Participant is not in receipt of Compensation, the
                   Participant's layoff or the Participant's Authorized Absence
                   without pay.

         (c)       Other Rules.

                  (1)     See Section 9.03 for circumstances under which a
                          Participant's Pre-Tax Contributions could be
                          suspended for a period of at least 12 months after
                          such Participant receives a hardship distribution.

                  (2)     In order to satisfy the provisions of Article 12 and
                          Article 14, the Committee may from time to time
                          either temporarily suspend the Pre-Tax Contributions
                          of Highly Compensated Employees or reduce the maximum
                          permissible Pre-Tax Contribution that may be made to
                          the Plan by Highly Compensated Employees.

                  (3)     Any reduction, increase, or suspension of Pre-Tax
                          Contributions described in this Article 4.03 shall be
                          made in such manner as the Committee may prescribe
                          from time to time consistent with the provisions of
                          this Article.

4.04     Deadline for Contributions and Allocation of Pre-Tax Contributions.
         Pre-Tax Contributions shall be deducted by the Employer from the
         Participant's Compensation and paid to the Trustee as promptly as
         possible after the end of each regular pay period but in no event
         later than 90 days after such Pre-Tax Contributions have been retained
         by the Employer.

- 16 -

4.05 Rollover Contribution

(a) Without regard to any limitation on contributions set forth in this Article, a Participant shall be permitted, if the Committee consents (based on non-discriminatory criteria), to transfer to the Trustee during any Plan Year additional property acceptable to the Trustee, provided such property:

(1) was received by the Participant from a Qualified Plan maintained by a previous employer of the Participant and qualifies as a rollover contribution within the meaning of Code Section 402(a)(5) or

(2) was received by the Participant from an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity and qualifies as a rollover contribution within the meaning of Code Section 408(d)(3)(A)(ii).

Under either (1) or (2) above, a Participant may make a Rollover Contribution only if the Employer acquired the assets or stock of the Participant's previous employer and the Rollover Contribution originated from the Qualified retirement plan of such previous employer.

(b) Such property shall be held by the Trustee in the Employee's Rollover Account. All such amounts so held shall at all times be fully vested and nonforfeitable. Such amounts shall be distributed to the Employee upon Termination Date in the manner provided in Article 8.

(c) See Section 8.07 regarding the right of a Participant to request a trustee to trustee transfer of the Participant's Account in lieu of a distribution of such Account.

- 17 -

ARTICLE 5

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS

5.01     Employer Matching Contribution.

          (a)      Eligibility to Receive Matching Contribution.  The Employer
                   shall contribute to the Employer Matching Contribution
                   Account of each Participant who is employed on the last day
                   of a calendar month and who made a Pre- Tax Contribution
                   during such calendar month.

          (b)      Amount of Employer Matching Contribution.  The Employer
                   Matching Contribution shall equal the lesser of 20% of the
                   Participant's Pre-Tax Contributions made during the calendar
                   month or 20% of the Participant's first 6% of Compensation
                   for such month (1.2% of Compensation).

          (c)      Employment on Last Day of Month.  For purposes of allocating
                   an Employer Matching Contribution, any Participant who
                   either has a Termination Date on or after attaining age 65
                   or has a Termination Date on account of death or Permanent
                   Disability shall be deemed to be employed on the last day of
                   the month in which such Termination of Employment occurred.
                   In addition, certain Participants who have a Termination
                   Date during the Plan Year may be treated as being employed
                   for purposes of receiving an Employer Matching Contribution
                   if such treatment is necessary to enable the Plan to satisfy
                   the requirements of Code Sections 410(b), 401(a)(26) or
                   401(a)(4).

          (d)      Qualifying Employer Securities.  The Employer Matching
                   Contributions are intended to be comprised primarily of
                   Qualifying Employer Securities (i.e., Common Stock).  It is
                   hereby expressly provided that the Plan may acquire and hold
                   Qualifying Employer Securities.

5.02     Qualified Nonelective Contributions.

         In the sole discretion of the Employer, an additional Employer
         Contribution may be made to the Plan which shall be known as a
         "Qualified Nonelective Contribution."  Such contribution shall be made
         in order to satisfy the requirements of Article 12, and shall be
         allocated to the Qualified Nonelective Contribution Accounts of those
         Non-highly Compensated Employees selected by the Committee at the time
         such Qualified Nonelective Contribution is made, or as soon thereafter
         as possible.

- 18 -

5.03     Form and Timing of Contributions.

          (a)      Employer Contributions shall be made in cash or in
                   Qualifying Employer Securities.  Employer Matching
                   Contributions shall be delivered to the Trustee on or before
                   the date prescribed by the Code for filing the Employer's
                   federal income tax return, including authorized extensions.
                   Qualified Nonelective Contributions shall be delivered to
                   the Trustee on or before the last day of the twelfth month
                   following the close of the Plan Year to which the
                   contribution relates.

          (b)      Except as provided in this Section 5.03, all Employer
                   Contributions shall be irrevocable, shall never inure to the
                   benefit of any Employer, shall be held for the exclusive
                   purpose of providing benefits to Participants and their
                   Beneficiaries (and contingently for defraying reasonable
                   expenses of administering the Plan), and shall be held and
                   distributed by the Trustees only in accordance with this
                   Plan.

          (c)      Upon an Employer's request and to the extent permitted by
                   the Code and other applicable laws and regulations
                   thereunder, a contribution which was made by a mistake in
                   fact, or conditioned upon the initial qualification of the
                   Plan under Code Section 401(a) or upon the deductibility of
                   the contribution under Section 404 of the Code shall be
                   returned to the Employer within one year after the payment
                   of the contribution, the denial of the Plan's initial
                   qualification, or the disallowance of the deduction (to the
                   extent disallowed) whichever is applicable.  All
                   contributions to this Plan are expressly conditioned on the
                   deductibility of such contributions under Code Section 404.

5.04      Forfeitures.

          Forfeitures shall first be applied to restore amounts previously
          forfeited pursuant to Section 7.05(c).  Next, forfeitures shall be
          used to pay expenses of the Plan which may be paid by the Plan in
          accordance with the provisions of ERISA.  Thereafter any remaining
          forfeitures shall be allocated equally on a per capita basis among
          the Employer Matching Contribution Accounts of all Participants who
          are (i) actively employed on the last day of the calendar month in
          which the forfeiture occurred and (ii) who made an Elective Deferral
          during such calendar month or during any prior month of the Plan
          Year.  See Section 7.05 to determine when a forfeiture of a
          Participant's Account occurs.

- 19 -

ARTICLE 6

ACCOUNTS AND ALLOCATIONS

6.01 Participant Accounts.

(a) Individual Account Plan. This Plan is an "individual account plan," as that term is used in ERISA. A separate Account shall be maintained for each Participant, former Participant or Beneficiary, so long as he has an interest in the Trust Fund.

(b) Sub-Accounts. Each Account shall be divided (as appropriate) into the following parts and sub-parts:

(1) The Pre-Tax Contribution Account, which shall reflect Pre-Tax Contributions contributed to this Plan and any Adjustments thereto.

(2) The Employer Matching Contribution Account, which shall reflect Employer Matching Contributions contributed to this Plan and any Adjustments thereto.

(3) The Prior Employer Account, which shall reflect assets transferred to this Plan directly from a trustee of another Qualified Plan to the Trustee of this Plan (and Adjustments thereto). The Prior Employer Account shall be further divided into such additional sub-portions as the Committee deems necessary or appropriate to maintain, including assets contributed to the Qualified Plan as pre-tax contributions, after-tax contributions, employer matching contributions, rollover contributions, etc. To the extent deemed appropriate, portions or sub-portions of this Account may be allocated to and held in other Accounts. For example, pre-tax contributions transferred to this Plan from another Qualified Plan, may be allocated to and held as part of the Pre-Tax Contribution Account.

(4) The Rollover Account, which shall reflect the value of all investments derived from the Participant's Rollover Contributions under this Plan and any Adjustments thereto.

(5) The Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account, which shall reflect Qualified Nonelective Contributions contributed to this Plan and any Adjustments thereto.

- 20 -

                   In addition, the Committee may divide such sub-accounts into
                   such additional sub-portions as the Committee deems to be
                   necessary or advisable under the circumstances or to
                   establish other accounts or sub-accounts as needed.

          (c)      Value of Account as of Valuation Date.  As of each Valuation
                   Date, each Participant's Account shall equal:

                   (1)     his total Account as determined on the immediately
                           preceding Valuation Date, plus

                   (2)     his Pre-Tax Contributions added to his Account since
                           the immediately preceding Valuation Date, plus

                   (3)     his Employer Contributions added to his Account
                           since the immediately preceding Valuation Date, plus

                   (4)     his Rollover Contributions or amounts transferred to
                           this Plan from the trustee of another Qualified plan
                           and which were added to his Account since the
                           immediately preceding Valuation Date, minus

                   (5)     his Distributions, if any, since the immediately
                           preceding Valuation Date, plus or minus

                   (6)     his allocable share of Adjustments.

6.02     Allocation of Adjustments.

         The Adjustment for each Investment Fund shall be calculated as of each
         Valuation Date.  The Adjustment for a given Investment Fund shall be
         allocated to each Account invested in such Investment Fund in the
         proportion that each such Account bears to the total of all such
         Accounts.  Such Valuation shall occur prior to the allocation of
         Employer Contributions, Pre-Tax Contributions, Rollover Contributions
         and transfers to this Plan from the trustee of another Qualified plan
         but after taking into account all Distributions since the prior
         Valuation Date.

6.03     Allocation of Dividends

         Any cash or stock dividend received on shares of Company Stock
         allocated to a Participant's Common Stock Fund shall be allocated to
         such Participant's Common Stock Fund.

- 21 -

6.04     Adjustment Attributable to Plan Loans.

         The Adjustment that is allocable to the Participant's directed
         investment of his loan shall be the interest payments made by the
         Participant with respect to such loan since the immediately preceding
         Valuation Date.

6.05     Plan Expenses.

         The Committee may direct that expenses attributable to general Plan
         administration be allocated among the Accounts of all Participants
         (other than the Company Stock Fund) in proportion to their Account
         balances.

6.06     Investment Funds and Elections

          (a)      Election of Investment Funds.  Each Participant shall
                   direct, following such procedures as may be specified by the
                   Committee, to have his Pre-Tax Contribution Account, Prior
                   Employer Contribution Account, Rollover Account and
                   Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account allocated or
                   reallocated among the Investment Funds.

          (b)      Account Balance as of December 31, 1993.  Prior to the
                   Effective Date, a Participant's Account (other than his
                   Matching Employer Contribution Account) was invested in a
                   fixed income fund.  Each Plan Year, beginning on or after
                   the Effective Date, a Participant may direct the Committee
                   to transfer up to 25% of his pre-1994 Account that was
                   invested in the fixed income fund to any of the other
                   available Investment Funds.

          (b)      Initial Investment Direction.  A Participant's initial
                   investment election must allocate his entire Account in 50%
                   increments among the Investment Funds, as of the date of the
                   directive, and all subsequent contributions to each
                   sub-account for so long as the election remains in effect.
                   An Employee who fails to make a proper investment election
                   by the deadline established by the Committee for such
                   purpose, shall be deemed to have elected to allocate 100% of
                   his Account in the Investment Fund which, in the opinion of
                   the Committee, best preserves the principal amount of the
                   Participant's Account.

          (c)      Subsequent Elections.  Investment elections will remain in
                   effect until changed by a new election.  New elections may
                   be made in 50% increments by a Participant once each
                   calendar quarter.  New elections may change future
                   allocations to the Participant's Account, may reallocate
                   between the Investment Funds any amounts previously credited
                   to the Participant's Account, or may leave the allocation of
                   such prior amounts unchanged.

- 22 -

          (d)      Investment Options.  The Committee shall select such
                   Investment Funds as are deemed appropriate and shall notify
                   affected Participants of such Investment Funds.  The
                   Committee may modify, eliminate or select new Investment
                   Funds from time to time and shall notify affected
                   Participants of such changes and solicit new investment
                   elections, if appropriate.

          (e)      Company Stock Fund.  A Participant's Employer Matching
                   Contribution Account shall consist primarily of Company
                   Stock.  Company Stock shall be held in the Participant's
                   Common Stock Fund.  Participants may not direct the
                   investment of their Company Stock Fund and may not direct
                   the Trustee to transfer other contributions (e.g., Pre- Tax
                   Contributions, etc.) to the Common Stock Fund.

6.07     Errors.

         Where an error or omission is discovered in any Participant's Account,
         the Committee shall make appropriate corrective adjustments as of the
         end of the Plan Year in which the error or omission is discovered.  If
         it is not practical to correct the error retroactively, then the
         Committee shall take such action in its sole discretion as may be
         necessary to make such corrective adjustments, provided that any such
         actions shall treat similarly situated Participants alike and shall
         not discriminate in favor of Highly Compensated Employees.

- 23 -

ARTICLE 7.

VESTING

7.01     Termination Date On or After Age 65.

         A Participant who has a Termination Date on or after attaining age 65
         shall be 100% vested in his Account.  Such Account will be distributed
         on the date and in the form specified in Article 8.

7.02     Permanent Disability.

         A Participant who has a Termination Date on account of Permanent
         Disability shall become 100% vested in his Account as of the date of
         such Permanent Disability and shall be entitled to a Distribution of
         his Account on the date and in the form specified in Article 8.

7.03     Death.

         A Participant who has a Termination Date on account of death shall
         become 100% vested in his Account.  The Participant's Beneficiary
         shall receive a Distribution of such Account on the date and in the
         form specified in Article 8.

7.04     Other Termination Date.

         (a)     In General.  For any reason other than a Termination Date on
                 or after age 65, Permanent Disability or death, the
                 Participant shall be entitled to the vested portion of his
                 Account, which shall be distributed on the date and in the
                 form specified in Article 8.

         (b)     100% Vesting in Certain Sub-Accounts.  A Participant shall
                 always be one hundred percent (100%) vested in his Pre- Tax
                 Contribution Account, Qualified Nonelective Contribution
                 Account, and Rollover Account.

         (c)     Three Year Vesting For Certain Sub-Accounts.  Any Participant
                 who has three or more Years of Credited Service shall be 100%
                 vested in his Employer Matching Contribution Account.  If a
                 Participant has less than three Years of Credited Service at
                 the time he has a Termination Date, the Participant shall
                 forfeit all amounts held in his Employer Matching Contribution
                 Account.

         (d)     Prior Employer Account.  See Schedule C for the vesting
                 provisions applicable to a Participant's Prior Employer
                 Account.

- 24 -

(e) Forfeiture. That portion of the Participant's Account which is not vested upon the Participant's Termination Date shall be forfeited in accordance with Section 7.05.

7.05 Forfeitures.

(a) No Distribution of Account Prior to Break in Service. A Participant who has a Termination Date but who does not receive a Distribution of his vested Account prior to incurring a Break in Service shall, upon incurring the Break in Service, forfeit the non-vested portion of his Account. If the terminated Participant resumes Employment with the Employer prior to incurring a Break in Service, then the Participant's entire Account, unreduced by any forfeiture, shall become his beginning Account on the date he resumes participation in the Plan.

(b) Distribution of Vested Account Prior to Break in Service. A Participant who has a Termination Date and receives a Distribution of his entire vested Account prior to incurring a Break in Service, shall, upon such Distribution, forfeit the non-vested portion of his Account. A Participant who is not vested in his Account shall be deemed to have received a Distribution of his entire vested account upon his Termination Date and the Participant's non- vested Account shall be immediately forfeited.

(c) Repayment of Account; Restoration of Non-Vested Account. Except as provided below, a Participant who is re-hired by the Employer shall have the right to repay to the Plan the portion of the Participant's Account which was previously distributed to him. In the event the Participant repays the entire Distribution he received from the Plan, the Employer shall restore the non-vested portion of the Participant's Account. A Participant's Account shall first be restored, to the extent possible, out of forfeitures under the Plan in the Plan Year in which he was reemployed. To the extent such forfeitures are insufficient to restore the Participant's Account, restoration shall be made from Employer Contributions. A Participant who was deemed to have received a Distribution of his vested Account (see subsection (b) above) shall be deemed to have repaid such vested Account if such Participant is rehired before incurring a Break in Service.

(d) Restrictions of Repayment Account. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, a Participant shall not have the right to repay to the Plan the portion of his Account which was previously distributed to him after any of the following events: (i) the Participant incurs a Break in Service before returning to Employment, (ii) the Participant fails to repay the prior Distribution within five years after the Participant is re-employed by the Employer, or (iii) the Participant received a Distribution of his entire Account balance at the time of such earlier Distribution.

- 25 -

(e) Allocation of Forfeitures. See Section 5.04 for the allocation of forfeitures.

- 26 -

ARTICLE 8

DISTRIBUTIONS

8.01 Commencement of Distribution.

(a) Termination of Employment. If a Participant has a Termination Date other than on account of death, the Participant's Account will commence to be distributed no later than 60 days following the end of the Plan Year in which such Participant requests a Distribution of his Account. Such request shall be made on a form provided by the Committee. See Section 8.01(c) for circumstances where the Participant's consent to a Distribution is not required.

(b) Death. If a Participant has a Termination Date on account of death, the Participant's Account shall be distributed within 90 days after the Participant's death unless the particular facts and circumstances require a longer waiting period. However, if the Spouse is the Participant's Beneficiary, the Spouse may delay the distribution of the Participant's Account until the latest date possible under Section 8.05 (relating to mandatory distributions upon attaining age 70-1/2).

(c) Consent of Participant. A Participant's consent to a Distribution of his Account shall not be required in the circumstances described below, and the Committee shall direct the Trustee to distribute the Participant's Account as provided below:

(i) Account Less Than $3,500. If the Participant's vested Account balance is less than or equal to $3,500 at the time of the Distribution, such Account will be distributed in a lump sum no later than 60 days after the end of the Plan Year in which such Termination Date occurred.

(ii) Age 70-1/2. If a distribution is required under
Section 8.05 (relating to mandatory distributions for Participants age 70-1/2), the Participant's Account will be distributed as provided in such Section.

(iii) Termination Date On or After Age 65. If a Participant has incurred a Termination Date and is age 65 or older, the Plan shall begin distribution of the Participant's Account no later than 60 days following the end of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 65 or, if later, within 60 days following the end of the Plan Year in which the Participant has a Termination Date.

- 27 -

         (d)     Hardship Withdrawals.  Hardship withdrawals (see Article 9)
                 shall commence no later than ninety (90) days after such
                 request is approved by the Committee.

         (e)     Committee Direction to Trustee.  The Committee shall issue
                 directions to the Trustee concerning the recipient and the
                 distribution date of benefits which are to be paid from the
                 Trust pursuant to the Plan.

         (f)     Committee Guidelines.  The Committee may establish for
                 administrative purposes, uniform and nondiscriminatory
                 guidelines concerning the commencement of benefits.

8.02     Method of Distribution.

         (a)     Lump Sum Payment.  Distribution of the Participant's Account
                 will be made in a lump sum cash amount.  However, see Schedule
                 C for other optional distribution forms that may be applicable
                 to the Participant's Prior Employer Account.

         (b)     Form of Payment.  Distributions shall be in cash.  However, if
                 the value of the vested Qualifying Employer Securities that
                 are allocated to the Participant's Account equals or exceeds
                 $1,000, the Participant shall have the option of receiving
                 whole shares of such Qualifying Employer Securities in lieu of
                 cash.  Fractional shares, if any, shall be paid in cash.
                 Notwithstanding the foregoing, any in-service withdrawals
                 shall be paid in cash.

8.03     Payment to Minors and Incapacitated Persons.

         In the event that any amount is payable to a minor or to any person
         who, in the judgment of the Committee, is incapable of making proper
         disposition thereof, such payment shall be made for the benefit of
         such minor or such person in any of the following ways as the
         Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine:

         (a)     By payment to the legal representative of such minor or such
                 person;

(b) By payment directly to such minor or such person;

(c) By payment in discharge of bills incurred by or for the benefit of such minor or such person. The Trustee shall make such payments as directed by the Committee without the necessary intervention of any guardian or like fiduciary, and without any obligation to require bond or to see to the further application of such payment. Any payment so made shall be in

- 28 -

                 complete discharge of the Plan's obligation to the Participant
                 and his Beneficiaries.

8.04     Application for Benefits.

         The Committee may require a Participant or Beneficiary to complete and
         file with the Committee certain forms as a condition precedent to the
         payment of benefits.  The Committee may rely upon all such information
         given to it, including the Participant's current mailing address.  It
         is the responsibility of all persons interested in distributions from
         the Trust Fund to keep the Committee informed of their current mailing
         addresses.

8.05     Special Distribution Rules.

         (a)     To the extent that the distribution rules described in this
                 Section provide a limitation upon distribution rules stated
                 elsewhere in this Plan, the distribution rules stated in this
                 Section shall take precedence over such conflicting rules.
                 However, under no circumstances shall the rules stated in this
                 Section be deemed to provide distribution rights to
                 Participants or their Beneficiaries which are more expansive
                 or greater than the distribution rights stated elsewhere in
                 this Plan.  For example, if the only distribution method
                 permitted under the Plan is a lump sum, then distributions
                 under this Section 8.05 may only be made in a lump sum.  In
                 addition, if the Plan requires distributions to commence at
                 age 65 for Participants who have terminated Employment,
                 distributions must commence at age 65 and may not be delayed
                 to age 70-1/2.

         (b)     In no event may the distribution of a Participant's Account
                 commence later than April 1 following the calendar year in
                 which the Participant attains age 70-1/2 (the "required
                 beginning date").  However, if a Participant attained age
                 70-1/2 prior to January 1, 1988 and is not a 5% owner of an
                 Employer (as defined in Code Section 401(a)(9) and the
                 Treasury Regulations thereunder), such Participant's Account
                 shall commence to be distributed no later than April 1
                 following the calendar year in which incurs his Termination
                 Date.  Notwithstanding the preceding distribution
                 requirements, a distribution on behalf of any Participant may
                 be made in accordance with a benefit payment election executed
                 before January 1, 1984 in a manner that satisfies the
                 requirements of the transitional rule of Section 242(b)(2) of
                 the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982.

         (c)     The entire account balance of each Participant shall be
                 distributed, beginning not later than the required beginning
                 date, in a single lump sum.  The initial distribution shall be
                 based on the Participant's account balance as of the December
                 31 preceding the required beginning date.  During the calendar
                 year which begins after the required beginning date (and in
                 each

- 29 -

                 calendar year thereafter), the Participant's entire account
                 balance shall be distributed in a single lump sum based on the
                 value of such account balance as of the first day of such
                 calendar year.

         (d)     If a Participant dies before distribution of the Participant's
                 Account has begun in accordance with paragraph (c) above, the
                 Participant's entire vested Account must be distributed in a
                 lump sum within 90 days of the Participant's death unless the
                 Participant's Account is payable to or for the benefit of his
                 Spouse.  If the Beneficiary is the Participant's Spouse, the
                 Spouse may delay a lump sum distribution of the Participant's
                 Account until the date on which the Participant would have
                 attained age 70-1/2.

         (e)     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, distributions
                 under the Plan will comply with Treasury Regulations issued
                 under Code Section 401(a)(9) and any other provisions
                 reflecting Code Section 401(a)(9) as prescribed by the
                 Commissioner of the Internal Revenue Service.

8.06     Distributions Pursuant to Qualified Domestic Relations Orders.

         Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, a "qualified
         domestic relations order", as defined in Code Section 414(p), may
         provide that any amount to be distributed to an alternate payee may be
         distributed immediately even though the Participant is not yet
         entitled to a distribution under the Plan.  The intent of this Section
         is to provide for the distribution of benefits to an alternate payee
         as permitted by Treasury Regulation 1.401(a)-13(g)(3).

8.07     Direct Rollovers.

         (a)     In General.  This Section applies to distributions made on or
                 after January 1, 1993.  Notwithstanding any provision of the
                 Plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a
                 Distributee's election under this Section, a Distributee may
                 elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Plan
                 Administrator, to have any portion of an eligible rollover
                 distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan
                 specified by the Distributee in a direct rollover.

         (b)     Definitions.

                 Eligible Rollover Distribution.  An Eligible Rollover
                 Distribution is any distribution of all or any portion of the
                 balance to the credit of the Distributee, except that an
                 Eligible Rollover Distribution does not include (i) any
                 distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal
                 periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for
                 the life (or life expectancy) of the Distributee or the joint
                 lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Distributee and the
                 Distributee's designated Beneficiary, or for a

- 30 -

                 specified period of ten years or more; (ii) any distribution
                 to the extent such distribution is required under Section
                 401(a)(9) of the Code; and (iii) the portion of  any
                 distribution that is not includible in gross income
                 (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized
                 appreciation with respect to employer securities).

                 Eligible Retirement Plan.  An Eligible Retirement Plan is an
                 individual retirement account described in Section 408(a) of
                 the Code, an individual retirement annuity described in
                 Section 408(b) of the Code, an annuity plan described in
                 Section 403(a) of the Code, or a qualified trust described in
                 Section 401(a) of the Code, that accepts the Distributee's
                 Eligible Rollover Distribution.  However, in the case of an
                 Eligible Rollover Distribution to the surviving spouse, an
                 Eligible Retirement Plan is an individual retirement account
                 or individual retirement annuity.

                 Distributee.  A Distributee includes an Employee or former
                 Employee.  In addition, the Employee's or former Employee's
                 surviving spouse and the Employee's or former Employee's
                 spouse or former spouse who is an alternate payee under a
                 qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Section
                 414(p) of the Code, are Distributees with regard to the
                 interest of the spouse or former spouse.

                 Direct Rollover.  A Direct Rollover is a payment by the Plan
                 to the Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee.

         (c)     Waiver of 30-day Notice.  If a distribution is one to which
                 Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the Internal Revenue Code do
                 not apply, such distribution may commence less than 30 days
                 after the notice required under section 1.411(a)-11(c) of the
                 Income Tax Regulations is given, provided that:

                 (1)      the Plan Administrator clearly informs the
                          Participant that the Participant has a right to a
                          period of at least 30 days after receiving the notice
                          to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a
                          distribution (and, if applicable, a particular
                          distribution option), and

                 (2)      the Participant, after receiving the notice,
                          affirmatively elects a distribution.

8.08      Participant Withdrawals After Age 59-1/2.

          At any time after a Participant attains age 59-1/2, the Participant
          may elect to withdraw a part or all of his vested

- 31 -

Account (including any earnings thereon). In no event shall a Participant be permitted to repay the amount of his or her in-service withdrawal. If the Participant withdraws only a portion of his vested Account, the Committee shall determine (in a nondiscriminatory manner) the source of the Accounts and Investment Funds from which the withdrawal shall be made.

- 32 -

ARTICLE 9

HARDSHIP WITHDRAWALS; LOANS

9.01     Hardship Withdrawal of Account.

         (a)     In General.  Any Participant may request the Committee to
                 distribute to him part or all of his vested Account (other
                 than amounts held in the Participant's Qualified Nonelective
                 Contribution Account, amounts used as collateral for a
                 Participant loan and certain earnings on the Participant's
                 Account as provided below).  The Committee shall determine (in
                 a nondiscriminatory manner) the source of the Accounts (other
                 than the Accounts and amounts identified above) and Investment
                 Funds from which the withdrawal shall be made.

         (b)     No Distribution of Earnings.  Income or gain that is allocated
                 to the Participant's Pre-Tax Contribution Account may not be
                 distributed in a hardship withdrawal.

9.02     Definition of Hardship.

         Hardship shall mean an immediate and heavy financial need experienced
         by reason of:

         (a)     Expenses of any accident to or sickness of such Participant,
                 his Spouse or his dependents or expenses necessary to provide
                 medical care for such Participant, his Spouse or his
                 dependents;

         (b)     Purchase of a primary residence for such Participant;

         (c)     Payment of tuition and related educational fees for the next
                 twelve months of post-secondary education for the Participant,
                 his Spouse, children or dependents;

         (d)     The need to prevent the eviction of the Participant from his
                 principal residence or foreclosure on the Participant's
                 principal residence; or

         (e)     Other financial hardships as permitted by Treasury Regulations
                 or other regulatory or judicial authority and approved by the
                 Committee.

9.03     Maximum Hardship Distribution.

         A hardship distribution cannot exceed the amount required to meet the
         immediate financial need created by the hardship (after taking into
         account applicable federal,

- 33 -

state, or local income taxes and penalties) and not reasonably available from other resources of the Participant. In order to ensure compliance with this requirement, the Committee may require the Participant to satisfy any or all of the provisions described below in
(a), (b), or (c) below as a condition precedent to the Participant receiving a hardship distribution:

(a) No Other Sources Available. Certification by the Participant on a form provided by the Committee for such purpose that the financial need cannot be relieved (1) through reimbursement or payment by insurance; (2) by reasonable liquidation of the Participant's assets; (3) by ceasing Pre-Tax Contributions under the Plan; (4) by other in- service distributions (including loans) under the Plan and under any other plan maintained by the Employer; or (5) by borrowing from commercial lenders on reasonable commercial terms.

(b) Receipt of all Distributions Available; Suspension of Future Contributions. Receipt by the Participant of all distributions that he is eligible to receive (including loans) under this Plan and under any other plan maintained by the Employer.

In addition, the Participant must agree to the following limitations and restrictions:

(1) The Participant's Pre-Tax Contributions shall automatically be suspended beginning on the first payroll period that commences after such Participant requests and receives a hardship distribution. Such Participant may resume making Pre-Tax Contributions only on the first day of a calendar month which is at least 12 months after the effective date of such suspension and only after informing the Committee in writing at least 30 days (or such lesser time as specified by the Committee) prior to the date on which the Pre-Tax Contributions are to resume.

(2) The maximum Pre-Tax Contribution the Participant may make for the calendar year following his hardship distribution shall be reduced by the amount of Pre-Tax Contributions made by the Participant during the calendar year in which he received his hardship distribution.

(3) The Participant shall be prohibited under a legally enforceable agreement from making an employee contribution to any other plan maintained by the Employer for at least 12 months after the receipt of the hardship distribution. For this purpose, the phrase "any other plan" includes all qualified and nonqualified plans of deferred compensation, stock option plans and stock purchase plans. It does

- 34 -

                          not include a health or welfare plan including one
                          that is part of a section 125 cafeteria plan.

         (c)     Other.  Any other condition or method approved by the Internal
                 Revenue Service.

9.04     Procedure to Request Hardship.

         The request to receive a hardship distribution shall be made on such
         forms and following such procedures as the Committee may prescribe
         from time to time.  Under no circumstances shall the Committee permit
         a Participant to repay to the Plan the amount of any withdrawal by a
         Participant under this Section.

9.05     Authority to Establish Loan Program.

         The Committee is authorized and directed to administer the loan
         program.

9.06     Eligibility for Loans.

         Loans shall be available to all Participants on a reasonably
         equivalent basis.  For the purposes of receiving a loan, the term
         "Participant" shall include any Former Participant who is a "party in
         interest" as defined in Section 3(14) of ERISA.

9.07     Loan Amount.

(a) Minimum Loan. No loan of less than $1,000 will be made.

(b) Maximum Loan. A loan to any Participant (determined immediately after the origination of the loan) shall not exceed the lesser of:

(1) Fifty percent (50%) of the Participant's vested balance in his Account as of the Valuation Date with respect to which the loan is processed; or

(2) $50,000, reduced by the excess (if any) of (A) the

                       highest outstanding balance of loans from the Plan
                       during the one-year period ending on the day before the
                       date on which such loan was made, over (B) the
                       outstanding loan balance of loans from the Plan on the
                       date on which the loan was made.

9.08     Maximum Number of Loans.

         No more than one loan may be made outstanding to any Participant at
         any time.

- 35 -

9.09     Assignment of Account.

         Each loan shall be supported by the Participant's promissory note for
         the amount of the loan, including interest, payable to the order of
         the Trustee.  In addition, each loan shall be supported by an
         assignment of the Participant's right, title and interest in and to
         his Account equal to the amount of the loan and shall be supported by
         any other reasonable security required by the Trustee.

9.10     Interest.

         Interest shall be charged on any such loan at a rate established from
         time to time by the Trustee provided such rate is equivalent to a rate
         that would be charged by a commercial lender for a similar loan.

9.11     Term of Loan.

         The maximum repayment term of any loan is five years unless the loan
         is used to acquire any dwelling unit which within a reasonable time
         after the loan is made is to be used as the principal residence of the
         Participant.  The maximum repayment term for a loan used to acquire a
         dwelling unit shall be a reasonable time, as determined by the
         Committee, that may exceed five years but shall not exceed fifteen
         years.  Except for Former Participants described in Section 9.06, the
         term of the loan may not extend beyond the Participant's Termination
         Date.  The Committee may, in its discretion, establish a shorter
         repayment term than the maximum repayment term otherwise permitted
         under the Plan.

9.12     Level Amortization.

         Each loan shall provide for level amortization with payments to be
         made at such regular intervals as the Committee determines in its
         discretion, but not less frequently than once every three months over
         the term of the loan.  Loans to Participants in active Employment
         shall be repaid through payroll deductions and the Participant shall
         be required to authorize such payroll deduction as a condition to
         receiving the loan.

9.13     Directed Investment.

         A Participant who requests a loan shall be deemed to have directed the
         Committee to invest assets held in his Account by the amount of the
         loan, and until such loan is repaid, such loan shall be considered a
         directed investment of the Participant's Account hereunder.  The Plan
         monies which are used to fund the Participant loan shall be withdrawn
         from the Participant's Account in the following order (and principal
         and interest loan repayments shall be added back to such Accounts in

the same order):

- 36 -

         (a)     the Pre-Tax Contribution Account;

         (b)     the Rollover Account;

         (c)     the Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account;

         (d)     the Prior Employer Account; and

         (e)     the Employer Matching Contribution Account.

         Within each such Account the monies which are used to fund the
         Participant loan shall be withdrawn on a pro rata basis according to
         the value of the Investment Funds in which such Account was invested.
         Principal and interest payments on the loan will be allocated to the
         Participant's Investment Funds according to the Participant's
         investment election at the time of the payment.  However, if the
         Participant does not have an investment election in place at the time
         of repayment, the principal and interest payments will be allocated to
         the Participant's Investment Funds on a pro rata basis based on the
         Participant's investment election in place at the time the loan was
         made.  If a loan is made out of the Participant's Employer Matching
         Contribution Account, repayment of principal and interest attributable
         to such Account shall be allocated to the Participant's Common Stock
         Fund.

9.14     Other Requirements.

         The Committee may establish such additional guidelines and rules as it
         deems necessary.  Such guidelines and rules shall be set forth in the
         loan application and the terms specified in such loan application are
         hereby incorporated by reference in the Plan.  The Committee may amend
         or modify the loan application as it deems necessary to carry out the
         provisions of this Article Nine.

9.15     Distribution of Loan.

         Loan proceeds will be distributed as soon as practicable after the
         loan is approved and after the Participant completes all documentation
         necessary to make such loan.

- 37 -

ARTICLE 10

ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

10.01     Named Fiduciaries.

          The following parties are named as Fiduciaries of the Plan and shall
          have the authority to control and manage the operation and
          administration of the Plan:

                       (i)   The Company;

                       (ii)  The Board;

                      (iii)  The Trustee;

                       (iv)  The Committee.

          The Fiduciaries named above shall have only the powers and duties
          expressly allocated to them in the Plan and in the Trust Agreement
          and shall have no other powers and duties in respect of the Plan;
          provided, however, that if a power or responsibility is not expressly
          allocated to a specific named fiduciary, the power or responsibility
          shall be that of the Company.  No Fiduciary shall have any liability
          for, or responsibility to inquire into, the acts and omissions of any
          other Fiduciary in the exercise of powers or the discharge of
          responsibilities assigned to such other Fiduciary under this Plan or
          the Trust Agreement.

10.02     Board of Directors.

          (a)      The Board shall have the following powers and duties with
                   respect to the Plan:

                   (1)     to appoint and remove the members of the Committee
                           as provided herein; and

                   (2)     to terminate the Plan in whole or in part pursuant
                           to the procedures provided hereunder.

          (b)      The Compensation and Stock Option Committee of the Board
                   shall have the power to amend any or all of the provisions
                   of the Plan.  (However, see 10.04(c) for certain amendment
                   powers granted to the Committee).

          (c)      The Board shall have no other responsibilities with respect
                   to the Plan.

- 38 -

10.03     Trustee.

          The Trustee shall exercise all of the powers and duties assigned to
          the Trustee as set forth in the Trust Agreement.  The Trustee shall
          have no other responsibilities with respect to the Plan.

10.04     Committee.

          (a)      A Committee of one or more individuals shall be appointed by
                   and serve at the pleasure of the Board to administer the
                   Plan.  Any Participant, officer, or director of the Employer
                   shall be eligible to be appointed a member of the Committee
                   and all members shall serve as such without compensation.
                   Upon termination of his employment with the Employer, or
                   upon ceasing to be an officer or director, if not an
                   employee, he shall cease to be a member of the Committee.
                   The Board shall have the right to remove any member of the
                   Committee at any time, with or without cause.  A member may
                   resign at any time by written notice to the Committee and
                   the Board.  If a vacancy in the Committee should occur, a
                   successor shall be appointed by the Board.  The Committee
                   shall by written notice keep the Trustee notified of current
                   membership of the Committee, its officers and agents.  The
                   Committee shall furnish the Trustee a certified signature
                   card for each member of the Committee and for all purposes
                   hereunder the Trustee shall be conclusively entitled to rely
                   upon such certified signatures.

          (b)      The Board shall appoint a Chairman and a Secretary from
                   among the members of the Committee.  All resolutions,
                   determinations and other actions shall be by a majority vote
                   of all members of the Committee.  The Committee may appoint
                   such agents, who need not be members of the Committee, as it
                   deems necessary for the effective performance of its duties,
                   and may delegate to such agents such powers and duties,
                   whether ministerial or discretionary, as the Committee deems
                   expedient or appropriate.  The compensation of such agents
                   shall be fixed by the Committee; provided, however, that in
                   no event shall compensation be paid if such payment violates
                   the provisions of Section 408 of the Act and is not exempted
                   from such prohibitions by Section 408 of the Act.

          (c)      The Committee shall have complete control of the
                   administration of the Plan with all powers necessary to
                   enable it to properly carry out the provisions of the Plan.
                   In addition to all implied powers and responsibilities
                   necessary to carry out the objectives of the Plan and to
                   comply with the requirements of the Act, the Committee shall

have the following specific powers and responsibilities:

- 39 -

(1) To construe the Plan and Trust Agreement and to determine all questions arising in the administration, interpretation and operation of the Plan;

(2) To decide all questions relating to the eligibility of Employees to participate in the benefits of the Plan and Trust Agreement;

(3) To determine the benefits of the Plan to which any Participant, Beneficiary or other person may be entitled;

(4) To keep records of all acts and determinations of the Committee, and to keep all such records, books of accounts, data and other documents as may be necessary for the proper administration of the Plan;

(5) To prepare and distribute to all Plan Participants and Beneficiaries information concerning the Plan and their rights under the Plan, including, but not limited to, all information which is required to be distributed by the Act, the regulations thereunder, or by any other applicable law;

(6) To file with the Secretary of Labor such reports and additional documents as may be required by the Act and regulations issued thereunder, including, but not limited to, summary plan description, modifications and changes, annual reports, terminal reports and supplementary reports;

(7) To file with the Secretary of the Treasury all reports and information required to be filed by the Internal Revenue Code, the Act and regulations issued under each;

(8) To do all things necessary to operate and administer the Plan in accordance with its provisions and in compliance with applicable provisions of federal law;

(9) To amend certain portions of this Plan as specifically delegated to the Committee in this Plan (e.g., any Schedule authorizing Affiliated Sponsors to participate in the Plan, etc.), to amend the Plan to comply with changes in law recommended by legal counsel that are necessary to maintain the tax qualified status of the Plan and to make other amendments to the Plan that do not materially increase the costs associated with the plan.

(10) to appoint and remove the Trustee(s); and

- 40 -

(11) to adopt procedures for providing adequate notice in

                           writing to any Participant or Beneficiary whose
                           claim for benefits under the Plan is denied, which
                           notice shall set forth the specific reasons for such
                           denial (written in a manner calculated to be
                           understood by the Participant or Beneficiary); and
                           to provide a procedure for affording a reasonable
                           opportunity to any Participant or Beneficiary whose
                           claim for benefits has been denied, a full and fair
                           review by the Committee of the decision denying the
                           claim;

          (d)      To enable the Committee to perform its functions, the
                   Employer shall supply full and timely information of all
                   matters relating to the compensation and length of service
                   of all Participants, their retirement, death or other cause
                   of termination of employment, and such other pertinent facts
                   as the Committee may require.  The Committee shall advise
                   the Trustee of such facts and issue to the Trustee such
                   instructions as may be required by the Trustee in the
                   administration of the Plan.  The Committee and the Employer
                   shall be entitled to rely upon all certificates and reports
                   made by a Certified Public Accountant selected or approved
                   by the Employer.  The Committee, the Employer and its
                   officers and the Trustee, shall be fully protected in
                   respect of any action suffered by them in good faith in
                   reliance upon the advice or opinion of any accountant or
                   attorney, and all action so taken or suffered shall be
                   conclusive upon each of them and upon all other persons
                   interested in the Plan.

10.05     Standard of Fiduciary Duty.

          Any Fiduciary, or any person designated by a Fiduciary to carry out
          fiduciary responsibilities with respect to the Plan, shall discharge
          his duties solely in the interests of the Participants and
          Beneficiaries for the exclusive purpose of providing them with
          benefits and defraying the reasonable expenses of administering the
          Plan.  Any Fiduciary shall discharge his duties with the care, skill,
          prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a
          prudent man acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matter
          would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and
          with like aims.  Any Fiduciary shall discharge his duties in
          accordance with the documents and instruments governing the Plan
          insofar as such documents and instruments are consistent with the
          provisions of the Act.  Notwithstanding any other provisions of the
          Plan, no Fiduciary shall be authorized to engage in any transaction
          which is prohibited by Sections 408 and 2003(a) of the Act or Section
          4975 of the Code in the performance of its duties hereunder.

10.06     Claims Procedure.

          Any Participant, Former Participant, Beneficiary, or Spouse or
          authorized representative thereof (hereinafter referred to as
          "Claimant"), may file a claim for

- 41 -

benefits under the Plan by submitting to the Committee a written statement describing the nature of the claim and requesting a determination of its validity under the terms of the Plan. Within sixty (60) days after the date such claim is received by the Committee, it shall issue a ruling with respect to the claim.

If special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, the Committee shall send the Claimant written notice of the extension prior to the termination of the 60-day period. In no case, however, shall the extension of time delay the Committee's decision on such appeal request beyond one hundred twenty (120) days following receipt of the actual request.

If the claim is wholly or partially denied, written notice shall be furnished to the Claimant, which notice shall set forth in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant:

(1) The specific reason or reasons for denial;

(2) Specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based;

(3) A description of any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and

(4) An explanation of the claims review procedures.

Any Claimant whose claim for benefits has been denied, may appeal such denial by resubmitting to the Committee a written statement requesting a further review of the decision within sixty (60) days of the date the Claimant receives notice of such denial. Such statement shall set forth the reasons supporting the claim, the reasons such claim should not have been denied, and any other issues or comments which the Claimant deems appropriate with respect to the claim.

If the Claimant shall request in writing, the Committee shall make copies of the Plan documents pertinent to his claim available for examination of the Claimant.

Within sixty (60) days after the request for further review is received, the Committee shall review its determination of benefits and the reasons therefor and notify the Claimant in writing of its final decision.

If special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, the Committee shall send the Claimant written notice of the extension prior to the termination of the 60-day period. In no case, however, shall the extension of time delay the Committee's decision on such appeal request beyond one hundred twenty (120) days following receipt of the actual request.

- 42 -

          Such written notice shall include specific reasons for the decision,
          written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant, with
          specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the
          decision is based.

10.07     Indemnification of Committee.  To the extent permitted under the Act,
          the Plan shall indemnify the Board and the Committee against any cost
          or liability which they may incur in the course of administering the
          Plan and executing the duties assigned pursuant to the Plan.  The
          Employer shall indemnify the Committee and the members of the Board
          against any personal liability or cost not provided for in the
          preceding sentence which they may incur as a result of any act or
          omission in relation to the Plan or its Participants.  The Employer
          may purchase fiduciary liability insurance to insure its obligation
          under this Section.

- 43 -

ARTICLE 11

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

11.01     Right to Amend

          The Company intends for the Plan to be permanent so long as the
          corporation exists; however, (through action of the Committee) it
          reserves the right to modify, alter, or amend this Plan or the Trust
          Agreement, from time to time, to any extent that it may deem
          advisable, including, but not limited to any amendment deemed
          necessary to insure the continued qualification of the Plan under
          Sections 40l(a) and 401(k) of the Code or to insure compliance with
          the Act; provided, however, that the Committee shall not have the
          authority to amend this Plan in any manner which will:

          (a)      Permit any part of the Fund (other than such part as is
                   required to pay taxes and administrative expenses) to be
                   used for or diverted to purposes other than for the
                   exclusive benefit of the Participants or their
                   Beneficiaries;

          (b)      Cause or permit any portion of the funds to revert to or
                   become the property of the Employer;

          (c)      Change the duties, liabilities, or responsibilities of the
                   Trustee without its prior written consent.

See Section 16.11 regarding the power of an Affiliated Sponsor to amend or terminate the Plan.

11.02     Termination or Discontinuance of Contributions

          The Company shall have the right at any time to terminate this Plan
          (hereinafter referred to as "Plan Termination"). Upon Plan
          Termination, the Committee shall direct the Trustee with reference to
          the disposition of the Fund, after payment of any expenses properly
          chargeable against the Fund.  The Trustee shall distribute all
          amounts held in Trust to the Participants and others entitled to
          Distributions in proportion to the Accounts of such Participants and
          other Distributees as of the date of such Termination.  In the event
          that this Plan is partially terminated, then the provisions of this
          Section 11.02 shall apply, but solely with respect to the Employees
          affected by the partial termination.  The termination of sponsorship
          of the Plan by any Affiliated Sponsor shall not affect the
          sponsorship of the Plan by the Company or any other Affiliated
          Sponsor.

- 44 -

11.03     IRS Approval of Termination.

          Notwithstanding Section 11.02, the Trustee shall not be required to
          make any Distribution from this Plan in the event of complete or
          partial termination until the authorized officials of the Internal
          Revenue Service shall have determined that there will be no liability
          against the Trustee by reason of such Distribution.

- 45 -

ARTICLE 12

SPECIAL DISCRIMINATION RULES

12.01    Definitions.

         Actual Contribution Percentage or ACP shall mean the ratio (expressed
         as a percentage) of (i) the sum of the Employer Matching Contributions
         on behalf of the Participant for the Plan Year and, to the extent
         permitted in Treasury Regulations and elected by the Employer, the
         Participant's Qualified Elective Deferrals and Qualified Nonelective
         Contributions to (ii) the Participant's Compensation for the Plan
         Year.  The Employer, on an annual basis, may elect to include or not
         to include Qualified Elective Deferrals and Qualified Nonelective
         Contributions in computing the ACP for a Plan Year.  An Employer may
         elect on an annual basis to count a Participant's Employer Matching
         Contribution toward satisfying the required minimum contribution under
         Section 15.03 (minimum contribution for Non-Key Employees in a
         top-heavy plan) in lieu of including such contributions in the ACP.
         If a Participant (as defined below) does not receive an allocation of
         Employer Contributions for a Plan Year, such Participant's ACP for the
         Plan Year shall be zero.

         Actual Deferral Percentage or ADP shall mean the ratio (expressed as a
         percentage) of (i) the sum of Pre-Tax Contributions on behalf of a
         Participant for the Plan Year (excluding any Excess Deferrals by a
         Non-highly Compensated Employee) and, to the extent permitted in
         Treasury Regulations and elected by the Employer, the Participant's
         Qualified Nonelective Contributions to (ii) the Participant's
         Compensation for the Plan Year.  The Employer, on an annual basis, may
         elect to include or not to include Qualified Nonelective Contributions
         in computing the ADP for a Plan Year.  In the case of a Participant
         (as defined below) who does not make a Pre-Tax Contribution for a Plan
         Year and is not allocated a Qualified Nonelective Contribution for
         such Plan Year, such Participant's ADP for the Plan Year shall be
         zero.

         Average Actual Contribution Percentage shall mean the average
         (expressed as a percentage) of the Actual Contribution Percentages of
         the Participants in a group.  The percentage shall be rounded to the
         nearest one-hundredth of one percent (four decimal places).

         Average Actual Deferral Percentage shall mean the average (expressed
         as a percentage) of the Actual Deferral Percentages of the
         Participants in a group.  The percentage shall be rounded to the
         nearest one-hundredth of one percent (four decimal places).

         Combined ADP and ACP Test shall have the meaning as defined in Section
         12.09.

- 46 -

Compensation for purposes of this Article 12 shall be that definition selected by the Committee that satisfies the requirements of Code
Section Section 414(s) and 401(a)(17). Such definition may change from year to year but must apply uniformly among all Eligible Employees being tested under the Plan for a given Plan Year and among all Employees being tested under any other plan that is aggregated with this Plan during the Plan Year. If the Committee fails to select a definition of Compensation for purposes of this Article 12, Compensation (for purposes of Article 12) shall have the same meaning as defined in Article 2.

Employer Matching Contributions. For purposes of this Article 12, an Employer Matching Contribution for a particular Plan Year includes only those contributions that are (i) allocated to the Participant's Account under the Plan as of any date within such Plan Year, (ii) contributed to the Trust no later than the end of the 12-month period following the close of such Plan Year, and (iii) made on account of such Participant's Pre-Tax Contributions for the Plan Year.

Excess Deferrals shall have that meaning as defined in Section 12.02.

Excess ACP Contributions shall have that meaning as defined in Section 12.08.

Excess ADP Deferrals shall have that meaning as defined in Section 12.05.

Family Member. See Article 13.

Highly Compensated Employee. See Article 13.

Maximum Combined Percentage shall have the meaning as defined in
Section 12.09(c).

Non-highly Compensated Employee. See Article 13.

Participant. For purposes of this Article 12, a Participant shall mean any Eligible Employee who (i) is eligible to receive an allocation of an Employer Matching Contribution, even if no Employer Matching Contribution is allocated due to the Eligible Employee's failure to make a required Pre-Tax Contribution, (ii) is eligible to make a Pre-Tax Contribution, including an Eligible Employee whose right to make Pre-Tax Contribution has been suspended because of an election not to participate or a hardship distribution, and (iii) is unable to receive an Employer Matching Contribution or make a Pre-Tax Contribution because his Compensation is less than a stated amount.

Pre-Tax Contributions. For purposes of this Article 12, a Pre-Tax Contribution is taken into account only if the contribution (i) is allocated to the Participant's Account under the terms of the Plan as of any date within the Plan Year, and (ii)

- 47 -

relates to Compensation that would have been received by the Participant during the Plan Year or within 2-1/2 months after the Plan Year but for the deferral election. A Pre-Tax Contribution is considered to be allocated as of a date within a Plan Year only if the allocation is not contingent on participation in the Plan or performance of service after the Plan Year to which the Pre-Tax Contribution relates.

Qualified Elective Deferral shall mean Pre-Tax Contributions designated by the Committee as Qualified Elective Deferrals in order to meet the ACP testing requirements of Section 12.06. In addition, the following requirements must be satisfied:

(1) The aggregate of all Pre-Tax Contributions for the Plan Year (including the Qualified Elective Deferrals) must satisfy the ADP testing requirements set forth in Section 12.03(a).

(2) The aggregate of all Pre-Tax Contributions for the Plan Year (excluding the Qualified Elective Deferrals) must satisfy the ADP testing requirements set forth in Section 12.03(a).

(3) Qualified Elective Deferrals must satisfy all other provisions of this Plan applicable to Pre-Tax Contributions and shall remain part of the Participant's Pre-Tax Contribution Account.

(4) Except as provided by this definition, Qualified Elective Deferrals shall be excluded in determining whether any other contribution or benefit satisfies the nondiscrimination requirements of Code Section Section 401(a)(4) and 401(k)(3).

Qualified Nonelective Contribution shall mean an Employer contribution designated by the Committee as a Qualified Nonelective Contribution in order to meet the ADP testing requirements of Section 12.03 or the ACP testing requirements of Section 12.06. In addition, the following requirements must be satisfied:

(1) The Qualified Nonelective Contribution, whether or not used to satisfy the requirements of Sections 12.03 or 12.06, must meet the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4).

(2) Qualified Nonelective Contributions which are taken into account in order to meet the requirements of Section 12.03 or
12.06 (as applicable) shall not be counted in determining whether the testing requirements of any of such other Sections are met.

- 48 -

(3) The Qualified Nonelective Contributions shall be subject to all provisions of this Plan applicable to Pre-Tax Contributions (except that Qualified Nonelective Contributions cannot be distributed in a hardship distribution).

(4) Except as provided in this paragraph, the Qualified Nonelective Contributions shall be excluded in determining whether any other contribution or benefit satisfies the nondiscrimination requirements of Code Section Section 401(a)(4) and 401(k)(3).

12.02 $7,000 Limit on Pre-Tax Contributions.

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the aggregate of a Participant's Pre-Tax Contributions during a calendar year may not exceed $7,000 (or such greater amount as established by the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to Code
Section 402(g)(5)). Any Pre-Tax Contributions in excess of the foregoing limit ("Excess Deferral"), plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, may be distributed to the applicable Participant no later than April 15 following the calendar year in which the Pre-Tax Contributions were made.

(b) Any Participant who has an Excess Deferral during a calendar year may receive a distribution of the Excess Deferral during such calendar year plus any income or minus any loss allocable thereto, provided (1) the Participant requests (or is deemed to request) the distribution of the Excess Deferral, (2) the distribution occurs after the date the Excess Deferral arose, and (3) the Committee designates the distribution as a distribution of an Excess Deferral.

(c) If a Participant makes a Pre-Tax Contribution under this Plan and in the same calendar year makes a contribution to a Code
Section 401(k) plan containing a cash or deferred arrangement (other than this Plan), a Code Section 408(k) plan (simplified employee pension plan) or a Code Section 403(b) plan (tax sheltered annuity) and, after the return of any Excess Deferral pursuant to Section 12.02(a) and (b) the aggregate of all such Pre-Tax Contributions and contributions exceed the limitations contained in Code Section 402(g), then such Participant may request that the Committee return all or a portion of the Participant's Pre-Tax Contributions for the calendar year plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto. The amount by which such Pre-Tax Contributions and contributions exceed the Code Section 402(g) limitations will also be known as an Excess Deferral.

(d) Any request for a return of Excess Deferrals arising out of contributions to a plan described in Section 12.02(c) above which is maintained by an entity other than the Employer must:

- 49 -

(1) be made in writing;

(2) be submitted to the Committee not later than the March 1 following the Plan Year in which the Excess Deferral arose;

(3) specify the amount of the Excess Deferral; and,

(4) contain a statement that if the Excess Deferral is not distributed, it will, when added to amounts deferred under other plans or arrangements described in Section Section 401(k), 408(k),or 403(b) of the Code, exceed the limit imposed on the Participant by
Section 402(g) of the Code for the year in which the Excess Deferral occurred.

In the event an Excess Deferral arises out of contributions to a plan (including this Plan) described in Section 12.02(c) above which is maintained by the Employer, the Participant making the Excess Deferral shall be deemed to have requested a return of the Excess Deferral.

(e) Pre-Tax Contributions may only be returned to the extent necessary to eliminate a Participant's Excess Deferral. Excess Deferrals shall be treated as annual additions under the Plan. In no event shall the returned Excess Deferrals for a particular calendar year exceed the Participant's aggregate Pre-Tax Contributions for such calendar year.

(f) The income or loss allocable to a Pre-Tax Contribution that is returned to a Participant pursuant to Section 12.02(a) or (c) shall be determined by multiplying the income or loss allocable to the Participant's Account for the calendar year in which the Excess Deferral arose by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction is the Excess Deferral. The denominator of the fraction is the value of the Participant's Account balance on the last day of the calendar year in which the Excess Deferral arose reduced by any income allocated to the Participant's Account for such calendar year and increased by any loss allocated to the Participant's Account for such calendar year.

(g) The income or loss allocable to an Excess Deferral that is returned to a Participant pursuant to Section 12.02(b) shall be determined using any reasonable method adopted by the Plan to measure income earned or loss incurred during the Plan Year or any other method authorized by the Internal Revenue Service to compute the income earned or loss incurred for the period commencing on January 1 of the calendar year in which the Pre-Tax Contribution was made and ending on the date the Excess Deferral was distributed.

(h) Any Employer Matching Contribution allocable to an Excess Deferral that is returned to a Participant pursuant to this
Section 12.02 shall be forfeited

- 50 -

notwithstanding the provisions of Article 7 (vesting). For this purpose, however, the Pre-Tax Contributions that are returned to the Participant as an Excess Deferral shall be deemed to be first those Pre-Tax Contributions for which no Employer Matching Contribution was made and second those Pre-Tax Contributions for which an Employer Matching Contribution was made. Accordingly, if the Pre-Tax Contributions that are returned to the Participant as Excess Deferrals were not matched, no Employer Matching Contribution will be forfeited.

12.03 Average Actual Deferral Percentage.

(a) The Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Highly Compensated Employees for each Plan Year and the Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Non-highly Compensated Employees for the same Plan Year must satisfy one of the following tests:

(1) The Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Participants who are Non-highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or

(2) The excess of the Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year over the Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Participants who are Non-highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year is not more than two percentage points, and the Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees is not more than the Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Participants who are Non-highly Compensated Employees multiplied by two.

(b) The permitted disparity between the Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Highly Compensated Employees and the Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Non-Highly Compensated Employees may be further reduced as required by Section 12.09.

(c) If at the end of the Plan Year, the Plan does not comply with the provisions of Section 12.03(a), the Employer may do any or all of the following, except as otherwise provided in the Code or Treasury Regulations:

(1) Distribute Pre-Tax Contributions to certain Highly Compensated Employees as provided in Section 12.05; or

- 51 -

(2) Make a Qualified Nonelective Contribution on behalf of any or all of the Non-highly Compensated Employees and aggregate such contributions with the Non-highly Compensated Employees' Pre-Tax Contributions Deferrals as provided in Section 12.01 (definition of ADP).

12.04 Special Rules For Determining Average Actual Deferral Percentage.

(a) The Actual Deferral Percentage for any Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year who is eligible to have Pre- Tax Contributions allocated to his Account under two or more arrangements described in Section 401(k) of the Code that are maintained by an Employer or its Affiliates shall be determined as if such Pre-Tax Contributions were made under a single arrangement.

(b) If two or more plans maintained by the Employer or its Affiliates are treated as one plan for purposes of the nondiscrimination requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) or the coverage requirements of Code Section 410(b) (other than for purposes of the average benefits test), all Pre-Tax Contributions that are made pursuant to those plans shall be treated as having been made pursuant to one plan.

(c) For purposes of determining the ADP of a Highly Compensated Employee who is either a 5% or more owner of an Employer or one of the ten highest paid Highly Compensated Employees during the Plan Year, the Pre-Tax Contributions and Compensation of such Participant shall include the Pre-Tax Contributions and Compensation of his Family Members. Any person who is a Family Member shall not be treated as a separate Employee in determining the Average Actual Deferral Percentage for either Non-highly Compensated Employees or for Highly Compensated Employees.

(d) The determination and treatment of the Pre-Tax Contributions and Actual Deferral Percentage of any Participant shall be in accordance with such other requirements as may be prescribed from time to time in Treasury Regulations.

12.05 Distribution of Excess ADP Deferrals.

(a) Pre-Tax Contributions exceeding the limitations of Section
12.03(a) ("Excess ADP Deferrals") and any income or loss allocable to such Excess ADP Deferral shall be designated by the Committee as Excess ADP Deferrals and shall be distributed to Highly Compensated Employees whose Accounts were credited with Excess ADP Deferrals in the preceding Plan Year. In determining the amount of Excess ADP Deferrals for each

- 52 -

Highly Compensated Employee, the Committee shall reduce the ADP for each Highly Compensated Employee as follows:

(1) The ADP for the Highly Compensated Employee(s) with the highest ADP will be reduced until equal to the second highest ADPs under the Plan; then

(2) The ADP for the two (or more) Highly Compensated Employees with the highest ADPs under the Plan will be reduced until equal to the third highest ADP level under the Plan; then

(3) The steps described in (1) and (2) shall be repeated with respect to the third and successive highest ADP levels under the Plan until the Plan complies with one or both of the ADP tests described in Section 12.03(a).

(b) To the extent administratively possible, the Committee shall distribute all Excess ADP Deferrals and any income or loss allocable thereto prior to 2-1/2 months following the end of the Plan Year in which the Excess ADP Deferrals arose. In any event, however, the Excess ADP Deferrals and any income or loss allocable thereto shall be distributed prior to the end of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the Excess ADP Deferrals arose. Excess ADP Deferrals shall be treated as annual additions under the Plan.

(c) The income or loss allocable to Excess ADP Deferrals shall be determined by multiplying the income or loss allocable to the Participant's Account for the Plan Year in which the Excess ADP Deferrals arose by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction is the Excess ADP Deferral. The denominator of the fraction is the value of the Participant's Account balance on the last day of the Plan Year in which the Excess ADP Deferrals arose reduced by any income allocated to the Participant's Account for such Plan Year and increased by any loss allocated to the Participant's Account for the Plan Year.

(d) If an Excess Deferral has been distributed to the Participant pursuant to Section 12.02(a) or (b) for any taxable year of a Participant, then any Excess ADP Deferral allocable to such Participant for the same Plan Year in which such taxable year ends shall be reduced by the amount of such Excess Deferral.

(e) Distribution of Excess ADP Deferrals to Participants described in Section 12.04(c) shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-1(f)(5)(ii) or any successor Treasury Regulation thereto.

- 53 -

(f) Any Employer Matching Contribution allocable to an Excess ADP Deferral that is returned to the Participant pursuant to this
Section 12.05 shall be forfeited notwithstanding the provisions of Article 7 (vesting). For this purpose, however, the Pre-Tax Contributions that are returned to the Participant shall be deemed to be first those Pre-Tax Contributions for which no Employer Matching Contribution was made and second those Pre-Tax Contributions for which an Employer Matching Contribution was made. Accordingly, unmatched Pre-Tax Contributions shall be returned as an Excess ADP Deferral before matched Pre-Tax Contributions.

12.06 Average Actual Contribution Percentage.

(a) The Average Actual Contribution Percentage for Highly Compensated Employees for each Plan Year and the Average Actual Contribution Percentage for Non-highly Compensated Employees for the same Plan Year must satisfy one of the following tests:

(1) The Average Actual Contribution Percentage for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the Average Actual Contribution Percentage for Participants who are Non-highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or

(2) The excess of the Average Actual Contribution Percentage for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year over the Average Actual Contribution Percentage for Participants who are Non- highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year is not more than two percentage points, and the Average Actual Contribution Percentage for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees is not more than the Average Actual Contribution Percentage for Participants who are Non-highly Compensated Employees multiplied by two.

(b) If at the end of the Plan Year, the Plan does not comply with the provisions of Section 12.06(a), the Employer may do any or all of the following in order to comply with such provision as applicable (except as otherwise provided in the Code or in Treasury Regulations):

(1) Aggregate Qualified Elective Deferrals with the Employer Matching Contributions of Non-highly Compensated Employees as provided in Section 12.01 (definition of ACP).

(2) Distribute Employer Matching Contributions to certain Highly Compensated Employees as provided in Section 12.08.

- 54 -

(3) Make a Qualified Nonelective Contribution on behalf of any or all of the Non-highly Compensated Employees and aggregate such contributions with the Non-highly Compensated Employees' Employer Matching Contributions as provided in Section 12.01 (definition of ACP).

12.07 Special Rules For Determining Average Actual Contribution Percentages.

(a) The Actual Contribution Percentage for any Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year who is eligible to have Employer Matching Contributions allocated to his Account under two or more arrangements described in Section Section 401(a) or 401(m) of the Code that are maintained by an Employer or its Affiliates shall be determined as if such contributions were made under a single arrangement.

(b) If two or more plans maintained by the Employer or its Affiliates are treated as one plan for purposes of the nondiscrimination requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) or the coverage requirements of Code Section 410(b) (other than for purposes of the average benefits test), all Employer Matching Contributions that are made pursuant to those plans shall be treated as having been made pursuant to one plan.

(c) For purposes of determining the Actual Contribution Percentage of a Highly Compensated Employee who is a 5% or more owner of an Employer or one of the ten highest paid Highly Compensated Employees during the Plan Year, the Employer Matching Contributions and Compensation of such Participant shall include all Employer Matching Contributions and Compensation of Family Members. Family Members shall not be treated as separate Employees for purposes of determining the Average Actual Contribution Percentage for either Non-highly Compensated Employees or for Highly Compensated Employees.

(d) The determination and treatment of the Actual Contribution Percentage of any Participant shall satisfy such other requirements as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.

12.08 Distribution of Employer Matching Contributions.

(a) Employer Matching Contributions exceeding the limitations of
Section 12.06(a) ("Excess ACP Contributions") and any income or loss allocable to such Excess ACP Contribution may be designated by the Committee as Excess ACP Contributions and may be distributed in the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the Excess ACP Contributions arose to those Highly Compensated Employees whose Accounts were credited with

- 55 -

Excess ACP Contributions in the preceding Plan Year. The amount of Excess ACP Contributions to be distributed to a Highly Compensated Employee shall be determined using the procedure described in Section 12.05(a).

(b) To the extent administratively possible, the Committee shall distribute all Excess ACP Contributions and any income or loss allocable thereto prior to 2-1/2 months following the end of the Plan Year in which the Excess ACP Contributions arose. In any event, however, the Excess ACP Contributions and any income or loss allocable thereto shall be distributed prior to the end of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the Excess ACP Contributions arose.

(c) The income or loss allocable to Excess ACP Contributions shall be determined by multiplying the income or loss allocable to the Participant's Account for the Plan Year in which the Excess ACP Contribution arose by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction is the Excess ACP Contributions. The denominator of the fraction is the value of the Participant's Account on the last day of the Plan Year reduced by any income allocated to the Participant's Account by such Plan Year and increased by any loss allocated to the Participant's Account for the Plan Year.

(d) Amounts distributed to Highly Compensated Employees under this
Section 12.08 shall be treated as annual additions with respect to the Employee who received such amount.

(e) Distribution of Excess ACP Contributions to Participants described in Section 12.08(c) shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(m)-1(e)(2)(iii) or any successor Treasury Regulations thereto.

12.09 Combined ACP and ADP Test.

(a) The Plan must satisfy the Combined ACP and ADP Test described in this Section 12.09 only if (1) the Average Actual Deferral Percentage of the Highly Compensated Employees exceeds 125% of the Average Actual Deferral Percentage of the Non-highly Compensated Employees and (2) the Average Actual Contribution Percentage of the Highly Compensated Employees exceeds 125% of the Average Actual Contribution Percentage of the Non-highly Compensated Employees.

(b) The Combined ACP and ADP Test is satisfied if the sum of the Highly Compensated Employees' Average Actual Deferral Percentage and Average Actual Contribution Percentage is equal to or less than the Maximum Combined Percentage defined in paragraph (c) below.

- 56 -

(c) The Maximum Combined Percentage shall be determined by adjusting the Non-highly Compensated Employees' Average Actual Deferral Percentage and Average Actual Contribution Percentage in the following manner:

(1) The greater of the two percentages shall be multiplied by 1.25; and

(2) The lesser of the two percentages shall be increased by two percentage points; however, in no event shall such adjusted percentage exceed twice the original percentage.

The sum of (1) and (2) shall be the Maximum Combined Percentage.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Maximum Combined Percentage shall be determined in the following manner if such calculation results in a higher Maximum Combined Percentage than the formula specified above:

(1) The lesser of the Average Actual Deferral Percentage and Average Actual Contribution Percentage of the Non-Highly Compensated Employees shall be multiplied by 1.25; and

(2) The greater of such two percentages shall be increased by two percentage points; however, in no event shall such percentage exceed twice the original percentage.

(d) In the event the Plan does not satisfy the Combined ADP and ACP Test, the Highly Compensated Employees' Average Actual Contribution Percentage shall be decreased by either distributing Employer Matching Contributions to certain Highly Compensated Employees by using the procedures described in
Section 12.08 or by making a Qualified Nonelective Contribution as provided in Section 12.06(b)(3) until the sum of such percentage and the Highly Compensated Employees' Average Actual Deferral Percentage equals the Maximum Combined Percentage.

(e) If Employer Matching Contributions are distributed to certain Highly Compensated Employees in order to satisfy the Combined ADP and ACP Test, income or loss allocable to such Employer Matching Contributions shall also be distributed.

(f) To the extent administratively possible, the Committee shall distribute the Employer Matching Contributions (if applicable) and allocable income or loss prior to 2-1/2 months following the end of the Plan Year for which the Combined ADP and ACP Test is computed. In any event, however, such Employer Matching Contributions (if applicable) and allocable income or loss shall be distributed by the end of the Plan Year following the Plan Year

- 57 -

                 for which the Combined ADP and ACP Test is computed.  Employer
                 Matching Contributions that are distributed pursuant to this
                 Section 12.09 shall be treated as annual additions under the
                 Plan.

         (g)     The income or loss allocable to returned Employer Matching
                 Contributions shall be determined using the same procedures as
                 Section 12.05(c).

12.10    Order of Applying Certain Sections of Article.

         In applying the provisions of this Article 12, the determination and
         distribution of Excess Deferrals shall be made first, the
         determination and elimination of Excess ACP Deferrals shall be made
         second, the determination and elimination of Excess ADP Contributions
         shall be made third and finally the determination and any necessary
         adjustment related to the Combined ADP and ACP Test shall be made.

12.11    Effective Date.  The provisions of this Article 12 shall be effective
         July 1, 1988.

- 58 -

ARTICLE 13

HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEES

13.01    In General.

         For the purposes of this Plan, the term "Highly Compensated Employee"
         is any active Employee described in Section 13.02 below and any Former
         Employee described in Section 13.03 below.  Various definitions used
         in this Article are contained in Section 13.05.  A Non-Highly
         Compensated Employee is an Employee who is neither a Highly
         Compensated Employee nor a Family Member of a Highly Compensated
         Employee.  This Article 13 shall be effective July 1, 1988.

13.02    Highly Compensated Employees.

         (a)     An Employee is a Highly Compensated Employee if during the
                 Determination Year the Employee:

                 (1)      is a 5 Percent Owner;

                 (2)      receives Compensation in excess of $75,000;

                 (3)      receives Compensation in excess of $50,000 and is a
                          member of the Top Paid Group; or

                 (4)      is an Includable Officer.

                 The dollar amounts described above shall be increased annually
                 as provided in Code Section  414(q)(1).

         (b)     Calendar Year Election.  The Employer hereby elects the
                 calendar year calculation election described in Temporary
                 Regulation Section  1.414(q)-1T, Q&A-14(b) or any successor
                 regulation thereto.  Because the Plan uses the calendar year
                 as its Plan Year, there is no separate Look Back Year
                 calculation.  This election is binding on all other qualified
                 retirement Plans maintained by the Employer until the election
                 is withdrawn.

13.03    Former Highly Compensated Employee.

         A Former Employee is a Highly Compensated Employee if (applying the
         rules of Section 13.02(a) or (b)) the Former Employee was a Highly
         Compensated Employee during a Separation Year or during any
         Determination Year ending on or after the Former Employee's 55th
         birthday.  With respect to a Former Employee

- 59 -

whose Separation Year was prior to January 1, 1987, such Former Employee will be treated as a Highly Compensated Employee only if the Former Employee was a 5% Owner or received Compensation in excess of $50,000 during (i) the Former Employee's Separation Year (or the year preceding such Separation Year); or (ii) any year ending on or after such Former Employee's 55th birthday (or the last year ending before such Former Employee's 55th birthday).

13.04 Family Aggregation Rules.

(a) For purposes of this Article 13, an Employee who is, for a given Determination Year or Look Back Year, either (i) a 5 Percent Owner, or (ii) a Highly Compensated Employee who is one of the ten most highly compensated Employees ranked on the basis of Compensation paid during such year, shall be aggregated with such Employee's Family Members.

(b) For purposes of this Section 13.04, the term "Family Member" means, with respect to an Employee described in Section 13.04(a), a person who is, on any day during the given Determination Year or Look Back Year:

(1) his spouse; or

(2) his lineal ascendant or descendant; or

(3) the spouse of his lineal ascendant or descendant.

(c) The determination of Employees and Family Members who must be aggregated for purposes of this Article 13 shall be made in accordance with Temporary Regulation Section 1.414(q)-1T, Q&A-11 and Q&A-12.

(d) For purposes of applying the limits of Code Section
401(a)(17) (i.e., the $150,000 limit on compensation, as adjusted) with respect to Compensation under Articles 12
(401(k)/401(m) tests) and 14 (Section 415 limits), the Compensation for any Employee described in Section 13.04(a) and for any Family Member who is such Employee's spouse or lineal descendant under age 19, shall be aggregated. In such event, the deemed Compensation for each such Employee shall be an amount equal to the Section 401(a)(17) limit for the Plan Year (as adjusted) multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Employee's actual Compensation for the Plan Year, and the denominator of which is the aggregate Compensation of the Employee and the aggregated Family Member for the Plan Year. The same procedure shall then be used to determine the deemed Compensation of the aggregated Family Member.

- 60 -

13.05    Definitions.

         The following special definitions shall apply to this Article 13:

         Compensation for purposes of this Article 13 shall mean the gross
         annual earnings reported on the Participant's IRS Form W-2 (box 10
         or its comparable location as provided on Form W-2 in future years) as
         required by Code Section Section 6041(d) and 6051(a)(3).  In
         addition, Compensation shall include compensation which is not
         includable in the Participant's IRS Form W-2 (Box 10) by reason of
         Code Section  402(a)(8) (employee pre-tax contributions under a Code
         Section  401(k) plan) or Code Section 125 (salary deferrals under a
         cafeteria plan).  Compensation shall not include amounts paid or
         reimbursed by the Employer for moving expenses if, at the time of the
         payment of such moving expenses, it is reasonable to believe that the
         moving expenses will be deductible by the Participant under Code
         Section 217.  Compensation shall be determined by ignoring any income
         exclusions under Code Section 3401(a) based on the nature or location
         of employment.  In no event shall Compensation in excess of the
         limitations under Code Section 401(a)(17) (e.g., $150,000 in 1994) be
         taken into account for any Employee.

         Determination Year shall mean the Plan Year for which the ACP and the
         ADP are computed.

         Employer for purposes of this Article 13 shall mean the Company and its
         Affiliates.

         5 Percent Owner shall mean any Employee who owns or is deemed to own
         (within the meaning of Code Section 318), more than five percent of
         the value of the outstanding stock of the Employer or stock possessing
         more than five percent of the total combined voting power of the
         Employer.

         Former Employee shall mean an Employee (i) who has incurred a
         Severance from Service or (ii) who remains employed by the Employer
         but who has not performed services for the Employer during the
         Determination Year (e.g., an Employee on Authorized Absence).

         Includable Officer shall mean any officer of the Employer who, during
         the applicable year, receives Compensation in excess of 50% of the
         dollar limitations under Code Section 415(b)(1)(A)(as adjusted by the
         Secretary of the Treasury for cost of living increases).  The Employer
         shall be deemed to have a minimum of 3 officers or, if greater, a
         number equal to 10 percent of all Employees.  However, no more than 50
         officers shall be considered Includable Officers under this Article
         13.  If the Employer does not have any Includable Officers because no
         officer receives Compensation in excess of the dollar limitations of
         Code Section 415(b)(1)(A), the Employer's highest paid officer shall
         be considered an Includable Officer.

- 61 -

         Look Back Year shall mean the Plan Year preceding the Determination
         Year, or if the Employer elects, the calendar year ending with or
         within the determination year.

         Separation Year shall mean any of the following years:

         (1)     An Employee who incurs a Termination of Employment shall have
                 a Separation Year in the Determination Year in which such
                 Termination of Employment occurs;

         (2)     An Employee who remains employed by the Employer but who
                 temporarily ceases to perform services for the Employer (e.g.,
                 an Employee on Authorized Absence) shall have a Separation
                 Year in the calendar year in which he last performs services
                 for the Employer;

         (3)     An Employee who remains employed by the Employer but whose
                 Compensation for a calendar year is less than 50% of the
                 Employee's average annual Compensation for the immediately
                 preceding three calendar years (or the Employee's total years
                 of employment, if less) shall have a Separation Year in such
                 calendar year.  However, such Separation Year shall be ignored
                 if the Employee remains employed by the Employer and the
                 Employee's Compensation returns to a level comparable to the
                 Employee's Compensation immediately prior to such Separation
                 Year.

         Top Paid Group shall mean the top 20% of all Employees ranked on the
         basis of Compensation received from the Employer during the applicable
         year.  The number of Employees in the Top Paid Group shall be
         determined by ignoring Employees who are non-resident aliens and
         Employees who do not perform services for the Employer during the
         applicable year.  The Employer elects to compute the Top Paid Group
         without the age and service exclusion provided in applicable Treasury
         Regulations.

13.06    Other Methods Permissible.

         To the extent permitted by the Code, judicial decisions, Treasury
         Regulations and IRS pronouncements, the Committee may (without further
         amendment to this Plan) take such other steps and actions or adopt
         such other methods or procedures (in addition to those methods and
         procedures described in this Article 13) to determine and identify
         Highly Compensated Employees (including adopting alternative
         definitions of Compensation which satisfy Code Section  414(q)(7) and
         are uniformly applied).

- 62 -

ARTICLE 14.

MAXIMUM BENEFITS

14.01 General Rule.

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, for any Plan Year, the Annual Additions to a Participant's Account, when combined with the Annual Additions to the Participant's Account under all other Qualified individual account plans maintained by the Employer or its Affiliates shall not exceed the lesser of (i) $30,000 or (ii) twenty-five percent (25%) of the Participant's Compensation for such Plan Year (the "maximum permissible amount").

(b) The Employer hereby elects that the Limitation Year for purposes of Code Section 415 shall be the Plan Year.

(c) For purposes of determining the limit on Annual Additions under paragraph (a) of this Section, the dollar limit described therein, to wit, $30,000, shall be increased for each Plan Year to the extent permitted by law.

(d) If the amount to be allocated to a Participant's Account exceeds the maximum permissible amount (and for this purpose Employer Contributions shall be deemed to be allocated after Pre-Tax Contributions), the excess will be disposed of as follows. First, if the Participant's Annual Additions exceed the maximum permissible amount as a result of (i) a reasonable error in estimating the Participant's Compensation, (ii) a reasonable error in estimating the amount of Pre-Tax Contributions that the Participant could make under Code
Section 415 or (iii) other facts and circumstances that the Internal Revenue Service finds justifiable, the Committee may direct the Trustee to return to the Participant his Pre-Tax Contributions for such Plan Year to the extent necessary to reduce the excess amount. Such returned Pre-Tax Contributions shall be ignored in performing the discrimination tests of Article 12. Second, any excess annual additions still remaining after the return of Pre-Tax Contributions shall be reallocated as determined by the Committee among the Participants whose accounts have not exceeded the limit in the same proportion that the Compensation of each such Participant bears to the Compensation of all such Participants. If such reallocation would result in an addition to another Participant's Account which exceeds the permitted limit, that excess shall likewise be reallocated among the Participants whose Accounts do not exceed the limit. However, if the allocation or reallocation of the excess amounts pursuant to these provisions causes the limitations of Section 415 of the Code to be exceeded with respect to each Participant for the

- 63 -

                 limitation year, then any such excess shall be held
                 unallocated in a 415 Suspense Account.  If the 415 Suspense
                 Account is in existence at any time during a limitation year,
                 other than the limitation year described in the preceding
                 sentence, all amounts in the 415 Suspense Account shall be
                 allocated and reallocated to Participants' Accounts (subject
                 to the limitations of Code Section  415) before any
                 Contributions which would constitute annual additions may be
                 made to the Plan for that limitation year.

         (e)     If the Participant is covered under another qualified defined
                 contribution plan maintained by an Employer during any
                 limitation year, the annual additions which may be credited to
                 a Participant's account under this Plan for any such
                 limitation year shall not exceed the maximum permissible
                 amount reduced by the annual additions credited to a
                 Participant's account under all such plans for the same
                 limitation year.  If a Participant's annual additions under
                 this Plan and such other plans would result in an excess
                 amount for a limitation year, the excess amount will be deemed
                 to consist of the annual additions last allocated (and for
                 this purpose, Employer Contributions shall be deemed to be
                 allocated after Pre-Tax Contributions).  If an excess amount
                 is allocated to a Participant on an allocation date of this
                 Plan which coincides with an allocation date of another plan,
                 the excess amount attributed to this Plan will be the product
                 of

                 (i)      the total excess amount as of such date, times

                 (ii)     the ratio of (A) the annual additions allocated to
                          the Participant for the limitation year as of such
                          date under this Plan to (B) the total annual
                          additions allocated to the Participant for the
                          limitation year as of such date under this and all
                          the other qualified defined contribution plans
                          maintained by the Employer.

         Any excess amount attributed to this Plan will be disposed in the
         manner described in this Section 14.01 above.

14.02    Combined Plan Limitation.

         If the Employer or its Affiliates maintains, or at any time
         maintained, a Qualified defined benefit plan covering any Participant
         in this Plan, the sum of the Participant's defined benefit plan
         fraction and defined contribution plan fraction shall not exceed 1.0
         in any limitation year and the annual benefit otherwise payable to the
         Participant under such defined benefit plan shall be frozen or reduced
         to the extent necessary so that the sum of such fractions shall not
         exceed 1.0.

14.03    Definitions.  For the purposes of this Article 14, the following

definitions shall apply:

- 64 -

(a)     "Annual Addition" shall mean the sum of:

        (1)        Employee Contributions;

        (2)        Employer Contributions;

        (3)        Forfeitures; and

        (4)        Amounts described in Code Section Section
                   415(l)(1) and 419A(d)(2).

Annual Additions shall not include any amounts credited to the Participant's Account resulting from Rollover Contributions.

(b) "Affiliates" shall have that meaning contained in Article 2 except that for purposes of determining who is an Affiliate the phrase "more than 50 percent" shall be substituted for the phrase "at least 80 percent" each place it appears in Code
Section 1563(a)(1).

(c) "Compensation" shall have the same meaning as defined in Article 12 except that Compensation for purposes of Article 14 shall not include Pre-Tax Contributions under this Plan and shall not include salary deferrals under a Code Section 125 Cafeteria Plan.

(d) "Defined Benefit Fraction" means a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the Participant's projected annual benefits under all the defined benefit plans (whether or not terminated) maintained by the Employer or its Affiliates, and the denominator of which is the lesser of (i) 125 percent of the dollar limitation in effect for the limitation year under
Section 415(b)(1)(A) of the Code or (ii) 140 percent of the Highest Average Compensation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant was a Participant as of the first day of the first Limitation Year beginning after December 31, 1986, in one or more defined benefit plans maintained by the Employer or its Affiliates which were in existence on May 6, 1986, the denominator of this fraction will not be less than 125 percent of the sum of the annual benefits under such plans which the Participant had accrued as of the end of the last limitation year beginning before January 1, 1987, but determined without regard to any changes in the terms and conditions of the Plan occurring after May 5, 1986. The preceding sentence applies only if the defined benefit plans individually and in the aggregate satisfied the requirements of Section 415 for all limitation years beginning before January 1, 1987.

(e) "Defined Contribution Fraction" means a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the Annual Additions to the Participant's account under all the defined contribution plans (whether or not terminated) maintained by the Employer or its Affiliates for the current and all prior limitation years, and

- 65 -

                 the denominator of which is the sum of the Maximum Aggregate
                 Amounts for the current and all prior limitation years of
                 service with the Employer or its Affiliates (regardless of
                 whether a defined contribution plan was maintained by the
                 Employer or its Affiliates).  The Maximum Aggregate Amount in
                 any limitation year is the lesser of (i) 125 percent of the
                 dollar limitation in effect under Section 415(c)(1)(A) of the
                 Code; or (ii) 35 percent of the Participant's compensation for
                 such year.  If the Employee was a Participant as of the first
                 day of the first Limitation Year beginning after December 31,
                 1986, in one or more defined contribution plans maintained by
                 the Employer or its Affiliates which were in existence on May
                 6, 1986, the numerator of this fraction will be adjusted if
                 the sum of this fraction and the defined benefit fraction
                 would otherwise exceed 1.0 under the terms of this Plan.
                 Under the adjustment, an amount equal to the product of (i)
                 the excess of the sum of the fractions over 1.0 times and (ii)
                 the denominator of this fraction, will be permanently
                 subtracted from the numerator of this fraction.  The
                 adjustment is calculated using the fractions as they would be
                 computed as of the end of the limitation year beginning before
                 January 1, 1987, and disregarding any changes in the terms and
                 conditions of the plans made after May 5, 1986, but using the
                 Section 415 limitation applicable to the first Limitation
                 Year beginning on or after January 1, 1987.  The annual
                 addition for any Limitation Year beginning before January 1,
                 1987 shall not be recomputed to treat employee contributions
                 as annual additions.

         (f)     "Highest Average Compensation" means the average compensation
                 for the three consecutive years of service with the employer
                 that produces the highest average.

         (g)     "Projected Annual Benefit" means the annual retirement benefit
                 (adjusted to an actuarially equivalent straight life annuity
                 if such benefit is expressed in a form other than a straight
                 life annuity or qualified joint and survivor annuity) to which
                 the Participant would be entitled under the terms of the plan
                 assuming (i) the Participant will continue employment until
                 normal retirement age under the plan (or current age, if
                 later), and (ii) the Participant's compensation for the
                 current limitation year and all other relevant factors used to
                 determine benefits under the plan will remain constant for all
                 future limitation years.

14.04    Effective Date.  The provisions of this Article 14 shall be effective
         January 1, 1987.

- 66 -

ARTICLE 15.

TOP HEAVY RULES

15.01    General.

         The provisions of this Article of the Plan shall become effective in
         any Plan Year in which the Plan is determined to be Top Heavy and
         shall supersede any conflicting provision of this Plan.

15.02    Definitions.

         (a)     Top Heavy.  The Plan shall be Top Heavy for the Plan Year if,
                 as of the Valuation Date which coincides with or immediately
                 precedes the Determination Date, the value of the Participant
                 Accounts of Key Employees exceeds 60% of the value of all
                 Participant Accounts.  If the Employer maintains more than one
                 plan, all plans in which any Key Employee participates and all
                 plans which enable this Plan to satisfy the
                 anti-discrimination requirements of Code Section Section
                 401(a)(4) and 410 must be combined with this Plan ("Required
                 Aggregation Group") for the purposes of applying the 60% test
                 described in the preceding sentence.  Plans maintained by the
                 Employer which are not in the required aggregation group may
                 be combined at the Employer's election with this Plan for the
                 purposes of determining Top Heavy status if the combined plan
                 satisfies the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) and 410
                 ("Permissive Aggregation Group").  In determining the value
                 of Participant Accounts, all distributions made during the
                 five-year period ending on the Determination Date shall be
                 included and any unallocated Employer Contributions or
                 forfeitures attributable to the Plan Year in which the
                 Determination Date falls shall also be included.  The Account
                 of (i) any Employee who at one time was a Key Employee but who
                 is not a Key Employee for any of the five Plan Years ending on
                 the Determination Date; and (ii) any Employee who has not
                 performed services for the Employer or a related employer
                 maintaining a plan in the aggregation group for the five Plan
                 Years ending on the Determination Date, shall be disregarded
                 in determining Top Heavy status.

                 If the Employer maintains a defined benefit plan during the
                 Plan Year which is subject to aggregation with this Plan, the
                 60% test shall be applied after calculating the present value
                 of the Participants' accrued benefits under the defined
                 benefit plan in accordance with the rules set forth in that
                 plan and combining the present value of such accrued benefits
                 with the Participant's account balances under this Plan.

- 67 -

Effective January 1, 1987, solely for the purpose of determining if the Plan, or any other plan included in the Required Aggregation Group, is Top-Heavy, a Non-Key Employee's accrued benefit in a defined benefit plan shall be determined under (i) the method, if any, that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all plans maintained by the Affiliates, or (ii) if there is no such method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under the fractional accrual rate of Code Section 411(b)(1)(C).

(b) Key Employee. Any employee of the Employer who, during the Plan Year or the four preceding Plan Years was an officer receiving Compensation in excess of 50% of the limit described in Code Section 415(b)(1)(A), one of the ten employees of the Employer owning the largest interests in the Employer and receiving Compensation equal to or greater than the dollar limit described in Code Section 415(c)(1)(A), a greater than 5% owner of the Employer, a greater than 1% owner of the Employer receiving Compensation in excess of $150,000, or the Beneficiary of a Key Employee. The Code Section 415(b)(1)(A) and 415(c)(1)(A) limits referred to in the preceding sentence shall be the specified dollar limit plus any increases reflecting cost of living adjustments specified by the Secretary of the Treasury.

(c) Determination Date. The last day of the Plan Year immediately preceding the Plan Year for which Top Heavy status is determined. For the first Plan Year, the Determination Date shall be the last day of the first Plan Year.

(d) Non-Key Employee. Any Participant who is not a Key Employee.

(e) Employer. The term "Employer" shall include any Affiliate of such Employer.

(f) Compensation. The term "Compensation" shall have that meaning as defined in Article 14.

15.03 Minimum Benefit.

(a) Except as provided below, the Employer Contributions allocated on behalf of any Non-Key Employee who is employed by the Employer on the Determination Date shall not be less than the lesser of (i) 3% of such Non-Key Employee's Compensation or
(ii) the largest percentage of Employer Contributions and Pre-Tax Contributions, as a percentage of the Key Employee's Compensation, allocated on behalf of any Key Employee for such Plan Year. Pre-Tax Contributions allocated to the Accounts of Non-Key Employees and Employer Matching Contributions allocated to the Accounts of Non-Key Employees that are used to satisfy the provisions of

- 68 -

                 Article 12 shall not be considered in determining whether a
                 Non-Key Employee has received the minimum contribution
                 required by this Section 15.03.

         (b)     The minimum allocation is determined without regard to any
                 Social Security contribution and shall be made even though,
                 under other Plan provisions, the Non-Key Employee would have
                 received a lesser allocation or no allocation for the Plan
                 Year because of the Non-Key Employee's failure to complete
                 1,000 Hours of Service, his failure to make mandatory employee
                 contributions, or his earning compensation less than a stated
                 amount.

         (c)     If the Employer maintains a defined benefit plan in addition
                 to this Plan, the minimum contribution and benefit
                 requirements for both plans in a Top Heavy Plan Year may be
                 satisfied by an allocation of Employer Contributions to the
                 Account of each Non-Key Employee in the amount of 5% of the
                 Non-Key Employee's compensation.

15.04    Combined Plan Limitation For Top Heavy Years.

         In any Plan Year during which more than 90% of the Participant Account
         balances are attributable to Key Employees, 100% or an equivalent
         factor shall be substituted for 125% or an equivalent factor in the
         combined plan fraction denominators set forth in the Section of this
         Plan which limits maximum benefits pursuant to Section  415 of the
         Code.  In any Plan Year during which more than 60% but not more than
         90% of the Participant Account balances are attributable to Key
         Employees, 100% or an equivalent factor shall be substituted for 125%
         or an equivalent factor in the combined plan fraction denominators
         unless the Account of each Non-Key Employee participating in the Plan
         receives an allocation which satisfies Section 15.03 above, except
         that for this purpose the figure "4%" shall be substituted for "3%"
         where it appears in Section 15.03(a) and the figure "7.5%" shall be
         substituted for "5%" where it appears in Section 15.03(c).

- 69 -

ARTICLE 16

MISCELLANEOUS

16.01     Headings.

          The headings and sub-headings in this Plan have been inserted for
          convenience of reference only and are to be ignored in any
          construction of the provisions hereof.

16.02     Action by Employer.

          Any action by an Employer under this Plan shall be by resolution of
          its Board of Directors, or by any person or persons duly authorized
          by resolution of said Board to take such action.

16.03     Spendthrift Clause.

          Except as otherwise required by a "qualified domestic relations
          order" as defined in Code Section 414(p), none of the benefits,
          payments, proceeds or distributions under this Plan shall be subject
          to the claim of any creditor of any Participant or Beneficiary, or to
          any legal process by any creditor of such Participant or Beneficiary,
          and none of them shall have any right to alienate, commute,
          anticipate or assign any of the benefits, payments, proceeds or
          distributions under this Plan except for the extent expressly
          provided herein to the contrary.  If any Participant shall attempt to
          dispose of the benefits provided for him hereunder, or to dispose of
          the right to receive such benefits, or in the event there should be
          an effort to see such benefits or the right to receive such benefits
          by attachment, execution or other legal or equitable process, such
          right to benefits shall pass and be transferred, at the discretion of
          the Plan Administrator, to such one or more as may be appointed by
          the Plan Administrator from among the Beneficiaries, if any
          theretofore designated by the Participant, or from the spouse,
          children or other dependents of the Participant, in such shares as
          the Committee may appoint.  Any appointment so made by the Committee
          may be revoked by it at any time and further appointment made by it
          which may include the Participant.

16.04     Distributions Upon Special Occurrences.

          (a)      Subject to Section 11.03, Pre-Tax Contributions and any
                   income attributable thereto, shall be distributed to
                   Participants or their Beneficiaries as soon as
                   administratively feasible after the termination of the Plan,
                   provided that neither the Employer nor its Affiliates
                   maintain a successor plan.

          (b)      Pre-Tax Contributions and any income attributable thereto
                   shall be distributed to Participants as soon as
                   administratively feasible after the

- 70 -

                   sale, to an entity that is not an Affiliate, of
                   substantially all of the assets used by the Employer in the
                   trade or business in which the Participant is employed.

          (c)      After the sale of an incorporated Affiliate's interest in a
                   subsidiary to an entity that is not an Affiliate, Pre-Tax
                   Contributions and any income attributable thereto of a
                   Participant who continues to work for such subsidiary shall
                   be distributed as soon as administratively feasible.

          (d)      The provisions of this Section 16.04 including the
                   definitions of terms such as "successor plan" and
                   "substantially all of the assets" shall be governed by
                   Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-1(d)(1)(iii) or any
                   successor Treasury Regulation thereto.

16.05     Discrimination.

          The Employer, the Committee, the Trustee and all other persons
          involved in the administration and operation of the Plan shall
          administer and operate the Plan and Trust in a uniform and consistent
          manner with respect to all Participants similarly situated and shall
          not permit discrimination in favor of Highly Compensated Employees.

16.06     Release.

          Any payment to a Participant or Beneficiary, or to their legal
          representatives, in accordance with the provisions of this Plan,
          shall to the extent thereof be in full satisfaction of all claims
          hereunder against the Trustee, Plan Administrator, Committee and the
          Employer, any of whom may require such Participant, Beneficiary, or
          legal representative, as a condition precedent to such payment, to
          execute a receipt and release therefor in such form as shall be
          determined by the Trustee, the Committee, or the Employer, as the
          case may be.

16.07     Compliance with Applicable Laws.

          The Company, through the Plan Administrator, shall interpret and
          administer the Plan in such manner that the Plan and Trust shall
          remain in compliance with the Code, with the Act, and all other
          applicable laws, regulations, and rulings.

16.08     Agent for Service of Process.

          The agent for service of process of this Plan shall be the person
          listed from time to time in the current records of the Secretary of
          State of Georgia as the agent for the service of process for the
          Company.

- 71 -

16.09     Merger.

          In the event of any merger or consolidation of the Plan with any
          other Plan, or the transfer of assets or liabilities by the Plan to
          another Plan, each Participant must receive (assuming that the Plan
          would terminate) the benefit immediately after the merger,
          consolidation, or transfer which is equal to or greater than the
          benefit such Participant would have been entitled to receive
          immediately before the merger, consolidation, or transfer (assuming
          that the Plan had then terminated), provided such merger,
          consolidation, or transfer took place after the date of enactment of
          the Act.

16.10     Governing Law.

          The Plan shall be governed by the laws of the State of Georgia to the
          extent that such laws are not preempted by Federal law.

16.11     Adoption of the Plan by an Affiliated Sponsor..

(a) The Committee shall determine which employers shall become Affiliated Sponsors within the terms of the Plan. In order for the Committee to designate an Employer as an Affiliated Sponsor, the Committee must approve the addition of the Affiliated Sponsor's identity to Schedule A (which approval may be retroactive to an earlier effective date). The Committee may also specify such terms and conditions pertaining to the adoption of the Plan by the Affiliated Sponsor as the Committee deems appropriate. With the Committee's consent, an Affiliated Sponsor may limit participation in the Plan to certain of its Employees.

(b) The Plan of the Affiliated Sponsor and of the Company shall be considered a single plan for purposes of Treasury Regulations
Section 1.414(1)-1(b)(1). All assets contributed to the Plan by the Affiliated Sponsor shall be held in a single fund together with the assets contributed by the Company (and with the assets of any other Affiliated Sponsors); and so long as the Affiliated Sponsor continues to be designated as such, all assets held in such fund shall be available to pay benefits to all Participants and Beneficiaries covered by the Plan irrespective of whether such Employees are employed by the Company or by the Affiliated Sponsor. Nothing contained herein shall be construed to prohibit the separate accounting of assets contributed by the Company and the Affiliated Sponsors for purposes of cost allocation if directed by the Committee or the holding of Plan assets in more than one Trust Fund with more than one Trustee.

(c) So long as the Affiliated Sponsor's designation as such remains in effect, the Affiliated Sponsor shall be bound by, and subject to all provisions of the Plan and the Trust Agreement. The exclusive authority to amend the

- 72 -

Plan and the Trust Agreement shall be vested in the Committee and no Affiliated Sponsor shall have any right to amend the Plan or the Trust Agreement. Any amendment to the Plan or the Trust Agreement adopted by the Committee shall be binding upon every Affiliated Sponsor without further action by such Affiliated Sponsor.

(d) Each Affiliated Sponsor shall be solely responsible for making an Employer Contribution with respect to its Employees and solely responsible for making any contribution required by Article 15. Furthermore, if an Affiliated Sponsor determines to make a Qualified Nonelective Contribution on behalf of its Employees, such Affiliated Sponsor shall be solely responsible for making such contribution. Neither the Company nor any other Affiliated Sponsor is obligated to make an Employer Matching Contribution or Qualified Nonelective Contribution on behalf of the Employees of a different Affiliated Sponsor.

(e) The Company and each Affiliated Sponsor which is an Affiliate will be tested on a combined basis to determine whether the Company and such Affiliated Sponsors satisfy the Average Actual Deferral Percentage Test described in Section 12.03 and the Average Actual Contribution Percentage test described in
Section 12.06. An Affiliated Sponsor which is not an Affiliate shall be tested separately from the Company and those Affiliated Sponsors that are Affiliates for purposes of the ADP test and ACP test described in Article 12.

(f) No Affiliated Sponsor other than the Company shall have the right to terminate the Plan. However, any Affiliated Sponsor may withdraw from the Plan by action of its board of directors provided such action is communicated in writing to the Committee. The withdrawal of an Affiliated Sponsor shall be effective as of the last day of the Plan Year following receipt of the notice of withdrawal (unless the Committee consents to a different effective date). In addition, the Committee may terminate the designation of an Affiliated Sponsor to be effective on such date as the Committee specifies. Any such Affiliated Sponsor which ceases to be an Affiliated Sponsor shall be liable for all cost accrued through the effective date of its withdrawal or termination and any contributions owing as a result of Pre-Tax Contributions by its Employees or any other contribution as provided in paragraphs (d) and (e). In the event of the withdrawal or termination of an Affiliated Sponsor as provided in this paragraph, such Affiliated Sponsor shall have no right to direct that assets of the Plan be transferred to a successor plan for its Employees unless such a transfer is approved by the Committee in its sole discretion.

- 73 -

16.12    Protected Benefits.

         Early retirement benefits, retirement-type subsidies, or optional
         forms of benefits protected under Code Section 411(d)(6) ("Protected
         Benefits") shall not be reduced or eliminated with respect to benefits
         accrued under such Protected Benefits unless such reduction or
         elimination is permitted under the Code authority issued by the
         Internal Revenue Service, or judicial authority.

16.13    Location of Participant or Beneficiary Unknown.

         In the event that all or any portion of the distribution payable to a
         Participant or his Beneficiary shall remain unpaid solely by reason of
         the Committee's inability to ascertain the whereabouts of such
         Participant or Beneficiary, the amount unpaid shall be forfeited.
         However, such forfeiture shall not occur until five (5) years after
         the amount first became payable.  The Committee shall make a diligent
         effort to locate the Participant or Beneficiary including the mailing
         of a registered letter, return receipt requested, to the last known
         address of such Participant or Beneficiary.  In the event a
         Participant or Beneficiary is located subsequent to his benefit being
         forfeited, such benefit shall be restored and distributed.


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Plan to be duly

executed and its seal to be hereunto affixed on the date indicated below, but effective as of January 1, 1994.

GENUINE PARTS COMPANY

By: /s/ Frank M. Howard
   ---------------------------------------

Title: Treasurer
      ------------------------------------

Date: December 1, 1994
     -------------------------------------

- 74 -

SCHEDULE A

Affiliated Sponsors
Designated Under Section 16.11

I. General Rule - No Past Service Credit. Unless otherwise identified below, an employee will not receive Credited Service and Years of Eligibility Service under this Plan for his or her prior employment with the Affiliated Sponsor. Instead (unless otherwise required by law), Hours of Service worked for an Affiliated Sponsor prior to the Designation Date shall be ignored.

II. Definition of Past Service Credit. If Employees of an Affiliated Sponsor are granted past service credit (as noted below), such Employees who are employed by the Affiliated Sponsor on the Designation Date shall receive Credited Service and Years of Eligibility Service under this Plan beginning with their employment commencement date with the Affiliated Sponsor, but subject to all of the rules concerning crediting of service and Breaks in Service set forth in this Plan.

                                     Designation
       Name                             Date                      Special Notes
       ----                          -----------                  -------------
1.     S.P. Richards                July 1, 1988                  Past Service Credit Granted
       Company


2.     Balkamp, Inc.                July 1, 1988                  Past Service Credit Granted.

3.     NAPA, Inc.                   July 1, 1988                  Past Service Credit Granted.

4.     Motion                       (See Note Below)              Past Service Credit Granted
       Industries, Inc.

Special Note on Motion Industries, Inc.

On or about January 1, 1984, Genuine Parts Company acquired Motion Industries, Inc. ("Motion"). Employees of Motion whose initial date of hire was on or after January 1, 1984, became participants in the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan after satisfying the age and service requirements under such Plan. Employees of Motion whose initial date of hire was prior to January 1, 1984, elected either to (1) continue their participation in the Motion Industries, Inc. Profit Sharing Plan or (2) to participate in the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan. Effective January 1, 1990, the Motion Profit Sharing Plan was terminated. Employees of Motion who participated in the Motion Profit Sharing Plan on


December 31, 1989, and who were employed by Motion on January 1, 1990, became eligible to participate in the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan effective as of January 1, 1990.

Employees of Motion who participated in the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan on July 1, 1988, began their participation under the Genuine Partnership Plan on July 1, 1988. Employees who first became eligible to participate in the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan on January 1, 1990, commenced participation in the Genuine Partnership Plan on January 1, 1990.

In either case, employees of Motion who began participation in the Genuine Partnership Plan on July 1, 1988, or January 1, 1990, received credit for vesting purposes under the Genuine Partnership Plan for their years of employment with Motion.

Please note that employees hired by Motion on or after January 1, 1984, became eligible to participate in the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan and Genuine Partnership Plan in accordance with the same rules applicable to all employees of Genuine Parts Company. The staggered entry dates of July 1, 1988, and January 1, 1990, apply to those employees who worked for Motion prior to January 1, 1984.


SCHEDULE B

Credit for Service with Predecessor Employers

I. General Rule - No Past Service. Unless otherwise identified in Part II below, an Employee will not receive Credited Service or Years of Eligibility Service under this Plan for any purpose. Instead (unless otherwise required by law) Hours of Service worked for a predecessor employer prior to the Designation Date shall be ignored.

II. Definition of Past Service Credit. If Employees who were previously employed by a predecessor employer are granted past service credit (as noted below), such Employees who are employed by an Employer on the Designation Date shall receive Credited Service and Years of Eligibility Service under this Plan beginning with the employment commencement date with the predecessor employer, but subject to all of the rules concerning crediting of service and Breaks in Service set forth in this Plan.

                                                                   Extent of Credit for Service
       Name                                 Designation Date         with Predecessor Company
       ----                                 ----------------       ----------------------------
1.     Odell Hardware Company                    7/1/88             Past Service Credit Granted
       ("Odell")

2.     Clark Siviter                             7/1/88             Past Service Credit Granted

3.     Brooks-Noble Parts                        7/1/88             Past Service Credit Granted
       & Machine Co., Inc.

4.     General Automotive Parts                  7/1/88             Past Service Credit Granted
       Company and its subsidiaries
       ("General Automotive")

5.     Standard Units Parts                      7/1/88             Past Service Credit Granted
       Corporation including
       its subsidiary Manco,
       Inc. ("Standard Units
       Parts")

6.     NAPA Des Moines                           7/1/88             Past Service Credit Granted
       Warehouse ("Des Moines")

III. Participants employed by the following predecessor employers shall not receive Past Service Credit as of the date the predecessor employer was acquired by or merged into Genuine Parts Company. However, after an employee of such predecessor employer


becomes a Participant in the Plan by satisfying the requirements of Section 3.01, such Participant shall receive Credited Service for all employment with such predecessor employer. Such Credited Service may be forfeited or disregarded in accordance with the definition of Credited Service set forth in Article II. Furthermore, no Credited Service shall be granted for employment with a predecessor employer if the granting of such Credited Service will adversely impact the tax qualified status of the Plan.

[None as of the Effective Date]

Name Employment Date

SCHEDULE C

Prior Employer Accounts


EXHIBIT 10.12

GENUINE PARTS COMPANY

PENSION PLAN

(AS AMENDED AND RESTATED EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 1989
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED HEREIN)


GENUINE PARTS COMPANY

PENSION PLAN

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE I - INTRODUCTION  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      1

         1.01 History of the Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      1
         1.02 New Plan  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      1
         1.03 Effective Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      1
         1.04 Accrued Benefits Under This Plan and Under Prior Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      2
         1.05 Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      2

ARTICLE II - DEFINITIONS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      3

         2.01 Accrued Benefit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      3
         2.02 Act or ERISA  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      4
         2.03 Actuarial Equivalent  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      4
         2.04 Actuary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      4
         2.05 Affiliate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      4
         2.06 Alternate Death Benefit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      4
         2.07 Annuity Starting Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      5
         2.08 Anticipated Social Security Benefit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      5
         2.09 Authorized Absence  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      6
         2.10 Average Earnings  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      6
         2.11 Beneficiary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      7
         2.12 Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      8
         2.13 Break in Service  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      8
         2.14 Code  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      8
         2.15 Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      8
         2.16 Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      8
         2.17 Cost of Living Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      8
         2.18 Credited Service  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      8
         2.19 Delayed Retirement Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      9
         2.20 Disability Retirement Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      9
         2.21 Earnings  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     10
         2.22 Earliest Retirement Age . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     10
         2.23 Early Retirement Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     10
         2.24 Effective Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     11
         2.25(a) Eligible Employee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     11
         2.25(b) Employee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     11
         2.26 Employer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     11
         2.27 Employment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     11
         2.28 Fiduciary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     11

- i -

         2.29 Fund  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     11
         2.30 Highly Compensated Employee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     12
         2.31 Hours of Service  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     12
         2.32 Insurer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     13
         2.33 Normal Retirement Age . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     13
         2.34 Normal Retirement Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     13
         2.35 Participant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     13
         2.36 Participating Employer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     13
         2.37 Pension Committee or Committee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     14
         2.38 Permanent Disability  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     14
         2.39 Plan  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     14
         2.40 Plan Administrator or Administrator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     14
         2.41 Plan Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     14
         2.42 Predecessor Plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     14
         2.43 Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     15
         2.44 Prior Plan  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     15
         2.45 Retirement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     15
         2.46 Retirement Income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     15
         2.47 Safekeeping Trust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     15
         2.48 Spouse  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     15
         2.49 Termination Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     16
         2.50 Treasury Regulations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     16
         2.51 Trust or Trust Agreement or Trust Fund or Fund  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     16
         2.52 Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     17
         2.53 Defined Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     17

ARTICLE III - PARTICIPATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     18

ARTICLE IV - RETIREMENT DATES AND BENEFITS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     19

         4.01 Normal Retirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     19
         4.02 Early Retirement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     20
         4.03 Permanent Disability  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     21
         4.04 Delayed Retirement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     22
         4.05 Termination of Employment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     23
         4.06 Suspension of Benefits  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     24
         4.07 Reduction of Benefit in Certain Cases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     26
         4.08 Increase in Benefits for Retired Participants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     28
         4.09 Minimum Benefit of Prior Plans  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     28
         4.10 Grandfathered Retirement Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     28

ARTICLE V - DEATH BENEFITS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     30

         5.01 Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     30
         5.02 Alternate Death Benefit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     31

- ii -

         5.03 Death After Normal Retirement Date but Prior to Delayed Retirement Date . . . . .     34
         5.04 Death On or After the Annuity Starting Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     35
         5.05 Purchase of Insurance Policies  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     35

ARTICLE VI - OPTIONAL FORMS OF RETIREMENT INCOME  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     37

         6.01 Automatic Forms of Payment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     37
         6.02 Optional Forms of Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     37
         6.03 Special Distribution Rules  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     39
         6.04 Small Payments  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     41
         6.05 Application For Commencement of Benefits  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     41
         6.06 Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     41
         6.07 Direct Rollover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     41

ARTICLE VII - METHOD OF FINANCING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     44

         7.01 Establishment of Trust Fund . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     44
         7.02 Employer Contributions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     44
         7.03 Participant Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     44
         7.04 Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     44

ARTICLE VIII - ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     46

         8.01 Named Fiduciaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     46
         8.02 Board of Directors  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     46
         8.03 Trustee(s)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     47
         8.04 Safekeeping Trustees  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     47
         8.05 Insurer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     47
         8.06 Pension Committee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     47
         8.07 Standard of Fiduciary Duty  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     50
         8.08 Indemnification of Committee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     50
         8.09 Claims Procedure  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     50
         8.10 Appointment of Investment Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     51

ARTICLE IX - AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     53

         9.01 Amendment of the Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     53
         9.02 Termination of the Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     53
         9.03 Restriction on Certain Benefits and Distributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     55
         9.04 Adoption of the Plan by a Participating Employer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     56

ARTICLE X - MISCELLANEOUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     59

         10.01 Headings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     59
         10.02 Governing Law  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     59
         10.03 Spendthrift Clause . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     59
         10.04 Legally Incompetent, Minors  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     59
         10.05 Discrimination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     59

- iii -

         10.06 Claims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     60
         10.07 Compliance with Applicable Laws  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     60
         10.08 Merger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     60

ARTICLE XI - SPECIAL PROVISIONS REGARDING SAFEKEEPING TRUST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     61

ARTICLE XII - TOP HEAVY RULES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     62

         12.01 General Rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     62
         12.02 Definitions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     62
         12.03 Minimum Accrued Benefit  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     63
         12.04 Form of Benefit  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     64
         12.05 Nonforfeitability of Employer Top-Heavy Contribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     64
         12.06 Minimum Vesting  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     64
         12.07 Combined Plan Limitation For Top Heavy Years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     65

ARTICLE XIII - MAXIMUM BENEFITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     66

         13.01 General Rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     66
         13.02 Combined Plan Limitations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     66
         13.03 Grandfather Rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     66
         13.04 Definitions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     66

ARTICLE XIV - HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEES  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     70

         14.01 In General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     70
         14.02 Highly Compensated Employees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     70
         14.03 Former Highly Compensated Employee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     70
         14.04 Family Aggregation Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     71
         14.05 Definitions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     72
         14.06 Other Methods Permissible  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     73

- iv -

GENUINE PARTS COMPANY
PENSION PLAN
(AS AMENDED AND RESTATED EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 1989)

ARTICLE I

INTRODUCTION

1.01        History of the Plan.  Prior to January 1, 1984, the Company
            maintained the Predecessor Plans covering different groups of its
            employees.  Effective January 1, 1984, the Predecessor Plans were
            merged together in accordance with Code Section 414(l) to form the
            Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan (the "Prior Plan").  The Prior
            Plan assumed all liabilities for retirement benefits accrued prior
            to January 1, 1984 under the merged plans.  The Prior Plan was
            maintained as a plan meeting the requirements of qualification
            under Code Section 401(a).

1.02        New Plan.  Effective January 1, 1989, the Prior Plan is continued
            in an amended and restated form as set forth in its entirety in
            this document for the purpose of complying with the provisions of
            the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 as amended and
            maintaining qualification under Section 401(a) of the Internal
            Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.  S.P. Richards Company, Balkamp,
            Inc., NAPA, Inc. and Motion Industries, Inc. will also adopt this
            document as Participating Employers

1.03        Effective Date.  The Plan shall be effective January 1, 1989 except
            as described below or as otherwise provided herein:

            (a)     Section 2.03 relating to the actuarial assumptions used in
                    the Plan shall be effective January 1, 1987;

            (b)     Section 2.08 relating to a Participant's Anticipated Social
                    Security Benefits shall be effective January 1, 1987, but
                    only for those Employees who accrue an Hour of Service on
                    or after that date;

            (c)     Sections 2.18(g), 4.04, and 4.06 relating to the accrual of
                    benefits beyond age 65 shall be effective January 1, 1988,
                    but only for those Employees who accrue an Hour of Service
                    on or after that date;

            (d)     Section 2.21, the definition of Earnings, shall be
                    effective July 1, 1988;

            (e)     Section 2.34, the definition of Normal Retirement Age,
                    shall be effective January 1, 1988;

            (f)     Article III which permits Employees who are hired on or
                    after their 60th birthday to participate in the Plan shall
                    be effective January 1, 1988, but only for those Employees
                    who accrue an Hour of Service on or after that date;

            (g)     Section 6.07 relating to Direct Rollovers shall be
                    effective January 1, 1993;

            (h)     Article XIII relating to maximum benefit levels shall be
                    effective January 1, 1987; and,

            (i)     Article XIV, defining a Highly Compensated Employee, is
                    effective January 1, 1987.

1.04        Accrued Benefits Under This Plan and Under Prior Plan.  Only
            Participants who earn an Hour of Service after the Effective Date
            shall have their Accrued Benefit determined under the provisions of
            this Plan.  All other Participants shall have their Accrued Benefit
            determined in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Prior
            Plan.  However, all Participants who have an Accrued Benefit under
            the Plan or Prior Plan shall receive a distribution of their
            Accrued Benefit in accordance with this Plan.

1.05        Purpose.  The purpose of this Plan (and the Trust Agreement) is to
            reward the loyal and efficient services of the Employees and to
            stimulate in them an interest in the successful operation of the
            Company's business by providing the benefits of a qualified
            retirement plan.  This Plan shall be maintained for the exclusive
            benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries and shall be
            administered and interpreted in accordance with such purpose.

- 2 -

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

2.01 Accrued Benefit.

(a) In General. For purposes of this Plan, the term "Accrued Benefit" shall mean the Participant's Projected Retirement Income multiplied by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction is the Participant's actual years of Credited Service. The denominator of the fraction is the Participant's projected years of Credited Service assuming the Participant had terminated his Employment on his Normal Retirement Date. The Projected Retirement Income of a Participant with fifteen or more years of Credited Service is the Participant's Retirement Income as determined in
Section 4.01(b) assuming the Participant terminated his Employment on his Normal Retirement Date and based on his Average Earnings as of his termination of Employment. The Projected Retirement Income of a Participant with less than fifteen years of Credited Service is the Participant's Retirement Income as determined in Section 4.01(c) assuming the Participant terminated his Employment on his Normal Retirement Date and based on his Average Earnings as of his termination of Employment.

(b) $200,000 Earnings Limit. Effective January 1, 1989, the Plan must limit Earnings during a Plan Year
(including Plan Years before and after January 1, 1989) to $200,000, adjusted annually by the Cost of Living Factor (see Plan Section 2.21). Notwithstanding the $200,000 limit, a Participant's Accrued Benefit shall not be less than the Participant's Accrued Benefit as of December 31, 1988 (determined without regard to the new $200,000 limit).

(c) $150,000 Earnings Limit. Effective January 1, 1994, the Plan must limit Earnings during a Plan Year
(including Plan Years before and after January 1, 1994) to $150,000, adjusted annually by the Cost of Living Factor (see Plan Section 2.21). Notwithstanding the $150,000 limit, a Participant's Accrued Benefit shall not be less than the greater of:

(1) the Participant's Accrued Benefit as of December 31, 1993, (determined without regard to the new $150,000 limit but after application of the $200,000 limit of paragraph (b)) plus the

- 3 -

Participant's Accrued Benefit earned after December 31, 1993 (determined with the $150,000 limit); or,

(2) the Participant's Accrued Benefit for all years of Credited Service both before and after December 31, 1993 (determined with the $150,000 limit).

2.02        Act or ERISA shall mean Public Law No. 93-406, the Employee
            Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as the same may be amended
            from time to time.


2.03        Actuarial Equivalent shall mean a benefit of equivalent value
            computed in accordance with the actuarial assumptions described
            below.  These actuarial assumptions shall be effective as of
            January 1, 1987.

(a) The UP 1984 Mortality Table without any adjustments.

(b) An effective annual interest rate of 8%, except that for purposes of calculating single sum values, the rate shall be determined under 2.03(c) below.

(c) For purposes of computing single sum values, the interest rate shall be the interest rate which would be applied by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation for purposes of determining the present value of the Participant's benefits under the Plan if the Plan had terminated on January 1 of the applicable Plan Year with insufficient assets to provide benefits guaranteed by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation on that date.

2.04        Actuary shall mean an Actuary selected by the Company (or a firm of
            Actuaries) who is enrolled under Subtitle C of Title III of the
            Act.


2.05        Affiliate shall mean the Company and any corporation which is a
            member of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code
            Section 414(b)) which includes the Company; any trade or business
            which is under common control (as defined in Code Section 414(c))
            with the Company; any organization which is a member of an
            affiliated service group (as defined in Code Section 414(m)) which
            includes the Company; and any other entity required to be
            aggregated with the Company pursuant to regulations under Code
            Section 414(o).


2.06        Alternate Death Benefit shall have that meaning as defined in
            Section 5.02.

- 4 -

2.07        Annuity Starting Date shall mean the earliest of the following
            dates:

                    (i) For Participants who terminate their Employment and
                    commence to receive Retirement Income under Section 4.01,
                    the Participants' Normal Retirement Date;

                    (ii) For Participants who terminate their Employment and
                    commence to receive Retirement Income under Section 4.02,
                    the Participants' Early Retirement Date;

                    (iii) For Participants who are Permanently Disabled and
                    commence to receive Retirement Income under Schedule D, the
                    Participant's Disability Retirement Date as defined in
                    Schedule D;

                    (iv) For Participants who terminate their Employment and
                    commence to receive Retirement Income under Section 4.04,
                    the Participants' Delayed Retirement Date; and

                    (v) For Participants who terminate their Employment with
                    less than 15 years of Credited Service and are therefore
                    entitled to a Retirement Income under Section 4.05, the
                    Participants' Normal Retirement Date.


2.08        Anticipated Social Security Benefit shall mean the estimated
            monthly primary insurance amount which is or will become payable to
            a Participant at the Participant's Social Security Retirement Age
            (as defined in Code Section 415(b)(8)), based on the Social
            Security Act in effect on the date of determination of the benefit,
            without taking into account any undetermined future automatic
            adjustments in (i) benefits and (ii) the contribution and benefit
            base, and on uniform rules adopted by the Committee, assuming:

            (a)     that his Earnings at date of determination of his benefit
                    under the Plan remains in effect thereafter to his Social
                    Security Retirement Age; and

            (b)     the earnings test for purposes of determining eligibility
                    for the Social Security benefit shall not apply.

            The Anticipated Social Security Benefit shall become fixed as of
            the Participant's Retirement, or, if earlier, the date on which his
            Employment terminates (most recent date of termination for a
            reemployed employee).


            In determining a Participant's Anticipated Social Security Benefit,
            the Committee shall estimate the Participant's compensation for all
            years prior to the

- 5 -

Participant's Termination Date. The Participant's estimated compensation shall be determined by applying a salary scale (six percent (6%) per annum), projected backwards, to the Participant's Earnings at the time of the Participant's Termination Date.

Each Participant shall have the right to have his Anticipated Social Security Benefit computed on the basis of the Participant's actual salary history instead of using the Participant's estimated compensation. If the Participant supplies his actual salary history within a reasonable period of time following the Participant's Termination Date or, if later, following the date the Participant receives notice of his right to supply actual salary history, the Participant's Retirement Income will be adjusted based on the Participant's actual salary history.

After the Participant's Termination Date, the Plan Administrator shall notify the Participant of his right to supply actual salary history and the financial consequences of failing to provide such salary history. Such notice shall state that actual salary history can be obtained from the Social Security Administration. In addition, the Plan Administrator shall provide written notice to each Participant of the right to supply actual salary history at the time a summary plan description is provided to the Participant.

This Section 2.08 shall be effective January 1, 1987 but only for those Participants with an Hour of Service on or after that date.

2.09        Authorized Absence shall mean any temporary layoff or any absence
            authorized by the Employer under the Employer's standard personnel
            practices provided that all persons under similar circumstances
            must be treated alike in the granting of such Authorized Leaves of
            Absence and provided further that the Participant returns within
            the period of authorized absence.  An absence due to service in the
            Armed Forces of the United States shall be considered an Authorized
            Absence to the extent required by federal law.  Employees on
            Authorized Absence will be deemed to be in active Employment for
            purposes of Credited Service (but not for other purposes such as
            eligibility for the Alternate Death Benefit).


2.10        Average Earnings shall mean the average of the Participant's
            monthly Earnings for the highest five (5) calendar years of
            Employment out of the last complete ten (10) calendar years of
            Employment (or during total Employment if less) immediately
            preceding the Participant's Termination of Employment.  Average
            Earnings shall be determined by dividing the total Earnings
            received by the Participant during the appropriate five (5)
            calendar year period by the number of months for which he received
            Earnings in such period.  If the Participant's

- 6 -

Earnings in the calendar year in which the Participant terminates Employment will increase the Participant's Average Earnings, such Earnings shall be counted as part of the Participant's 10 complete calendar years of Employment.

2.11 Beneficiary shall have the following meaning:

(a) Unmarried Participants, may designate any individual(s), trust(s), estate(s), partnership(s), corporation(s) or other entity or entities as Beneficiaries in accordance with procedures established by the Committee to receive any distribution to which the Participant is entitled under the Plan in the event of the Participant's death. The Committee may require certification by a Participant in any form it deems appropriate of the Participant's marital status prior to accepting or honoring any Beneficiary designation. Any Beneficiary designation by an unmarried Participant shall be void if the Participant revokes the designation or marries. Any Beneficiary designation by an unmarried Participant shall also be void to the extent that it conflicts with the terms of a qualified domestic relations order.

If an unmarried Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary or if the designated Beneficiary fails to survive the Participant and the Participant has not designated a contingent Beneficiary, the Beneficiary shall be the surviving descendants of the Participant (who shall take per stirpes) and if there are no surviving descendants, the Beneficiary shall be the Participant's estate. For the purposes of the foregoing sentence, the term "descendants" shall include any persons adopted by a Participant or by any of his descendants.

(b) A married Participant's Beneficiary shall be his Spouse unless the Participant has designated a non-Spouse Beneficiary (or Beneficiaries) with the written consent of his Spouse given in the presence of a notary public on a form provided by the Committee, or unless the terms of a qualified domestic relations order require payment to a non-Spouse Beneficiary. A married Participant's designation of a non-Spouse Beneficiary in accordance with the preceding sentence shall remain valid until revoked by the Participant or until the Participant marries a Spouse who has not consented to a designation in accordance with the preceding sentence.

For the purposes of this Section, revocation of prior Beneficiary designations will occur when a Participant; (i) files a valid designation with the Committee, or (ii) files a signed statement with the Committee evidencing his intent to revoke any prior designations.

- 7 -

2.12        Board shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.


2.13        Break in Service shall occur if the Employee ceases to be employed
            by the Employer and does not resume employment for seven or more
            consecutive years.


2.14        Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.  A
            reference to a specific provision of the Code shall include such
            provision and any applicable Treasury Regulation pertaining
            thereto.


2.15        Company shall mean Genuine Parts Company and its successors or
            assigns who adopt this Plan.


2.16        Contributions shall mean the Employer contributions to the Fund
            made in accordance with Article VII.


2.17        Cost of Living Factor shall mean the cost of living factor
            prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury under section 415(d) of
            the Code for years beginning after December 31, 1987, as applied to
            such items and in such manner as the Secretary may provide.


2.18        Credited Service shall mean the number of years of service as an
            Employee of Employer (with proportionate allowance for fractional
            years) both before and after the Effective Date which shall be
            measured in accordance with the following rules:

            (a)     Except as provided below, an Employee shall receive
                    Credited Service for the elapsed time of his Employment
                    from the date on which the Employee first performs an Hour
                    of Service for the Employer to his Termination Date.  If an
                    Employee has a Termination Date and is subsequently
                    rehired, such Employee shall again receive Credited Service
                    (subject to the Break in Service rules set forth below)
                    beginning on the date of the Employee's first Hour of
                    Service on or after his reemployment and ending on his
                    subsequent Termination Date.

            (b)     Credited Service shall not include any period of Employment
                    which precedes a Break in Service if as of the first day of
                    the Break in Service,

- 8 -

the Employee is not entitled to a nonforfeitable Retirement Income under Section 4.05.

(c) Credited Service shall not include any period of service as an Employee of Employer during which an Employee is a member of a collective bargaining unit whose Employees are covered by a retirement or pension plan to which Employer contributes (other than this Plan) except to the extent provided in 4.07.

(d) Credited Service shall not include any period of Employment with a Participating Employer prior to its designation as a Participating Employer or any period of employment with a predecessor business prior to its acquisition by Employer except to the extent provided in Schedules A and B.

(e) An Employee's service with an Affiliate shall be considered Employment with the Employer; provided, however, that any benefit payable under this Plan shall be reduced on an Actuarial Equivalent basis by 100% of the value of any benefits received or payable from any qualified employee benefit plan maintained by such Affiliate.

(f) Credited Service shall not include any period of service in the military; except to the extent such service is required to be credited under applicable federal law.

(g) Credited Service shall not be reduced or discontinued merely because the Participant attains his Normal Retirement Age. This provision is effective January 1, 1988 for each Employee who earns an Hour of Service on or after that date.

(h) Prior to January 1, 1988, Employees who were hired on or after their 60th birthday were not eligible to participate in the Plan. Any such Employee who accrues an Hour of Service on or after January 1, 1988 shall, subject to the rules set forth in this Section 2.18, receive Credited Service for their entire period of Employment.

2.19        Delayed Retirement Date shall mean for a Participant who continues
            his Employment beyond his Normal Retirement Date, the first day of
            the month coincident with or immediately following such
            Participant's termination of Employment.


2.20        Disability Retirement Date.  See Schedule D.

- 9 -

2.21        Earnings shall be determined in accordance with the following
            rules:

            (a)     Except as provided below, Earnings means the Participant's
                    total compensation including wages, salaries, and other
                    amounts received for personal services actually rendered in
                    the course of Employment (including commissions, overtime
                    and bonuses).  However, Earnings shall NOT include
                    reimbursements or other expense allowances, fringe benefits
                    (cash and non cash), moving expenses, deferred compensation
                    and welfare benefits.  Earnings SHALL include any
                    compensation which is not includible in the Participant's
                    gross income by reason of Code Section 402(a)(8) (Employee
                    pre-tax contributions to the Genuine Partnership Plan),
                    Code Section 125 (Employee salary deferrals under the
                    Genuine Parts Company Section 125 Plan), and Code Sections
                    402(h), 457(b) and 414(h)(2) (none of which currently apply
                    to the Company).

            (b)     Effective for January 1, 1989, the Plan shall not take into
                    account more than $200,000 in Earnings for any Plan Year
                    (including Plan Years prior to January 1, 1989).  The
                    $200,000 limit will be adjusted annually by the Cost of
                    Living Factor.  However, any increase in the $200,000 limit
                    shall apply only to Earnings taken into account for the
                    Plan Year in which the increase is effective and shall not
                    apply retroactively.  In no event will the $200,000 limit
                    described above reduce a Participant's Accrued Benefit as
                    of December 31, 1988.

            (c)     Effective for January 1, 1994, the Plan shall not take into
                    account more than $150,000 in Earnings for any Plan Year
                    (including Plan Years prior to January  1, 1994).  The
                    $150,000 limit will be adjusted annually by the Cost of
                    Living Factor.  However, any increase in the $150,000 limit
                    shall apply only to Earnings taken into account for the
                    Plan Year in which the increase is effective and shall not
                    apply retroactively.  In no event will the $150,000 limit
                    described above reduce a Participant's Accrued Benefit as
                    of December 31, 1993.


2.22        Earliest Retirement Age shall mean the Participant's Normal
            Retirement Date.  However, if the Participant has 15 or more years
            of Credited Service, the Participant's Earliest Retirement Age
            shall be the first day of the month coincident with or immediately
            following the date the Participant attains (or would have attained)
            his Early Retirement Date.


2.23        Early Retirement Date shall mean the first day of the month
            coincident with or immediately following the day on which the
            Participant (i) completes fifteen (15)

- 10 -

years of Credited Service and has attained age fifty-five (55) and
(ii) actually terminates his Employment.

2.24 Effective Date shall mean January 1, 1989.

2.25 (a) Eligible Employee shall mean, except for those Employees identified in the following sentence, all Employees employed by the Employer. The following Employees shall not be considered Eligible Employees: (i) any employee included in a collective bargaining unit for which a labor organization is recognized as collective bargaining agent unless such employee has been designated by the Committee as an "Eligible Employee" for the purposes of this Plan, (ii) any Employee who is a nonresident alien and who does not receive earned income from the Employer which constitutes income from sources within the United States, or (iii) any "leased employee," within the meaning of Code
Section 414(n)(2), with respect to the Employer.

(b) Employee shall mean any person employed by or on Authorized Absence from the Employer, and any person who is a "leased employee" within the meaning of Code Section 414(n)(2) with respect to the Employer. However, if such "leased employees" constitute less than 20 percent of the Employer's combined non-highly compensated work force, within the meaning of Code Section 414(n)(1)(C)(ii), the term "Employee" shall not include "leased employees" covered by a plan described in Code Section 414(n)(5).

2.26        Employer shall mean the Company and any Participating Employer.
            All Participating Employers are listed on Schedule A.


2.27        Employment shall mean the active service of an Employee with the
            Employer.  Employment with a Participating Employer prior to its
            designation as a Participating Employer and employment with a
            predecessor business prior to its acquisition by Employer shall be
            counted as employment with the Employer only to the extent provided
            Schedules A or B.


2.28        Fiduciary shall mean a party named as a Fiduciary in Section 8.01.
            Any party shall be considered a fiduciary of the Plan only to the
            extent of the powers and duties specifically allocated to such
            party under the Plan.


2.29        Fund shall mean the money and other properties held and
            administered by the Trustee in accordance with the Plan and Trust
            Agreement.  It is expressly

- 11 -

intended that multiple trust funds may be established under this Plan, which together shall comprise the Fund hereunder. See
Section 2.51 and Schedule C.

2.30        Highly Compensated Employee.  See Article XIV.


2.31        Hours of Service shall mean:

            (a)     Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to
                    payment, for performance of duties for an Employer or
                    Employers.

            (b)     Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to
                    payment, by an Employer or Employers, on account of a
                    period of time during which no duties are performed
                    (irrespective of whether the employment relationship is
                    terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity
                    (including disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty,
                    or an Authorized Absence; provided that in no event, shall
                    an Employee receive credit for more than 501 Hours of
                    Service for any single continuous period of non-working
                    time.  However, no Hours of Service shall be granted for
                    any direct or indirect payment or for any entitlement to
                    payment if (i) such payment is made or due under a plan
                    maintained solely for the purpose of complying with
                    applicable worker's compensation laws, unemployment laws or
                    disability insurance laws or (ii) such payment is intended
                    to reimburse an employee for his or her medical or
                    medically related expenses.

            (c)     Each hour for which an Employee is on an Authorized Absence
                    by reason of:  (i) the pregnancy of the Employee, (ii)
                    birth of a child of the Employee, (iii) placement of a
                    child with the Employee in connection with the adoption of
                    the child by the Employee, or (iv) caring for a child
                    referred to in paragraphs (i) through (iii) immediately
                    following birth or placement.  Hours credited under this
                    paragraph shall be credited at the rate of 10 hours per
                    day, 45 hours per week but shall not, in the aggregate,
                    exceed the number of hours required to prevent the Employee
                    from incurring a Break in Service under Code Section
                    410(a)(5) (a maximum of 501 hours) during the first
                    computation period in which a Break in Service would
                    otherwise occur.

            (d)     Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of
                    damages, is either awarded or agreed to by an Employer or
                    Employers.

            (e)     In lieu of the foregoing, an Employee who is not
                    compensated on an hourly basis (such as salary, commission
                    or piecework Employees) shall be credited with 45 Hours of
                    Service for each week (or ten Hours of

- 12 -

Service for each day) in which such Employee would be credited with Hours of Service if hourly paid. However, this method of computing Hours of Service may not be used for any Employee whose Hours of Service is required to be counted and recorded by any Federal Law, such as the Fair Labor Standards Act. Any such method must yield an equivalency of at least 1,000 hours per computation period.

The following rules shall apply in determination of whether an Employee completes an "Hour of Service":

1. The same hours shall not be credited under subparagraphs (a), (b) or (c) above, as the case may be, and subparagraph (d) above; nor shall the same hours credited under subparagraphs (a) through (d) above be credited under subparagraph
(e) above;

2. The rules relating to determining Hours of Service for reasons other than the performance of duties and for crediting Hours of Service to particular periods of employment shall be those rules stated in Department of Labor Regulations Title 29, Chapter XXV, Subchapter C, part 2530, Sections 200b2(b) and 200b2(c), respectively.

2.32        Insurer shall mean a legal reserve life insurance company which
            issues a policy of life insurance or a group annuity contract under
            the Plan.


2.33        Normal Retirement Age shall mean the Participant's 65th birthday
            or, if later, the fifth anniversary of the date the Participant
            commenced participation in the Plan.

2.34        Normal Retirement Date shall mean the first day of the month
            coincident with or next following the Participant's Normal
            Retirement Age.

2.35        Participant shall mean an Employee who becomes eligible to
            participate in the Plan as provided in Article III.

2.36        Participating Employer shall mean any corporation and any other
            entity that is designated by the Committee as a Participating
            Employer under the Plan.  See Section 9.04 for provisions relating
            to a Participating Employer's adoption of this Plan.  All
            Participating Employers, groups of employees designated as
            participating in the Plan by such Participating Employers (if not
            all employees), and the effective date of each Company's
            designation as a Participating Employer shall be specified in
            Schedule A.

- 13 -

2.37        Pension Committee or Committee shall mean the committee of persons
            appointed by the Board to administer the Plan in accordance with
            the terms of Article VIII.

2.38        Permanent Disability shall mean a physical or mental condition of a
            Participant resulting from bodily injury, disease, or mental
            disorder which (i) for a Participant who is not in active
            Employment on or after January 1, 1993, entitles the Participant to
            Social Security disability benefits or (ii) for a Participant who
            is in active Employment on or after January 1, 1993, results in the
            Participant receiving long term disability benefits under The
            Genuine Parts Company Long Term Disability Plan.  A Participant's
            Permanent Disability will end on the date the Participant is no
            longer receiving disability benefits (i) under Social Security for
            a Participant who is not in active Employment on or after January
            1, 1993, or (ii) under The Genuine Parts Company Long Term
            Disability Plan for a Participant who is in active Employment on or
            after January 1, 1993.

2.39        Plan shall mean the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan as set forth
            in this document together with any subsequent amendments hereto.

2.40        Plan Administrator or Administrator shall mean the committee of
            persons appointed by the Board pursuant to Article VIII to
            administer the Plan.  The committee of such persons shall also be
            known as the Pension Committee and all references in the Plan to
            the Plan Administrator shall be deemed to apply to the Pension
            Committee and vice versa.  The committee of such persons is hereby
            designated as the "Administrator" of the Plan within the meaning of
            Section 3(16) of the Act and as the agent for the service of legal
            process for the purposes of Section 102(b) of the Act.

2.41        Plan Year shall be the calendar year.

2.42        Predecessor Plans shall mean the following qualified defined
            benefit plans established prior to January 1, 1984 for employees of

the Company:

       Name of Plan                                        Effective Date
       ------------                                        --------------
Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan                            01/01/74

S. P. Richards Company Pension Plan                           01/01/56

General Automotive Parts Pension Plan                         01/01/64
    (which does not include union
    employees covered under the plan
    of Union Automotive Association of
    St. Louis, Inc. or any successor
    thereto)

- 14 -

Pension Plan for the Employees of                             01/01/65
    Standard Unit Parts Corporation
    (including Manco, Inc., an
     associate employer)

Retirement Plan for Employees of                              01/01/63
    Balkamp, Inc. (which includes
    NAPA Headquarters employees)

Restated NAPA Des Moines Warehouse                            08/13/74

2.43        Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity shall have that meaning as defined
            in Section 5.01.

2.44        Prior Plan shall mean the Genuine Parts Company Plan as in effect
            on the day preceding the Effective Date.

2.45        Retirement shall mean the date the Participant actually ceases
            Employment for Early Retirement, Normal Retirement, Delayed
            Retirement or (prior to January 1, 1993) Disability Retirement,
            whichever is applicable.

2.46        Retirement Income shall mean any amount payable to or on behalf of
            a Participant, Beneficiary or Spouse in accordance with the
            provisions of the Plan.

2.47        Safekeeping Trust shall have the meaning described in Section
            11.01.

2.48        Spouse shall mean, as of any applicable date, a person who:

            (a)     was married to a Participant in a religious or civil
                    ceremony recognized under the laws of the state where the
                    marriage was contracted;

            (b)     was married to the Participant on the Participant's Annuity
                    Starting Date; and

            (c)     for purposes of Article V (Death Benefits) was married to
                    the Participant throughout the one-year period ending on
                    the Participant's death.

            A Participant shall not be considered married to another person as
            a result of any common law marriage whether or not such common law
            marriage is recognized by applicable state law.  The Participant's
            Spouse as of the Participant's Annuity Starting Date shall continue
            to be the Participant's Spouse for purposes of this Plan (unless
            otherwise provided in a qualified domestic relations order)
            notwithstanding the subsequent death or divorce of such Spouse and
            the remarriage of the Participant.

- 15 -

2.49        Termination Date shall mean the first to occur of the following
            events:

            (a)     Voluntary resignation from service of the Employer; or

            (b)     Discharge from the service of the Employer by the Employer;
                    or

            (c)     Retirement; or

            (d)     Death; or

            (e)     Permanent Disability; or

            (f)     The first anniversary of the date the Employee ceases
                    Employment for any reason not described above (e.g.,
                    vacation, holiday, sickness, disability (but not disability
                    retirement described in Schedule D), leave of absence, or
                    layoff).

            If, however, an Employee terminates his Employment on account of an
            event described in paragraphs (a) - (c) above and the Employee
            performs an Hour of Service within twelve months following such
            termination of Employment (or such lesser period as provided in
            Treasury Regulation Section 1.410(a)-7(d)(iii)(B)), the Employee
            shall be considered as having been in active Employment during such
            period of absence.  An Employee on Authorized Absence will not have
            a Termination Date earlier than the end of such Authorized Absence.

2.50        Treasury Regulations shall mean regulations pertaining to certain
            Sections of the Code as issued by the Secretary of the Treasury.

2.51        Trust or Trust Agreement or Trust Fund or Fund shall refer to the
            Fund established pursuant to one or more agreements of trust
            entered into between the Employer and one or more trustees
            (sometimes referred to as sub-trusts), which governs the creation
            and maintenance of the Fund, and all amendments thereto which may
            hereafter be made.  References to Trust and Trust Agreement shall
            include the Safekeeping Trust described in Section 11.01.  It is
            expressly intended that multiple sub-trusts may be established
            under this Plan, which together shall comprise the Trust Fund
            hereunder and that all of the sub-trusts shall be considered to be
            a single trust fund for purposes of Section 1.414(1)-1(b)(1) of
            the Treasury Regulations.  The term Trust Fund shall also be deemed
            to include any fund existing pursuant to any deposit administration
            or group annuity contract between the Company and/or the Trustee
            and an Insurer.  Each trust agreement or contract with an Insurer
            established pursuant to this Plan shall be listed on Schedule C.

- 16 -

2.52        Trustee shall mean any institution or individual(s) who shall
            accept the appointment of the Committee to serve as Trustee
            pursuant to the Plan.

2.53        Defined Terms.  A defined term, such as "Retirement," will normally
            govern the definitions of derivatives therefrom, such as "Retire,"
            even though such derivatives are not specifically defined and even
            if they are or are not initially capitalized.  The masculine
            gender, where appearing in the Plan, shall be deemed to include the
            feminine gender, unless the context clearly indicates to the
            contrary.  Singular and plural nouns and pronouns shall be
            interchangeable as the factual context may allow or require.  The
            words "hereof," "herein," "hereunder" and other similar compounds

of the word "here" shall mean and refer to the entire Plan and not to any particular provision or Section.

- 17 -

ARTICLE III

PARTICIPATION

3.01        Each Employee who was a Participant under the Prior Plan on the day
            prior to the Effective Date and who is employed by an Employer on
            the Effective Date shall participate in this Plan on the Effective
            Date.

3.02        After the Effective Date each Employee shall participate in the
            Plan on the first day (assuming the Participant is still an
            Employee on such date) to occur after such Employee attains age 21
            and completes an eligibility computation period in which such
            Employee has 1,000 Hours of Service.

            An Employee's first eligibility computation period shall be the 12
            consecutive months following the commencement of his Employment.
            If the Employee fails to complete 1,000 Hours of Service during his
            first eligibility computation period, then his second eligibility
            computation period shall be the Plan Year which commences on the
            January 1 following his initial date of hire.  If an Employee shall
            fail to complete 1,000 Hours of Service during his second
            eligibility computation period, then each successive Plan Year
            shall be the eligibility computation period.

3.03        A Participant shall participate in the Plan for so long as the
            Participant remains an Employee.  If a Participant ceases to be an
            Employee and is later rehired, he shall resume participation in the
            Plan as of the date of rehire.

3.04        Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, no Employee shall
            participate in the Plan during any period in which such Employee is
            a member of a collective bargaining unit whose Employees are
            covered by a retirement or pension plan to which Employer
            contributes (other than this Plan).  If any Employee shall cease to
            be a member of such a collective bargaining unit and shall remain
            in the employ of Employer, then such Employee shall become a
            Participant in this Plan as of the first day of the month
            coinciding with or next following the earliest date on which such
            Employee has attained the age of 21 and completed a twelve month
            period of Employment during which such Employee has not less than
            1,000 Hours of Service, and for such purpose all actual Employment
            of Employee shall be counted including employment during the period
            in which such Employee was a member of such bargaining unit.  See
            Section 4.07 concerning reduction in benefits in certain cases in
            which Employment is counted as provided in the preceding sentence.

3.05        Participation in the Plan shall not give any Employee the right to
            be retained in the Employer's employ, nor shall any Employee, upon
            dismissal from or voluntary termination of his Employment, have any
            right or interest in the Fund, except as herein provided.

- 18 -

ARTICLE IV

RETIREMENT DATES AND BENEFITS

4.01 Normal Retirement.

(a) A Participant who retires on his Normal Retirement Date is entitled to receive an annual Retirement Income beginning on his Normal Retirement Date payable in monthly installments in the form described in Article VI. A Participant who has attained Normal Retirement Age shall become 100% vested in his Accrued Benefit.

(b) The monthly Retirement Income payable to a Participant who retires on his Normal Retirement Date with 15 or more years of Credited Service and who elects to receive his benefit in the form of a Life Annuity Option shall be the greater of (A) and (B) where:

(A) is 30% of the Participant's Average Earnings; and

(B) is the applicable percentage of the Participant's Average Earnings on his Normal Retirement Date less 50% of the Participant's monthly Anticipated Social Security Benefit. The applicable percentage of the Participant's Average Earnings shall be determined by the following table:

- 19 -

Participant's Years                                  Participant's Years
of Credited Service                                  of Credited Service
   as of Normal           Percentage of                 as of Normal            Percentage of
  Retirement Date       Average Earnings               Retirement Date        Average Earnings
-------------------     ----------------             -------------------      ----------------
        15....................40.0%                          31.....................48.0%
        16....................40.5%                          32.....................48.5%
        17....................41.0%                          33.....................49.0%
        18....................41.5%                          34.....................49.5%
        19....................42.0%                          35.....................50.0%
        20....................42.5%                          36.....................50.5%
        21....................43.0%                          37.....................51.0%
        22....................43.5%                          38.....................51.5%
        23....................44.0%                          39.....................52.0%
        24....................44.5%                          40.....................52.5%
        25....................45.0%                          41.....................53.0%
        26....................45.5%                          42.....................53.5%
        27....................46.0%                          43.....................54.0%
        28....................46.5%                          44.....................54.5%
        29....................47.0%                          45 or more.............55.0%
        30....................47.5%

(c) Any Participant who retires on his Normal Retirement Date with less than 15 years of Credited Service and who elects the Life Annuity Option shall be entitled to a monthly Retirement Income equal to 30% of the Participant's Average Earnings multiplied by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction is the Participant's months of Credited Service as of his Normal Retirement Date, but not in excess of 180. The denominator of the fraction is 180.

4.02 Early Retirement.

(a) Each Participant who has attained age 55 and who has completed at least 15 years of Credited Service may elect early retirement. A Participant who takes early retirement shall receive a monthly Retirement Income in the form described in Article VI beginning on his Early Retirement Date.

(b) The monthly Retirement Income payable to a Participant who elects to begin receiving his Retirement Income prior to his Normal Retirement Date shall be determined in the same manner as his monthly Retirement Income would be determined under Section 4.01, except that his Average Earnings and Credited Service shall be calculated as of his Early Retirement Date. Furthermore the Retirement Income computed above shall be reduced by one-half of one percent
(.005) for each complete

- 20 -

month that the Participant's Early Retirement Date precedes his Normal Retirement Date.

(c) The Committee may from time to time provide in its sole discretion that Participants who meet specified age and service requirements (or other applicable requirements established by the Committee) will be permitted to retire during specified periods and will receive a retirement benefit based on additional years of Credited Service, without the reduction described in paragraph (b) above or based on other factors and adjustments as determined by the Committee. The Committee's decision will be described in Schedule E to this Plan. All such special retirements will be communicated to the affected Participants but shall have no effect to the extent such adjustments or other factors result in a retirement benefit that adversely affects the qualified status of the Plan under Code Section 401(a)(4).

4.03 Permanent Disability.

(a) This Section 4.03 shall apply to any Participant who is in active Employment on or after January 1, 1993. Any Participant who is not in active Employment with an Employer on or after January 1, 1993, (including any Participant who is not in active Employment on such date but who has a Termination Date before, on, or after January 1, 1993) and who becomes Permanently Disabled is governed by Schedule D and not this Section 4.03.

(b) A Participant who prior to his cessation of active Employment:
(i) completes one year of Credited Service and (ii) becomes Permanently Disabled shall be entitled to the provisions of this Section 4.03. If a Participant has not completed one year of Credited Service prior to his cessation of active Employment, the Participant shall not be entitled to a Retirement Income under this Plan. If the Participant becomes Permanently Disabled after his cessation of active Employment, the Participant's Retirement Income, if any, shall be determined in accordance with Sections 4.01, 4.02 or 4.05.

(c) The monthly Retirement Income payable to a Participant who is Permanently Disabled shall be determined in the same manner as his monthly Retirement Income would be determined under
Section 4.01 assuming the Participant continued to earn Credited Service during his Period of Disability and assuming the Participant's Average Earnings as of the date of his Permanent Disability remained unchanged. A Participant's "Period of Disability" shall commence on the date he became Permanently Disabled and shall end on his Normal Retirement Date or, if earlier, the date benefits commence under Section 4.02.

- 21 -

(d) If a Participant has earned at least 15 years of Credited Service (including the Participant's years of Credited Service earned during his Period of Disability) and the Participant has attained age 55, the Participant may elect to receive Disability Retirement benefits prior to his Normal Retirement Date. If the Participant receives benefits prior to his Normal Retirement Date, his Retirement Income shall be computed as provided in Section 4.02 including a reduction of the Participant's Retirement Income for each complete month that the Participant's Early Retirement Date precedes his Normal Retirement Date.

(e) If the Participant ceases to be Permanently Disabled prior to the commencement of benefits under this Plan, the Participant shall nevertheless receive Credited Service for his Period of Disability (which ends on the date the Participant's Permanent Disability ceases).

(f) If a Participant described in paragraph (b) dies prior to the commencement of benefits under this Plan and while he is Permanently Disabled, the Participant's Spouse shall be entitled to a Spouse's Benefit pursuant to Article V based upon the Participant's Credited Service that the Participant would have had if the Participant had remained in active Employment until his death and based on the Participant's Average Earnings in effect prior to his Permanently Disability.

4.04 Delayed Retirement.

(a) After the Effective Date, any Participant who attains his Normal Retirement Age may remain in the active employ of the Employer beyond his Normal Retirement Age, provided, however, that an Employee may not remain in the active employ of the Employer if the Employer can, under the terms of the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, require the Employee to retire at his Normal Retirement Age and the Employer wishes the Employee to do so.

(b) A Participant who retires on his Delayed Retirement Date is entitled to receive a Retirement Income beginning on his Delayed Retirement Date payable in monthly installments.

(c) The monthly Retirement Income payable at a Participant's Delayed Retirement Date will be paid in the form described in Article VI. Such Retirement Income shall be the greater of the following amounts:

(i) The Retirement Income payable to the Participant determined in the same manner as his Normal Retirement Income would be determined

- 22 -

under Section 4.01, but using the Participant's Average Earnings and Credited Service as of his Delayed Retirement Date, or

(ii) The Retirement Income the Participant would have received assuming the Participant had retired on his Normal Retirement Date actuarially increased from the Participant's Normal Retirement Date to the Participant's Delayed Retirement Date. For this purpose, the Participant's Delayed Retirement Date shall be deemed to be such Participant's birthday which is coincident with or immediately preceding the Participant's actual Delayed Retirement Date.

(d) The Retirement Income computed under Section 4.04(c) shall be reduced by the Actuarial Equivalent of any Retirement Income previously paid to the Participant under Section 6.03 (mandatory distributions after age 70-1/2) to the extent permitted by Code Section 411(b)(1)(H)(iii).

(e) This Section 4.04, which permits the accrual of Credited Service for employment after Normal Retirement Age shall be effective as of January 1, 1988 for any Employee who accrues one or more Hours of Service on or after January 1, 1988.

4.05 Termination of Employment.

(a) A Participant who terminates Employment with the Employer prior to his Retirement and prior to the completion of three years of Credited Service shall not be entitled to receive any Retirement Income under the Plan.

(b) A Participant with at least three years of Credited Service who terminates his Employment for any reason other than his Retirement or death shall be entitled to the monthly Retirement Income described below payable in accordance with Article VI commencing on his Normal Retirement Date (provided he is then alive).

(c) The monthly Retirement Income payable to a Participant described in Section 4.05(b) or to any Participant who makes the election described in Section 4.02(c) shall equal the product of (1) and (2), where:

(1) is such Participant's Accrued Benefit as of his Termination Date; and

(2) is the applicable percentage based on completed years of Credited Service in accordance with the following table:

- 23 -

Complete Years
of Credited Service               Percent of Monthly
at Termination Date                 Benefit Payable
-------------------               ------------------
   Less than 3                          0%
         3                              20%
         4                              40%
         5                              60%
         6                              80%
     7 or more                          100%

(d) Upon attaining age 55, a Participant who has completed at least 15 years of Credited Service as of his Termination Date may elect to receive a monthly Retirement Income commencing on his Early Retirement Date or on the first day of any month after his Early Retirement Date but in no event later than his Normal Retirement Date, whichever the Participant elects. Such Retirement Income shall be computed in the same manner his Retirement Income would be determined under Section 4.02 (including the reduction for each complete month that the commencement of such benefits precedes the Participant's Normal Retirement Date). An election to receive benefits under this paragraph shall be in writing on such form as the Committee may prescribe and shall be delivered to the Committee not later than 60 days prior to the date such Participant desires payments to commence in accordance with this paragraph.

(e) If a Participant terminates his Employment on account of death, any benefit payable to the Participant's Beneficiary shall be determined in accordance with Article V.

4.06 Suspension of Benefits.

(a) This Section 4.06 shall apply to any Participant who has a Termination Date under the provisions of this Plan, (ii) was receiving or was entitled to receive Retirement Income hereunder and returns to Employment with Employer, and
(iii) is anticipated to receive Credited Service hereunder after his reemployment. Such Participant shall be subject to the following provisions:

(1) The Participant shall not be entitled to receive (if payments were being made) during such period of reemployment any Retirement Income to which the Participant might otherwise be entitled to receive under this Plan; provided, however, that Retirement Income will not be suspended if it is anticipated that the

- 24 -

Participant will not normally accrue 1000 Hours of Service during a Plan Year after reemployment;

(2) The Participant shall be treated like any other Participant who terminated Employment and was rehired (ignoring the fact that he may have retired and was receiving Retirement Income) and for all purposes under the Plan shall be given credit for Credited Service earned after reemployment and prior to his subsequent Termination Date. The period during which he was retired or was not employed by the Employer shall not be included as Credited Service.

(3) If the Participant dies during the time of his reemployment and such Employee had previously received Retirement Income, then any death benefit payable to the Participant's Beneficiary shall be determined under the form of payment previously elected by the Participant pursuant to Article VI, after recomputing the Participant's Retirement Income as described in subparagraph (4) below. If the Participant had not previously received Retirement Income, then any death benefit shall be determined under Article V of the Plan (after recomputing the Participant's Credited Service and Earnings before and after his reemployment). The death benefits so determined shall be reduced by the Actuarial Equivalent value of any Retirement Income previously received by the Participant.

(4) The Retirement Income payable on the Participant's subsequent termination of Employment shall be made under the form of payment in effect (if any) prior to his reemployment and shall equal the greater of
(i) or (ii) below. However, a Participant's Accrued Benefit earned after his Normal Retirement Age shall not be offset by more than the amounts permissible under Proposed Treasury Regulation
Section 1.411(b)-2(b)(4) or any successor regulation thereto.

(i) The Retirement Income payable to the Participant determined in accordance with Article IV based upon his Average Earnings before his prior termination of Employment and after his rehire (to the extent permitted under the definition of Average Earnings) and by aggregating his Credited Service before his prior termination of Employment with his Credited Service after his rehire. The Retirement Income so determined shall be reduced by the Actuarial Equivalent of any Retirement Income previously paid to the Participant.

- 25 -

(ii) The monthly Retirement Income the Participant was receiving or was entitled to receive prior to his termination of Employment. However, if the Participant's Retirement Income was suspended during his period of reemployment and such reemployment included Hours of Service after the Participant's Normal Retirement Date, the Participant's Retirement Income shall be actuarially increased for the period of time beginning on the later of the Participant's Normal Retirement Date or the date the Participant's Retirement Income was suspended and ending on the date his Retirement Income resumes.

(b) Conflict with Suspension of Benefit Regulations. In no event shall the determination under this Section 4.06 as to when a reemployed Participant's Retirement Income may be suspended be less favorable to the Participant than the rules set forth in Department of Labor Regulation Section 2530.203-3. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Section 4.06 and said Regulation, the provisions of said Regulation shall prevail.

4.07 Reduction of Benefit in Certain Cases.

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, any Participant who reaches his Termination Date and who was during any period of his Employment a member of a collective bargaining unit whose employees were, during such period, covered by a retirement, pension plan or group contract to which Employer contributed or is responsible (other than this Plan) which is qualified or intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code shall be entitled to a Retirement Income computed in accordance with the following rules:

(1) Such Participant shall receive Credited Service for all actual service in the employ of the Employer in accordance with the rules of paragraph 2.18 and for purposes of 2.18(c) there shall be included as Credited Service any service during any period in which such Participant was a member of a collective bargaining unit whose employees were, during such period, covered by a retirement or pension plan to which Employer contributed (other than this Plan).

(2) The amount of the benefit to which such Participant is entitled shall be computed in accordance with 4.01, 4.02, 4.03 (or Schedule D as applicable), 4.04, 4.05 or Article V (whichever is applicable), but shall be reduced on an Actuarial Equivalent basis

- 26 -

by 100% of the value of any retirement, termination, disability, or death benefits payable to such Participant from such other retirement or pension plan which are attributable to the contributions of Employer. The Pension Committee shall be empowered to adopt rules which shall be applied on a uniform basis to all Employees similarly situated for the determination of benefits under this Section 4.07.

(b) Any Participant who is granted Credited Service for benefit accrual purposes for any period of employment with any predecessor business prior to its acquisition by Employer or during any period of employment with a Participating Employer prior to its designation as a Participating Employer shall be entitled to a benefit the amount of which shall be computed in accordance with 4.0l, 4.02, 4.03 (or Schedule D), 4.04, 4,05 or Article V (whichever is applicable) but shall be reduced on an Actuarial Equivalent basis by l00% of the value of any retirement, termination, disability, or death benefits received or payable from the pension or retirement plan of such predecessor business or of such Participating Employer.

(c) Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, any monthly Retirement Income payable under this Plan to the Participant or his Beneficiary shall be reduced by the amount of any benefits received by a Participant under the Workers' Compensation laws of any State to the extent such benefits are attributable to Employment with the Employer. No offset, however, shall be made for the following:

(i) Worker's Compensation payments specifically allocated for hospitalization or medical expenses (i.e., if not specifically allocated, the payment will be treated as not attributable to hospitalization or medical expense); or

(ii) Worker's Compensation payments applicable to periods prior to the date the Participant ceased active employment with the Employer.

For the purpose of this Section 4.07, Worker's Compensation benefits include periodic payments, lump sum payments and payments made in settlement of actual or disputed Worker's Compensation claims. Where an amount is paid to a Participant in a single sum, no further payments shall be paid hereunder until the total amount of the monthly payments otherwise payable hereunder equals the amount of such single sum payment. Thereafter, payments hereunder shall resume.

- 27 -

4.08        Increase in Benefits for Retired Participants.  The Committee may
            from time to time declare an increase in the monthly Retirement
            Income payable to retired Participants, Spouses, or Beneficiaries
            by reason of a former Participant's taking Early, Normal, Delayed,
            or (prior to January 1, 1993) Disability Retirement during any
            given calendar year designated by the Company.  The class of former
            Participants to whom such increase applies; the amount of such
            increase; the time when such increase becomes effective; and any
            other relevant information shall from time to time be set forth on
            the records of the Committee.

4.09        Minimum Benefit of Prior Plans.  Notwithstanding any contrary
            provision of this Plan, in no event shall any Participant's
            Retirement Income Under this Plan be less than the Participant's
            benefit that he had accrued under the terms of any Predecessor
            Plan, or under the terms of the Prior Plan.

4.10        Grandfathered Retirement Benefits.  Any Participant who (a) was a
            Participant in any of the Predecessor Plans on December 31, 1983,
            (b) attained the age of 55 on or prior to January 1, 1984, and (c)
            retires on or after January 1, 1984 under Section 4.01, 4.02 or
            4.04 shall automatically receive a Retirement Income hereunder
            which is the greater of (i) and (ii) where:

                    (i)      is the Retirement Income otherwise provided under
                             Section 4.01, 4.02 or 4.04, whichever is
                             applicable, and

                    (ii)     is the benefit such Participant would have
                             received under his respective Predecessor Plan
                             assuming that the benefit formula in such
                             Predecessor Plan as in effect on December 31, 1983
                             had remained in effect until such Participant's
                             Retirement.  For this purpose, the benefit formula
                             of the Predecessor Plan shall reflect current
                             requirements of law and limitations of law (e.g.,
                             current covered compensation tables, limitations
                             of Code Section 401(a)(4), Code Section 415, Code
                             Section 401(a)(17), etc.).

            For purposes of determining whether any such Participant may retire
            under Section 4.02 and this Section 4.10, any such Participant who
            does not meet the age or service condition to elect Early
            Retirement may nonetheless retire under Section 4.02 and this
            Section 4.10 if he would have met the age and service early
            retirement conditions of his respective Predecessor Plan assuming
            such Predecessor Plan as in effect on December 31, 1983 had
            remained in effect until such Participant's Retirement.  For
            purposes of determining such grandfathered retirement benefits, the
            Predecessor Plans as in effect on December 31, 1983, are attached
            hereto as Schedule F:


                                         S.P. Richards Company Pension Plan

- 28 -

General Automotive Parts Pension Plan

Pension Plan for Employees of Standard
Unit Parts Corporation

Retirement Plan for Employees of
Balkamp, Inc.

Restated NAPA Des Moines Warehouse
Pension Plan.

The following modifications in the Plan shall apply to those Participants who are eligible for grandfathered retirement benefits under this Section 4.10:

(i) The Normal Retirement Age under the Plan for a Participant eligible for grandfathered retirement benefits under the General Automotive Parts Pension Plan shall mean such Participant's 62nd birthday.

(ii) Participants eligible for grandfathered retirement benefits under the S.P. Richards Company Pension Plan may elect to receive their Retirement Income in the form of a five years certain and life option in addition to the other optional forms provided in Article VI. However, the election of the five years and certain benefit option shall be subject to the provisions of Section 6.02.

- 29 -

ARTICLE V

DEATH BENEFITS

5.01 Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity.

(a) Except as provided in Section 5.02, if a married Participant with three (3) or more years of Credited Service dies prior to his Annuity Starting Date, the Participant's Spouse shall be entitled to a monthly Retirement Income known as a "Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity." The amount of the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity shall be determined under Section 5.01(b) or (c), whichever is applicable. The Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity shall commence as of the date determined under
Section 5.01(e).

(b) If the Participant dies after his Earliest Retirement Age, the Spouse's Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity shall equal 50% of the monthly Retirement Income that the Participant would have received assuming the Participant had retired on the day before his death and elected to receive his Retirement Income under the Joint and 50% Survivor Annuity.

(c) If the Participant dies on or before his Earliest Retirement Age, the Spouse's Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity shall equal 50% of the monthly Retirement Income that the Participant would have received assuming the Participant (i) had separated from service on his Termination Date; (ii) had survived until his Earliest Retirement Age; (iii) had retired on his Earliest Retirement Age and elected to receive his Retirement Income under the Joint and 50% Survivor Annuity; and (iv) had died on the next day.

(d) Notwithstanding (b) and (c) above, if during the 90 day period preceding the Participant's Annuity Starting Date the Participant had elected (with spousal consent) to receive a Joint and Last Survivor Option (as described in
Section 6.02) with his Spouse as his Beneficiary, the Spouse's Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity shall be determined assuming the Participant had retired under the Joint and Last Survivor Option instead of the Joint and 50% Survivor Annuity.

(e) The Spouse may elect to receive the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity commencing as of the date of the Participant's deemed Retirement or as of the first day of any succeeding month. In no event will the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity commence later than the date the Participant would have attained his Normal Retirement Date or the first day of the month following the Participant's death, if later. The monthly Retirement Income of a delayed Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity shall equal the Actuarial Equivalent of a Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity

- 30 -

commencing as of the date of the Participant's deemed Retirement. If the Spouse dies prior to the commencement of the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity, no monthly Retirement Income payments shall be made under this Section 5.01.

(f) If the Participant dies prior to terminating employment and the Participant's Spouse is entitled to a Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity, such Spouse, after the Participant's death, may elect to receive the Alternate Death Benefit described in Section 5.02 in lieu of the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity, provided the Participant had completed five or more years of Credit Service prior to his death.

(g) If the Participant does not have three years of Credited Service at the time of his death, if the Participant dies without a Spouse, or if the Participant dies after his Annuity Starting Date, neither the Participant's Spouse nor the Participant's Beneficiary shall be entitled to Retirement Income under this Section 5.01.

5.02 Alternate Death Benefit.

(a) The Alternate Death Benefit shall be paid to a Participant's Beneficiary if the following conditions are satisfied:

(i) The Participant has earned 5 or more years of Credited Service;

(ii) The Participant dies prior to terminating his Employment and prior to his Annuity Starting Date; and

(iii) In the case of a married Participant, either (1) the Participant receives the notice described in Section 5.02(c), the Spouse consents to the Participant's election of the Alternate Death Benefit, and the Spouse agrees to waive the Pre- Retirement Survivor Annuity of Section 5.01, or (2) following the Participant's death, the Spouse elects the Alternate Death Benefit in lieu of the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity.

(b) The Alternate Death Benefit shall provide a monthly Retirement Income payable to the Participant's Beneficiary commencing on the first day of the month following the Participant's death and continuing only for a specified number of months as determined under the following table:

- 31 -

Complete Years of
Credited Service at                     Number of
   Date of Death                      Months Payable
-------------------                   --------------
 5 but less than 10                     12.5
10 but less than 15                     25
15 or more                              50

The monthly Retirement Income payable under the Alternate Death Benefit shall be determined as follows:

(i) If the Participant dies prior to his Normal Retirement Date, the Beneficiary's Retirement Income shall equal the greater of (A) 30% of the Participant's current monthly Earnings or (B) 30% of the Participant's Average Earnings.

(ii) If the Participant dies after his Normal Retirement Date, the Beneficiary's Retirement Income shall equal the Retirement Income the Participant would have received if the Participant had retired on the day before his death and elected the Life Annuity Option. However, in such case the maximum number of payments as determined pursuant to the table above shall be reduced by the number of months that have elapsed since the Participant's Normal Retirement Date.

(c) Prior to electing the Alternate Death Benefit and prior to designating a non-Spouse Beneficiary, a married Participant must receive a written explanation of the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity. Such explanation shall contain comparable information as provided in the notice described in Section 6.02(d). The notice must be provided to the Participant during the "Applicable Period". The "Applicable Period" shall mean whichever of the following periods ends last:

(i) The period beginning with the first Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 32 and ending with the close of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 34; or

(ii) A reasonable period of time ending after the Employee becomes a Participant.

However, the Committee may provide such notice to the Participant prior to the Applicable Period. If the Participant receives the notice prior to the commencement of the Applicable Period, a second notice must be given to the Participant during the Applicable Period.

- 32 -

(d) The Participant's Spouse must consent in writing on a form provided by the Plan Administrator in the presence of a Notary Public or Plan representative to the Participant's election of the Alternate Death Benefit and designation of a non-Spouse Beneficiary, if any. The Spouse's consent must acknowledge the effect of such consent and must specifically state the non-Spouse Beneficiary, if any, selected by the Participant. However, if the Participant establishes to the satisfaction of the Plan Administrator that his Spouse's consent cannot be obtained because he has no Spouse, because his Spouse cannot be located, or because of other circumstances as determined by applicable Treasury Regulations, the Committee may treat the Participant's election as an election for which spousal consent was obtained. A Spouse's consent, if given on or after the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 35, shall be irrevocable. If, however, the Spouse's consent was given prior to such Plan Year, the Spouse's consent shall be void as of the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 35. In such case, the Participant may again elect the Alternate Death Benefit and select a non-Spouse Beneficiary, provided the Participant's Spouse consents to such election in the manner provided in this
Section 5.02(d). The Spouse's consent shall then be irrevocable. The Participant's election of the Alternate Death Benefit and the Spouse's consent to such election shall constitute a waiver of the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity.

(e) A married Participant may revoke his designation of the Alternate Death Benefit and his designation of a non-Spouse Beneficiary at any time prior to his death. Furthermore, the Participant's election shall cease to be valid upon the remarriage of the Participant following the death or divorce of the Spouse giving the consent to the non-Spouse Beneficiary. If the Participant revokes his election of a non-Spouse Beneficiary or of the Alternate Death Benefit or if such election otherwise ceases to be valid, any death benefit payable shall be determined pursuant to Section 5.01.

(f) A married Participant may elect the Alternate Death Benefit in lieu of the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity at any time before his Termination Date. However, if the Participant's Beneficiary is not entitled to receive the Alternate Death Benefit by virtue of the Participant's failure to complete five years of Credited Service or the Participant's death following his Termination Date, the Participant's Beneficiary for purposes of Article V shall be his Spouse and any death benefit available to such Spouse shall be determined pursuant to Section 5.01.

(g) In the event of the death of a Beneficiary who survives the Participant and who, at his or her death, is receiving the Alternate Death Benefit, the

- 33 -

                    remaining benefits, if any, shall be payable to a person
                    designated by the Participant to receive the remaining
                    benefits or, if no person was so designated, then to a
                    person designated by the Beneficiary of the deceased
                    Participant; provided, however, that if no person so
                    designated be living upon the occurrence of such
                    contingency, the remaining benefits, if any, shall be
                    payable to the Spouse of the deceased Participant, if
                    living; otherwise, to the descendants of the deceased
                    Beneficiary per stirpes; or if none, to the legal
                    representative of the estate of the deceased Beneficiary.

            (h)     The Beneficiary may, prior to the commencement of benefits
                    under this Section 5.02, request that the Alternate Death
                    Benefit be paid in the form of a lump sum.  Such lump sum
                    payment shall be the Actuarial Equivalent of the
                    Beneficiary's Alternate Death Benefit.  The Plan
                    Administrator shall direct the Trustee to distribute the
                    Alternate Death Benefit in the form selected by the
                    Beneficiary.

5.03        Death After Normal Retirement Date but Prior to Delayed Retirement
            Date.

            (a)     Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the
                    contrary, any Participant who remains in Employment after
                    his Normal Retirement Date shall be entitled to elect an
                    optional death benefit in lieu of the death benefits
                    provided under Sections 5.01 or 5.02.  The Participant
                    shall elect such optional death benefit by selecting one of
                    the following options on a form provided by the Plan
                    Administrator for such purpose.

                 (i)         A death benefit equal to the monthly amount that
                             would have been paid to the Participant's
                             Beneficiary assuming the Participant had retired
                             on the first day of the month preceding his death
                             and had elected to receive Retirement Income under
                             the Ten Years Certain and Life Option (See Section
                             6.02(a)(i)).  Such death benefit shall be paid to
                             the Participant's Beneficiary for a period of ten
                             years commencing on the first day of the month
                             following the Participant's death.

                (ii)         A death benefit equal to the monthly amount that
                             would have been paid to the Participant's
                             Beneficiary assuming the Participant had retired
                             on the first day of the month preceding his death
                             and had elected to receive Retirement Income under
                             the Joint and Last Survivor Option (See Section
                             6.02(a)(ii)) with the Participant's Beneficiary
                             receiving 50%, 75%, or 100% (as designated by the
                             Participant) of the monthly Retirement Income
                             payable to the Participant during the
                             Participant's lifetime.  Such death benefit will
                             be paid to the Participant's Beneficiary for the

- 34 -

                             Beneficiary's lifetime beginning on the first day
                             of the month following the Participant's death.

            (b)     A married Participant's election of the optional death
                    benefit provided by this Section 5.03 shall be void unless
                    the Participant's Spouse (after receipt of the explanation
                    of the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity described in Section
                    5.02(c)) consents in writing on a form provided by the Plan
                    Administrator in the presence of a Notary Public or Plan
                    representative to the Participant's election of such
                    optional death benefit.  The Spouse's consent must
                    acknowledge the effect of such consent and must
                    specifically state the non-Spouse beneficiary, if any,
                    selected by the Participant.  However, if the Participant
                    establishes to the satisfaction of the Plan Administrator
                    that his Spouse's consent cannot be obtained because he has
                    no Spouse, because his Spouse cannot be located, or because
                    of other circumstances as determined by applicable Treasury
                    Regulations, the Committee may treat the Participant's
                    election as an election for which spousal consent was
                    obtained.  A Spouse's consent pursuant to this paragraph
                    shall be irrevocable.

            (c)     A married Participant may revoke his election of the
                    optional death benefit provided by this Section 5.03 at any
                    time prior to his Delayed Retirement Date.  Furthermore,
                    the Participant's election to receive such optional death
                    benefit shall cease to be valid upon the remarriage of the
                    Participant following the death or divorce of the Spouse
                    giving the consent to such optional death benefit.  If the
                    Participant revokes his election or if such election
                    otherwise ceases to be valid, any death benefit payable to
                    the Participant's Spouse shall be determined pursuant to
                    Section 5.01 unless the married Participant, with his
                    Spouse's consent, elects the Alternate Death Benefit under
                    Section 5.02.

5.04        Death On or After the Annuity Starting Date.

            Neither the Participant's Spouse nor the Participant's Beneficiary
            shall be entitled to a Retirement Income under this Article V if
            the Participant dies on or after his Annuity Starting Date.
            Instead, any benefit payable to the Participant's Spouse or
            Beneficiary will be determined pursuant to Article VI.

5.05        Purchase of Insurance Policies.  The Committee may in its
            discretion direct the Trustee to purchase life insurance policies
            on the lives of Participants in amounts not exceeding the death
            benefits herein provided.  Any policy so purchased shall name the
            Trustee as the beneficiary and owner thereof.  The Committee shall
            select the Insurer or Insurers providing any such policies,
            establish the terms and conditions thereof, and the premiums
            payable therefor.  The Committee shall furnish the Trustee with
            properly completed application forms for its signature.  The
            Committee shall instruct the Trustee in all matters pertaining to
            any policy

- 35 -

issued hereunder, including inter alia, the application of any dividends payable on any policy. If the Committee shall so direct, the Trustee shall enter into agreements in such form as the Committee shall direct with an Insurer whereby the Insurer retains custody of any insurance policies issued hereunder.

- 36 -

ARTICLE VI

OPTIONAL FORMS OF RETIREMENT INCOME

6.01        Automatic Forms of Payment.

            If a Participant does not have a Spouse on his Annuity Starting
            Date, the Participant's Retirement Income shall be payable under
            the Life Annuity Option described below unless the Participant
            otherwise elects under Section 6.02.  If a Participant has a Spouse
            on his Annuity Starting Date, the Participant's Retirement Income
            shall be payable under the Joint and 50% Survivor Annuity described
            below unless the Participant (with spousal consent) otherwise
            elects under Section 6.02.

            (a)     Life Annuity Option is a monthly Retirement Income payable
                    during the Participant's lifetime, with payments ceasing
                    upon the Participant's death.

            (b)     Joint and 50% Survivor Annuity is a monthly Retirement
                    Income equal to the reduced Actuarial Equivalent of the
                    Life Annuity Option.  The Retirement Income shall be
                    payable to the Participant for his life, and upon the
                    Participant's death, 50% of such Retirement Income shall be
                    payable to the Participant's Spouse for the Spouse's life.
                    Such Retirement Income shall cease on the later of the
                    death of the Participant or the death of the Participant's
                    Spouse.

6.02        Optional Forms of Payment.

            (a)     Within 90 days prior to the Participant's Annuity Starting
                    Date, the Participant may elect to receive any of the
                    following optional forms of payment in lieu of the
                    automatic form of payment described in Section 6.01.  In
                    addition, a married Participant may designate a non-Spouse
                    Beneficiary to receive the Retirement Income, if any, that
                    is payable upon such Participant's death.

                          (i)        Ten Years Certain and Life Option is a
                                     monthly Retirement Income equal to the
                                     reduced Actuarial Equivalent of the Life
                                     Annuity Option.  The Retirement Income
                                     shall be payable to the Participant during
                                     his lifetime and, in the event of the
                                     Participant's death within a period of ten
                                     years after the commencement of benefits,
                                     the same monthly amount shall be payable
                                     to the Participant's Beneficiary for the
                                     remainder of such ten-year period.

- 37 -

(ii) Joint and Last Survivor Option is a monthly Retirement Income equal to the reduced Actuarial Equivalent of the Life Annuity Option. The Retirement Income shall be payable to the Participant for his life, and upon the Participant's death, a designated percentage (100%, 75%, or 50%) of the Participant's Retirement Income shall be payable to the Participant's Beneficiary for the Beneficiary's life. Such Retirement Income shall cease on the later of the death of the Participant or the death of the Participant's Beneficiary.

(b) A married Participant's election to receive an optional form of payment or to designate a non-Spouse Beneficiary shall be valid only if the Participant's Spouse (after receipt of the written explanation described in Section 6.02(d)) consents in writing on a form provided by the Committee in the presence of a Notary Public or Plan representative to the Participant's election. The Spouse's consent must acknowledge the effect of such consent and must specifically state the non-Spouse beneficiary, if any, selected by the Participant. However, if the Participant establishes to the satisfaction of the Committee that his Spouse's consent cannot be obtained because he has no Spouse, because his Spouse cannot be located, or because of other circumstances as determined by applicable Treasury Regulations, the Committee may treat the Participant's election as an election for which spousal consent was obtained. A Spouse's consent pursuant to this paragraph shall be irrevocable.

(c) A Participant may revoke his election of an optional form of payment or make a new election (provided any required spousal consent is obtained) at any time prior to his Annuity Starting Date. Furthermore, the Participant's election shall cease to be valid upon the marriage of the Participant or upon the remarriage of the Participant following the death or divorce of the Spouse giving the consent to the Participant's election. If the Participant revokes his election or if such election otherwise ceases to be valid, the Participant's Retirement Income shall be payable under the applicable automatic form of payment described in Section 6.01.

(d) Prior to the Participant's Annuity Starting Date, the Plan Administrator shall provide an election form on which the Participant may elect an optional form of benefit. In addition to the election form, the Plan Administrator shall provide each Participant a written explanation of the applicable automatic form of payment described in Section 6.01 and the optional forms of payment described in Section
6.02(a). Such explanation should describe the circumstances under which Joint and 50% Survivor Annuity will be provided, and an explanation of the

- 38 -

financial effect of electing not to have such form. Furthermore, the written explanation shall provide a general description of the eligibility conditions (if any) and other material features of the optional forms of payment including sufficient information regarding the relative values of the optional forms of payment and the automatic form of payment. If payment is scheduled to commence prior to the Participant's Normal Retirement Date, the written explanation must also inform the Participant of his right to defer receipt of the distribution until his Normal Retirement Date. If a Participant makes a request for additional information that is received 90 days prior to the Annuity Starting Date, such information must be furnished within 30 days. The Participant will then be entitled to a 90-day period in which to make or change an election, even if such 90-day period extends beyond the Participant's Annuity Starting Date and, in such case, the Participant's first payment shall be made after such election form has been received, on a retroactive basis, if necessary.

(e) If the Participant elects the Joint and Last Survivor Option and the Participant's Beneficiary dies prior to the Participant's Annuity Starting Date, the Participant's election shall be null and void and, unless the Participant makes another election or selects another Beneficiary (with spousal consent if required), the Participant's Retirement Income shall be payable in accordance with the applicable automatic form of payment described in Section 6.01.

(f) If the Participant elects the Ten Year Certain and Life Option and the Participant's Beneficiary fails to survive the Participant, the Beneficiary shall be the Participant's Spouse, if living, otherwise to the Participant's descendants who shall take per stirpes. If there are no surviving descendants, the Beneficiary shall be the Participant's estate.

6.03 Special Distribution Rules.

(a) In no event may the payment of Retirement Income commence later than the 60th day after the latest of the close of the Plan Year in which:

(i) the Participant attains age 65;

(ii) the fifth (5th) anniversary of the date the Participant commenced participation in this Plan; or

(iii) the Participant's termination of Employment.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, distribution to the Participant shall commence not later than April 1 following the calendar year in which the

- 39 -

Participant attains age 70-1/2 (the "required beginning date"). However, if a Participant attained age 70-1/2 prior to January 1, 1988 and is not a 5% owner of an Employer (as defined in Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Treasury Regulations thereunder), such Participant's Retirement Income shall commence no later than April 1 following the calendar year in which he terminates his Employment.

(b) The entire interest of each Participant in this Plan will be distributed, beginning not later than the required beginning date described in paragraph (a) above, over the life of such Participant or over the lives of such Participant and his beneficiary (or over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of such Participant or the life expectancy of such Participant and his beneficiary).

(c) If distribution of a Participant's interest has begun in accordance with paragraph (b) above, and if the Participant dies before his entire interest has been distributed to him, then the remaining portion of such interest will be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution being used under paragraph (b) as of the date of the Participant's death.

(d) If a Participant dies before distribution of the Participant's interest has begun in accordance with paragraph (b) above, the entire interest of the Participant must be distributed within five years after the death of the Participant unless

(i) any portion of the Participant's interest is payable to or for the benefit of his beneficiary;

(ii) such portion will be distributed over the life of the beneficiary (or over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the beneficiary); and

(iii) such distributions begin not later than one year after the date of the Participant's death or such later date as may be prescribed in Treasury regulations.

If the conditions stated in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) are met, then the portion referred to in clause (i) shall be treated as distributed on the date on which distributions begin. If the Beneficiary referred to in clause (i) above is the surviving spouse of the Participant, then the date on which the distributions are required to begin under clause (iii) above shall not be earlier than the date on which the Participant would have attained age 70-1/2, and if the surviving spouse dies before distributions to such spouse begin, this paragraph shall be applied as if the surviving spouse were the Participant.

- 40 -

            The Participant's Beneficiary may elect whether the Participant's
            entire interest will be distributed within five years of the
            Participant's death or pursuant to the provisions of paragraphs (i)
            - (iii) above.  Such election must be made within the time limits
            described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(a)(9)-1, C-4.  If
            no election is made, the Plan Administrator shall distribute the
            Participant's entire interest pursuant to the provisions of
            paragraphs (i) - (iii) above.

6.04        Small Payments.  Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the
            contrary, the Plan Administrator shall pay a Participant's,
            Spouse's or Beneficiary's Retirement Income in a single lump sum
            if, as of the payment date, the Actuarial Equivalent present value
            of the Participants' vested Retirement Income is $3,500 or less and
            monthly Retirement Income payments to the Participant have not
            commenced.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan,
            the payment of any such lump sum shall act as a complete discharge
            of the Plan's obligation to provide any benefit to the Participant,
            his Spouse, or any Beneficiary of such Participant or Spouse.  In
            the event of the subsequent employment of a Participant who has
            received a single sum cash payment pursuant to this paragraph, such
            Participant shall continue to accrue a benefit under this Plan
            based on service before and after his date of reemployment subject
            to all the provisions of this Plan; provided, however, that any
            Retirement Income subsequently payable to the Participant and his
            Beneficiaries shall be reduced on an actuarial equivalent basis by
            the value of the single sum payment received under this paragraph.

6.05        Application For Commencement of Benefits.  A Participant must apply
            to have Retirement Income commence.  The application must be on the
            form prescribed by the Committee, and must be filed with the
            Committee not more than 90 days prior to the Participant's Annuity
            Starting Date.

6.06        Miscellaneous.  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, if
            the amount of any Retirement Income computed under the Plan is
            other than an even dollar amount, then the amount of the Retirement
            Income payable shall be increased to the next larger even dollar
            amount.

6.07        Direct Rollover.

(a) This section applies to distributions made on or after January 1, 1993. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a Distributee's election under this section, a Distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Committee, to have any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee in a direct rollover.

- 41 -

(b) Definitions.

(i) Eligible Rollover Distribution. An Eligible Rollover Distribution is any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the Distributee, except that an Eligible Rollover Distribution does not include
(i) any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the Distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Distributee and the Distributee's designated Beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; (ii) any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code; and (iii) the portion of any distribution that is not includible in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities.)

(ii) Eligible Retirement Plan. An Eligible Retirement Plan is an individual retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the Code, an individual retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of the Code, an annuity plan described in Section 403(a) of the Code, or a qualified trust described in Section 401(a) of the Code, that accepts the Distributee's Eligible Rollover Distribution. However, in the case of an Eligible Rollover Distribution to the surviving spouse, an Eligible Retirement Plan is an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity.

(iii) Distributee. A Distributee includes an Employee or former Employee. In addition, the Employee's or former Employee's surviving spouse and the Employee's or former Employee's spouse or former spouse who is an alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code, are Distributees with regard to the interest of the spouse or former spouse.

(iv) Direct Rollover. A Direct Rollover is a payment by the Plan to the Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee.

(c) If a distribution is one to which Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the Internal Revenue Code do not apply, such distribution may commence less than 30 days after the notice required under
Section 1.411(a)-11(c) of the Income Tax Regulations is given, provided that:

(i) the Plan Administrator clearly informs the Participant that the Participant has a right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving

- 42 -

the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a particular distribution option), and

(ii) the Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution.

(d) Application to Plan. Life Annuity payments, Joint and 50% Survivor Annuity payments, Ten Year Certain and Life Annuities and Joint and Last Survivor Annuities are not Eligible Rollovers and are not subject to the requirements of this
Section 6.07. However, lump sum payments of small benefits and certain death benefits (if paid over a period of time less than 10 years) are subject to this Section 6.07 and may be directly rolled over to another Eligible Retirement Plan

- 43 -

ARTICLE VII

METHOD OF FINANCING

7.01        Establishment of Trust Fund.  The Board shall designate a Trustee
            or Trustee(s) to serve as herein provided and Trust Agreement(s)
            shall be executed between the Employer and such Trustee(s).  The
            Trust Agreement(s), the terms of which are incorporated by
            reference, shall govern the establishment of the Fund or Fund(s)
            from which the benefits provided by the Plan shall be paid.

7.02        Employer Contributions.  The Employer shall contribute to the Fund
            from time to time such amounts as the Board shall determine, based
            upon the recommendations of an Actuary, in order to fund the
            benefits provided hereunder on an actuarially sound basis.  All
            Employer contributions when made to the Fund and all property and
            funds of the Trust Fund, including income from investments and from
            all other sources, shall be retained for the exclusive benefits of
            Participants and Beneficiaries and shall be used to pay Retirement
            Income provided hereunder or to pay expenses of administration of
            the Plan and the Trust Fund provided, however, that the foregoing
            shall not prevent the Trustee from entering into agreement with an
            Insurer whereby the Insurer maintains custody of insurance policies
            in accordance with 5.04.

            Upon an Employer's request and to the extent permitted by the Code
            and other applicable laws and regulations thereunder, a
            contribution which was made by a mistake in fact, or conditioned
            upon the initial qualification of the Plan under Code Section
            401(a) or upon the deductibility of the contribution under Section
            404 of the Code shall be returned to the Employer within one year
            after the payment of the contribution, the denial of the Plan's
            initial qualification, or the disallowance of the deduction (to the
            extent disallowed) whichever is applicable.  All contributions to
            the Plan are expressly made upon the assumption such contributions
            are fully deductible for federal income tax purposes.

7.03        Participant Contributions.  No contributions shall be required of
            or permitted by any Participant under this Plan.

7.04        Miscellaneous.

            (a)     Any actuarial gains arising from actuarial experience under
                    the Plan shall be used to reduce the Employer contributions
                    and will not be used to increase any benefits payable under
                    this Plan.  No forfeiture arising from severance of
                    employment, death or for any other reason, shall be applied
                    to increase the benefits any Participant would otherwise
                    receive under the Plan at any time prior to the termination
                    of the Plan or the complete discontinuance of Employer
                    contributions hereunder, but all amounts so

- 44 -

forfeited shall be used as soon as possible to reduce the Employer contributions under the Plan.

(b) No person shall have any interest in or right to the Fund or any part thereof, except as expressly provided in the Plan.

- 45 -

ARTICLE VIII

ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

8.01 Named Fiduciaries.

(a) The following parties are named as Fiduciaries of the Plan and shall have the authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan:

(1) The Board;

(2) The Trustee(s);

(3) The Safekeeping Trustees;

(4) The Pension Committee; and

(5) The Insurer.

(b) The Fiduciaries named above shall have only the powers and duties hereinafter expressly enumerated and shall have no other powers and duties under the Plan. In discharging their powers and duties hereunder, the Fiduciaries shall act in accordance with the Standard of Fiduciary Duty set forth in 8.07.

8.02 Board of Directors.

(a) The Board shall have the following powers and duties with respect to the Plan:

(1) to formulate and to implement a funding policy designed to produce sufficient funds to discharge when due all obligations of the Plan with respect to the benefits provided hereunder;

(2) to cause the Employer to make contributions to the Plan pursuant to the funding policy and based on the recommendations of the Actuary in such amounts as are necessary to fund the Plan on a basis permitted under Section 302 of the Act;

(3) to appoint and remove the members of the Pension Committee as provided herein; and

(4) to terminate the Plan in whole or in part pursuant to the procedures provided hereunder.

- 46 -

            (b)     The Compensation and Stock Option Committee of the Board
                    shall have the power to amend any or all of the provisions
                    of the Plan.  (However, see 8.06(c) for certain amendment
                    powers granted to the Committee).

            (c)     The Board shall have no other responsibilities with respect
                    to the Plan.

8.03        Trustee(s).  The Trustee(s) shall exercise all of the powers and
            duties assigned to the Trustee(s) as set forth in the Trust
            Agreement(s).  The Trustee(s) shall have no other responsibilities
            with respect to the Plan.  (See Section 2.52 and Schedule C.)

8.04        Safekeeping Trustees.  The Safekeeping Trustees shall have the
            powers and duties set forth in Section 11.01 and in the Safekeeping
            Trust.  The Safekeeping Trustees shall have no other
            responsibilities with respect to the Plan.

8.05        Insurer.  An Insurer which issues an insurance policy under 5.04
            shall perform its obligations under any such policy in accordance
            with the terms thereof.  An Insurer which agrees to maintain
            custody of such policies in accordance with 5.04 shall hold and
            safeguard such policies subject to the provisions of the written
            agreement with the Trustee.  The Insurer shall have no other
            responsibilities with respect to the Plan.

8.06        Pension Committee.

            (a)     The Committee shall consist of not less than three
                    individuals who shall be appointed by and serve at the
                    pleasure of the Board.  Any Participant, officer, former
                    officer or director of any Employer shall be eligible to be
                    appointed a member of the Committee and all members shall
                    serve as such without compensation.  Upon termination of
                    his employment with such Employer or upon termination of
                    his position as a director, if not a Participant or former
                    officer, he shall cease to be a member of the Committee.
                    The Board shall have the right to remove any member of the
                    Committee at any time.  A member may resign at any time by
                    written notice to the Committee and the Board.  If a
                    vacancy in the Committee should occur, a successor shall be
                    appointed by the Board.  The Committee shall by written
                    notice keep the Trustee notified of current membership of
                    the Committee, its officers and agents.  The Committee
                    shall furnish the Trustee a certified signature card for
                    each member of the Committee and for all purposes hereunder
                    the Trustee shall be conclusively entitled to rely upon
                    such certified signatures.

            (b)     The Board shall appoint a Chairman and a Secretary from
                    among the members of the Committee.  All resolutions,
                    determinations and other actions shall be by a majority
                    vote of all members of the Committee.  The

- 47 -

Committee may appoint such agents, who need not be members of the Committee, as it deems necessary for the effective performance of its duties, and may delegate to such agents such powers and duties, whether ministerial or discretionary, as the Committee deems expedient or appropriate. The compensation of such agents shall be fixed by the Committee; provided, however, that in no event shall compensation be paid if such payment violates the provisions of Section 406 of the Act and is not exempted from such prohibitions by Section 408 of the Act.

(c) The Committee shall have complete control of the administration of the Plan with all powers necessary to enable it to properly carry out the provisions of the Plan. In addition to all implied powers and responsibilities necessary to carry out the objectives of the Plan and to comply with the requirements of the Act, the Committee shall have the following specific powers and responsibilities:

(1) to construe the Plan and Trust Agreement and to determine all questions arising in the administration, interpretation and operation of the Plan;

(2) to decide all questions relating to the eligibility of Employees to participate in and to receive benefits under the Plan and Trust Agreement;

(3) to determine the benefits of the Plan to which any Participant or Beneficiary may be entitled;

(4) to adopt procedures for providing adequate notice in writing to any Participant or Beneficiary whose claim for benefits under the Plan is denied, which notice shall set forth the specific reasons for such denial (written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Participant or Beneficiary); and to provide a procedure for affording a reasonable opportunity to any Participant or Beneficiary whose claim for benefits has been denied, a full and fair review by the Committee of the decision denying the claim;

(5) to keep records of all acts and determinations of the Committee, and to keep all such records, books of accounts, data and other documents as may be necessary for the proper administration of the Plan;

(6) to prepare and distribute to all Plan Participants and Beneficiaries information concerning the Plan and their rights under the Plan, including, but not limited to, all information which is required to

- 48 -

be distributed by the Act, the regulations thereunder, or by any other applicable law;

(7) to file with the Secretary of Labor such reports and additional documents as may be required by the Act and regulations issued thereunder, including, but not limited to, a plan description, summary plan description, modifications and changes, annual reports, terminal reports and supplementary reports;

(8) to file with the Secretary of the Treasury and the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation all reports and information required to be filed by the Internal Revenue Code, the Act and regulations issued under each;

(9) to do all things necessary to operate and administer the Plan in accordance with its provisions and in compliance with applicable provisions of federal law;

(10) to amend certain portions of this Plan as specifically delegated to the Committee in this Plan (e.g., any Schedule authorizing Affiliated Sponsors to participate in the Plan, etc.), to amend the Plan to comply with changes in law recommended by legal counsel that are necessary to maintain the tax qualified status of the Plan and to make other amendments to the Plan that do not materially increase the costs associated with the plan.; and

(11) to appoint and remove the Trustee(s).

(d) Miscellaneous. To enable the Committee to perform its functions, the Employer shall supply full and timely information of all matters relating to the compensation and length of service of all Participants, their retirement, death or other cause of termination of employment, and such other pertinent facts as the Committee may require. The Committee shall advise the Trustee of such facts and issue to the Trustee such instructions as may be required by the Trustee in the administration of the Plan. The Committee and the Employer shall be entitled to rely upon all certificates and reports made by a Certified Public Accountant selected or approved by the Company. The Committee, the Employer and its officers and the Trustee, shall be fully protected in respect of any action taken or suffered by them in good faith in reliance upon the advice or opinion of any actuary, accountant or attorney, and all action so taken or suffered shall be conclusive upon each of them and upon all other persons interested in the Plan.

- 49 -

8.07        Standard of Fiduciary Duty.  Any Fiduciary, or any person
            designated by a Fiduciary to carry out fiduciary responsibilities
            with respect to the Plan, shall discharge his duties solely in the
            interests of the Participants end Beneficiaries for the exclusive
            purpose of providing them with benefits and defraying the
            reasonable expenses of administering the Plan.  Any Fiduciary shall
            discharge his duties with the care, skill, prudence and diligence
            under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent man acting
            in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the
            conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims.
            Any Fiduciary shall discharge his duties in accordance with the
            documents and instruments governing the Plan insofar as such
            documents and instruments are consistent with the provisions of the
            Act.  Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, no
            Fiduciary shall be authorized to engage in any transaction which is
            prohibited by Sections 406 and 2003(a) of the Act or Section 4975
            of the Code in the performance of its duties hereunder.

8.08        Indemnification of Committee.  To the extent permitted under the
            Act, the Plan shall indemnify the Board and the Committee against
            any cost or liability which they may incur in the course of
            administering the Plan and executing the duties assigned pursuant
            to the Plan.  The Employer shall indemnify the Committee and the
            members of the Board against any personal liability or cost not
            provided for in the preceding sentence which they may incur as a
            result of any act or omission in relation to the Plan or its
            Participants.  The Employer may purchase fiduciary liability
            insurance to insure its obligation under this Section.

8.09        Claims Procedure.  Any Participant, Former Participant,
            Beneficiary, Spouse or legal representative thereof (hereinafter
            referred to as "Claimant"), may file a claim for benefits under the
            Plan by submitting to the Committee a written statement describing
            the nature of the claim and requesting a determination of its
            validity under the terms of the Plan.  Within sixty (60) days after
            the date such claim is received by the Committee, it shall issue a
            ruling with respect to the claim.

            If special circumstances require an extension of time for
            processing, the Committee shall send the Claimant written notice of
            the extension prior to the termination of the 60-day period.  In no
            case, however, shall the extension of time delay the Committee's
            decision on such appeal beyond one hundred twenty (120) days
            following receipt of the actual request.  If the claim is wholly or
            partially denied, written notice shall be furnished to the
            claimant, which notice shall set forth in a manner calculated to be

understood by the Claimant:

(a) the specific reason or reasons for denial;

(b) specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based;

- 50 -

            (c)     a description of any additional material or information
                    necessary for the Claimant to perfect the claim and an
                    explanation of why such material or information is
                    necessary; and

            (d)     an explanation of the claims review procedures.

            Any Claimant whose claim for benefits has been denied, may appeal
            such denial by submitting to the Committee a written statement
            requesting a further review of the decision within sixty (60) days
            of the date the Claimant receives a notice of such denial.  Such
            statement shall set forth the reasons supporting the claim, the
            reason such claim should not have been denied, and any other issues
            or comments which the Claimant deems appropriate with respect to
            the claim.

            If the Claimant shall request in writing, the Committee shall make
            copies of the Plan documents pertinent to his claim available for
            examination by the Claimant.

            Within sixty (60) days after the request for further review is
            received, the Committee shall review its determination of benefits
            and the reasons therefor and notify the claimant of its final
            decision.

            If special circumstances require an extension of time for
            processing, the Committee shall send the Claimant written notice of
            the extension prior to the  termination of the 60-day period.  In
            no case, however, shall the extension of time delay the Committee's
            decision on such appeal request beyond one hundred twenty (120)
            days following receipt of the actual request.

            Such written notice shall include specific reasons for the
            decision, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the
            Claimant, with specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions
            on which the decision is based.

8.10        Appointment of Investment Manager.  The Company, acting through its
            Chief Executive Officer or the Pension Committee, may from time to
            time appoint (and remove) one or more investment fund managers (the
            "Investment Manager") who shall have the authority to direct
            investments to be made by the Trustee with respect to all or any
            part of the assets of the Trust Fund.  Any such Investment Managers
            must either be registered as an investment advisor under the
            Investment Advisors Act of 1940 or be a bank, as defined in such
            Act.  Any Investment Managers appointed under this Section shall
            acknowledge, in writing, its acceptance of such appointment and
            that it is a fiduciary with respect to the assets of the Trust Fund
            subject to its investment direction.  Upon receipt of written
            notice of the appointment of an Investment Manager, the Trustee
            shall perform such custodial and disbursing functions and
            ministerial acts relating to investments directed by the Investment
            Manager as may be required to carry out the administration of the
            Trust Fund but shall be relieved of all responsibility for
            investment or failure to invest that portion of the Trust Fund
            subject to

- 51 -

investment direction by the Investment Manager during the period of appointment of such Investment Manager.

- 52 -

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

9.01        Amendment of the Plan.

            The Pension Committee shall have the right, at any time, to amend
            any or all of the provisions of the Plan; provided, however, that
            no such amendment shall authorize or permit any part of the Fund
            held by the Trustee to be diverted to purposes other than for the
            exclusive benefit of Participants and their Beneficiaries; and
            further provided that no amendment shall have the effect of
            revesting in the Employer any portion of the Fund except such
            amounts as may, due to erroneous actuarial computation, remain in
            the Fund after termination of the Plan and after all liabilities
            under the Plan have been satisfied.

9.02        Termination of the Plan.

            (a)     The Employer expects this Plan to be continued indefinitely
                    but, of necessity, the right to terminate the Plan and its
                    Contributions hereunder at any time with respect to its
                    Employees is reserved by the Company.  In the event that it
                    becomes necessary to terminate or partially terminate the
                    Plan, or there is a complete discontinuance of Employer
                    contribution, then the Accrued Benefit of each Participant,
                    to the extent funded, shall become fully vested and
                    non-forfeitable as of the date of such termination or
                    partial termination in the manner hereinafter provided in
                    this Section 9.02.

            (b)     If the Company shall elect to terminate the Plan, the Board
                    shall give written notice of such fact to the Pension
                    Committee, thereafter the Pension Committee shall wind up
                    the affairs of the Plan and file all requests for
                    determinations, notices of intent to terminate and terminal
                    reports as may be required by the Internal Revenue Code,
                    the Act and regulations issued thereunder.

            (c)     In the event that the Plan shall be terminated or partially
                    terminated, the Committee shall then allocate the assets of
                    the Plan among the Employers and, with respect to each
                    terminating Employer separately, shall arrange for the
                    assets of the Plan (available to provide benefits) to be
                    allocated among the Participants and Beneficiaries in
                    accordance with Section 4044 of the Act and regulations
                    issued thereunder, in the following order:

                    (1)   FIRST, in the case of benefits payable as an annuity -

- 53 -

(A) To benefits which were being paid as of three years prior to the date of termination of the Plan, with the amount to be allocated to each such benefit, based on the provisions of the Plan in effect during the 5-year period preceding the date of termination under which such benefit would be the least,

(B) To benefits which would have been paid as of three years prior to the date of termination (i) if the Participant had retired prior to the three-year period and
(ii) if his benefits had commenced (in the normal form of annuity under the Plan) as of the beginning of such three-year period, with the amount to be allocated to each such benefit determined under the provisions of the Plan in effect during the five-year period preceding the date of termination under which the benefit would be the least.

(2) SECOND, to all other benefits guaranteed by the termination insurance provisions of Title IV of the Act (with the amount to be allocated to each such benefit determined without regard to the limitation contained in Section 4022(b)(5) of the Act on the amount of guaranteed non-forfeitable basic benefits), including those benefits which would have been guaranteed except for the limitation on coverage of a "substantial owner" under Section 4022(b)(6) of the Act.

(3) THIRD, to all other uninsured, non-forfeitable benefits under the Plan.

(4) FOURTH, to all other benefits under the Plan.

(e) If the assets available for allocation of any class specified above are insufficient to satisfy in full the benefits of all individuals within that class, the assets shall be allocated pro rata among such individuals on the basis of present value (as of the termination date) of their respective benefits.

(f) The Committee shall then arrange for the Trustee to liquidate the assets held in the Fund which are applicable to each terminating Employer and shall secure from the Trustee a statement of the liquidated value of such assets. The Committee, in its sole discretion, shall direct the Trustee to purchase from an insurance company an annuity contract or contracts which provides the benefits to which each Participant or Beneficiary is entitled. The Trustee shall distribute the assets in accordance with the directions of the Committee.

- 54 -

(g) Any residual assets of the Plan remaining after distribution in accordance with the preceding paragraphs shall be distributed to the Employer, provided:

(1) all liabilities of the Plan to Participants and Beneficiaries have been satisfied, and

(2) the distribution does not contravene any provision of law.

9.03 Restriction on Certain Benefits and Distributions.

(a) In the event the Plan is terminated, the benefits provided to any Top-25 Highly Compensated Employee shall be limited to a benefit that is nondiscriminatory within the meaning of Code Section 401(a)(4).

(b) The annual distribution to a Top-25 Highly Compensated Employee cannot exceed the annual payment under a Life Annuity (as defined in Section 6.01(a)) based on the Actuarial Equivalence of the Participant's Accrued Benefit and other benefits under the Plan.

(c) The restriction in Section 9.03(b) shall not apply under the following circumstances:

(i) After payment of the Top-25 Highly Compensated Employee's Retirement Income, the value of the Plan's assets equals or exceeds 110 percent of the value of the Plan's Current Liabilities.

(ii) The value of the Top-25 Highly Compensated Employee's Retirement Income is less than one percent of the value of the Plan's Current Liabilities.

(d) The restrictions of this Section 9.03 (including paragraphs
(a) and (b)) shall not apply if the Commissioner of Internal Revenue or his/her delegate determines that such restrictions are not necessary to prevent prohibited discrimination in favor of Highly Compensated Employees in the event of an early termination of the Plan.

(e) For the purposes of this Section 9.03, the following definitions shall apply:

(i) "Top-25 Highly Compensated Employee" shall mean any member of the top 25 Highly Compensated Employees and highly compensated former employees (as defined in Code Section

- 55 -

414(q)(9)) with the greatest Compensation (as defined in Plan Section 13.04(b)).

(ii) "Current Liabilities" shall have that meaning contained in Code Section 412(l)(7).

(iii) "Retirement Income" shall have that meaning contained in Plan Section 2.46 and, in addition, loans in excess of the amount set forth in Code
Section 72(p)(2)(A), any periodic income, any withdrawal values payable to a living employee, and any death benefits not provided for by insurance on the employee's life.

(f) This Section 9.03 is intended to comply with the provisions of Proposed Regulation Section 1.401(a)(4)-5(c) or any successor regulation thereto, and the provisions of this
Section 9.03 shall be so interpreted. This Section 9.03 shall be effective January 1, 1991. Prior to that date, the provisions of the Prior Plan dealing with the top 25 highest paid employees shall apply.

9.04 Adoption of the Plan by a Participating Employer.

(a) The Committee shall determine which employers shall become participating employers within the terms of the Plan. In order for the Committee to designate an Employer as a Participating Employer, the Committee must approve the addition of the Participating Employer's identity to Schedule A (which approval may be retroactive to an earlier effective date). The Committee may also specify such terms and conditions pertaining to the adoption of the Plan by the Participating Employer as the Board deems appropriate. With the Committee's consent, a Participating Employer may limit participation in the Plan to certain of its Employees.

The Committee shall maintain a schedule, Schedule A, attached to the plan document, listing Participating Employers, groups of Employees designated as participating in the Plan by those Participating Employers, and the effective date of designation (the "Designation Date") as a Participating Employer. Such Schedule shall specify the extent, if any, to which service with the Participating Employer prior to the Designation Date shall qualify as Credited Service hereunder. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, no Employee whose termination of employment precedes the Designation Date shall be entitled to any benefits hereunder.

(b) The plan of the Participating Employer and of the Company shall be considered a single plan for purposes of Section 1.414(1)-1(b)(1) of the

- 56 -

Treasury Regulations. All assets contributed to the Plan by the Participating Employer shall be held in a single fund together with the assets contributed by the Company (and with the assets of any other Participating Employers); and so long as the Participating Employer continues to be designated as such, all assets held in such fund shall be available to pay benefits to all eligible employees and beneficiaries covered by the Plan irrespective of whether such Employees are employed by the Company or by the Participating Employer. Nothing contained herein shall be construed to prohibit the separate accounting for assets contributed by the Company and the Participating Employers for purposes of cost allocation if directed by the Committee or the holding of plan assets in more than one Trust Fund with more than one Trustee.

(c) So long as the Participating Employer's designation as such remains in effect, the Participating Employer shall be bound by, and subject to all provisions of the Plan and the Trust Agreement. The exclusive authority to amend the Plan and the Trust Agreement shall be vested in the Committee and no Participating Employer shall have any right to amend the Plan or the Trust Agreement. Any amendment to the Plan or the Trust Agreement adopted by the Committee shall be binding upon every Participating Employer without further action by such Participating Employer.

(d) So long as each Participating Employer shall be designated as such pursuant to Section 9.04(a), such Participating Employer shall be liable for its pro rata share of the contribution deemed necessary by the Actuary to fund the Plan on an acceptable basis in accordance with Title I,
Section 302 and Title II, Section 1013 of the Act. The total contribution required each year to fund the Plan shall be apportioned among the Company and the Participating Employers based upon the advice of the Actuary and subject to such Treasury or Labor regulations as may be from time to time applicable.

(e) No Participating Employer other than the Company shall have the right to terminate the Plan. However, any Participating Employer may withdraw from the Plan by action of its Board of Directors provided such action is communicated in writing to the Committee. The withdrawal of a Participating Employer shall be effective as of the December 31st following receipt of the notice of withdrawal (unless the Committee consents to a different effective date). In addition, the Committee may terminate the designation of a Participating Employer to be effective on such date as the Committee specifies. Any such Participating Employer which ceases to be a Participating Employer shall be liable for all cost accrued through the effective date of its withdrawal or termination. In

- 57 -

the event of the withdrawal or termination of a Participating Employer as provided in this paragraph, such Employer shall have no right to direct that assets of the Plan be transferred to a successor plan for its Employees unless such a transfer is approved by the Committee in its sole discretion.

- 58 -

ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS

10.01       Headings.  The headings and subheadings in this Plan have been
            inserted for convenience of reference only and are to be ignored in
            any construction of the provisions hereof.

10.02       Governing Law.  The Plan shall be construed and enforced and all
            provisions thereof administered in accordance with the Act and to
            the extent not governed by the Act in accordance with the laws of
            the State of Georgia.

10.03       Spendthrift Clause.  Except as provided in the terms of a
            "qualified domestic relations order" as defined in Code Section
            414(p) and to the extent otherwise required or permitted by law,
            none of the benefits, payments, proceeds or distributions under
            this Plan shall be subject to the claim of any creditor of the
            Former Employee, Participant or Beneficiary hereunder, or to any
            legal process by any creditor of such Former Employee, Participant
            or Beneficiary, and none of them shall have any right to alienate,
            commute, anticipate or assign any of the benefits, payments,
            proceeds or distributions under this Plan except to the extent
            expressly provided herein to the contrary.  If any Participant
            shall attempt to dispose of the benefits provided for him
            hereunder, or to dispose of the right to receive such benefits, or
            in the event there should be an effort to seize such benefits or
            the right to receive such benefits by attachment, execution or
            other legal or equitable process, such right may pass and be
            transferred, at the discretion of the Committee, to such one or
            more as may be appointed by the Committee from among the
            Beneficiaries, if any, theretofore designated by the Participant,
            or from the spouse, children or other dependents of the
            Participant, in such shares as the Committee may appoint.  Any
            appointment so made by the Committee may be revoked by it at any
            time and further appointment made by it which may include the
            Participant.

10.04       Legally Incompetent; Minors.  If any Former Employee, Participant
            or Beneficiary is a minor, or, in the judgment of the Committee, is
            otherwise legally incapable of personally receiving and giving a
            valid receipt for any payment due him hereunder, the Committee may,
            unless and until claim shall have been made by a duly appointed
            guardian or committee of such person, direct that such payment or
            any part thereof be made to such person's spouse, child, parent,
            brother or sister, or other person deemed by the Committee to have
            incurred expense for or assumed responsibility for the expenses of
            such person.

10.05       Discrimination.  The Employer, through the Committee, shall
            administer the Plan in a uniform and consistent manner with respect
            to all Participants and shall not permit discrimination in favor of
            Highly Compensated Employees.

- 59 -

10.06       Claims.  Any payment to a Participant or Beneficiary, or to their
            legal representatives, in accordance with the provisions of this
            Plan, shall to the extent thereof be in full satisfaction of all
            claims hereunder against the Trustee, Committee and the Employer,
            any of whom may require such Participant, Beneficiary or legal
            representative, as a condition precedent to such payment, to
            execute a receipt and release therefor in such form as shall be
            determined by the Trustee, the Committee or the Employer, as the
            case may be.

10.07       Compliance with Applicable Laws.  The Employer, through the
            Committee, shall interpret and administer the Plan in such manner
            that the Plan and Trust shall remain in compliance with the Code,
            with the Act, and all other applicable laws, regulations and
            revenue rulings.

10.08       Merger.  In the event of any merger or consolidation of the Plan
            with any other plan, or the transfer of assets or liabilities by
            the Plan to another plan, each Participant must receive (assuming
            that the Plan then terminated) a benefit immediately after the
            merger, consolidation, or transfer which is equal to or greater
            than the benefit such Participant would have been entitled to
            receive immediately before the merger, consolidation, or transfer
            (assuming that the Plan had then terminated), provided such merger,
            consolidation, or transfer took place after the date of enactment
            of the Act.

- 60 -

ARTICLE XI

SPECIAL PROVISION REGARDING SAFEKEEPING TRUST

11.01       The assets of the Plan are held primarily by Trust Company Bank and
            its successors, if any, pursuant to an Agreement and Declaration of
            Trust effective as of January 1, 1975.  As of November 1, 1982, the
            Employer established a second Trust Agreement ("Safekeeping
            Trust").  As of the Effective Date, Edward M. Jones, Jerry Nix, and
            Earl Dolive are the Trustees of the Safekeeping Trust ("Safekeeping
            Trustees").  Effective February 1, 1990, George Kalafut was added
            as a Safekeeping Trustee.  The Employer may from time to time
            maintain certain other trust funds as part of the Fund as permitted
            under this Plan, as amended effective January 1, 1989.

            The Safekeeping Trust was established to hold certain assets of the
            Plan and exists concurrently with the other trusts described above,
            all of which comprise the Trust Fund of this Plan.  The purpose of
            this Article XI is to make clear that Trust Company Bank and the
            other trustees shall have no duties or responsibilities whatsoever
            with respect to the Safekeeping Trust and the Safekeeping Trustees
            shall have no duties or responsibilities whatsoever with respect to
            any portion of the Fund other than the portion held in the
            Safekeeping Trust.  The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless
            each Safekeeping Trustee against any personal liability or expense
            arising from his service as Safekeeping Trustee.

- 61 -

ARTICLE XII

TOP-HEAVY RULES

12.01       General Rule.  If the Plan is or becomes Top-Heavy, the provisions
            of this Article will supersede any conflicting provision in the
            Plan.

12.02       Definitions.

            (a)     Top-Heavy:  The Plan shall be Top-Heavy for the Plan Year
                    if, as of the Determination Date, the present value of the
                    Accrued Benefits attributable to Key Employees exceeds 60%
                    of the present value of all Accrued Benefits under the
                    Plan.  If the Employer maintains more than one plan, all
                    plans in which any Key Employee participates and all plans
                    which enable this Plan to satisfy the antidiscrimination
                    requirements of Section 401(a)(4) and 410 must be combined
                    with this Plan ("required aggregation group") for the
                    purposes of applying the 60% test described in the
                    preceding sentence.  Plans maintained by the Employer which
                    are not in the required aggregation group may be combined
                    at the Employer's discretion with this Plan for the
                    purposes of determining Top-Heavy status if the combined
                    plan satisfies the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4).
                    If the Employer maintains a defined contribution plan which
                    is aggregated with this Plan, the account balances of
                    participants under the defined contribution plan shall be
                    determined in accordance with the provisions of that plan
                    and combined with Accrued Benefits under this Plan for the
                    purpose of applying the 60% test described in the first
                    sentence of this paragraph.

                    In determining the present value of Participant Accrued
                    Benefits, all distributions made during the five year
                    period ending on the Determination Date shall be included.
                    The Accrued Benefit of (i) any employee who at one time was
                    a Key Employee but who is not a Key Employee for the Plan
                    Year ending on the Determination Date; and (ii) any
                    employee who has received no Compensation from the Employer
                    or a related employer maintaining a plan in the aggregation
                    group for the five years immediately preceding the
                    Determination Date shall be disregarded in determining
                    Top-Heavy status.

                    For the purposes of this subsection, a Participant rollover
                    shall be included in the present value of Participant
                    Accrued Benefits except to the extent that the rollover was
                    received in a transaction consummated after December 31,
                    1983 which was initiated by the Participant and the amount
                    received is attributable to a distribution or transfer from
                    the plan of an employer which is unrelated to the Employer.

- 62 -

                    Solely for the purpose of determining if the Plan, or any
                    other plan included in the required aggregation group, is
                    Top-Heavy, the Accrued Benefit of an Employee other than a
                    Key Employee shall be determined under (i) the method, if
                    any, that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all
                    plans maintained by the Affiliates, or (ii) if there is no
                    such method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly
                    than the slowest accrual rate permitted under the
                    fractional accrual rate of Code Section 411(b)(1)(C).  This
                    paragraph shall be effective January 1, 1987.

            (b)     Key Employee.  Shall mean any Employee or former Employee
                    (and the Beneficiaries of such Employee) who at any time
                    during the Plan Year which ends on the Determination Date
                    or the preceding 4 Plan Years (1) was an officer of the
                    Employer having annual Compensation from the Employer
                    greater than 50% of the amount in effect under Code Section
                    415(b)(1)(A) for such Plan Year; (ii) an owner (or
                    considered an owner under Section 318 of the Code) of one
                    of the ten largest interests in the Employer if such
                    individual's Compensation equals or exceeds the dollar
                    limitation under Section 415(c)(1)(A) of the Code; (iii) a
                    5-percent owner of the Employer; or (iv) a 1-percent owner
                    of the Employer who has an annual Compensation of more than
                    $150,000.

            (c)     Determination Date:  For any Plan Year, the last day of the
                    preceding Plan Year.

            (d)     Non-key Employee.  Any Participant who is not a
                    Key-Employee.

            (e)     Present Value:  The present value of Accrued Benefits for
                    the purpose of determining Top-Heavy status, shall be
                    calculated in accordance with the actuarial assumptions
                    specified in Section 2.03 of the Plan.

12.03       Minimum Accrued Benefit.

            (a)     Notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan except (b)
                    below, for any Plan Year in which this Plan is Top-Heavy,
                    each Participant who is not a Key Employee and has
                    completed 1,000 Hours of Service will accrue a benefit (to
                    be provided solely by Employer contributions and expressed
                    as a single life annuity commencing at Normal Retirement
                    Age) of not less than two percent (2%) of his or her
                    highest average Compensation for the five consecutive years
                    for which the Participant had the highest Compensation.
                    The minimum accrual applies even though under other Plan
                    provisions the Participant would not otherwise be entitled
                    to receive an accrual, or would have received a lesser
                    accrual for the year because (i) the Participant fails to
                    make mandatory contributions to the Plan, (ii) the
                    Participant's Compensation is less than a stated amount,
                    (iii) the Participant is not employed on the last day of

- 63 -

                    the accrual computation period, or (iv) the Plan is
                    integrated with Social Security.

            (b)     No additional benefit accruals shall be provided pursuant
                    to (a) above to the extent that the total accrual on behalf
                    of the Participant attributable to Employer contributions
                    will provide a benefit expressed as a single life annuity
                    commencing at Normal Retirement Age that equals or exceeds
                    20 percent of the Participant's highest average
                    compensation for the five consecutive years for which the
                    Participant had the highest compensation.  Also, the
                    benefit accrual requirement of this section shall not apply
                    if the Employer maintains a defined contribution plan and
                    contributes thereto an amount sufficient to render the
                    benefit accrual requirements of this section inapplicable
                    under regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the
                    Treasury.

12.04       Form of Benefit.  If the form of benefit is other than a single
            life annuity, the Participant must receive an amount that is the
            actuarial equivalent of the minimum single life annuity benefit.
            If the benefit commences at a date other than at Normal Retirement
            Age, the Participant must receive at least an amount that is the
            actuarial equivalent of the minimum single life annuity benefit
            commencing at Normal Retirement Age.

12.05       Nonforfeitability of Employer Top-Heavy Contribution.  The Employer
            Top-Heavy Accrued Benefit (to the extent required to be
            nonforfeitable under Code Section 416(b)) may not be forfeited
            under Code Sections 411(a)(3)(B) or 411(a)(3)(D).

12.06       Minimum Vesting.  If the Plan becomes Top Heavy, the following
            vesting schedule shall be applied notwithstanding any provision in

this Plan to the contrary:

     Credited Service         Percent of Accrued
   at Termination Date          Benefit Vested
-------------------------     ------------------
        2 years                      20%
        3 years                      40%
        4 years                      60%
        5 years                      80%
        6 years                     100%

The vesting schedule described above shall not apply to any Participant unless the Participant has accumulated at least one Hour of Service after the Plan becomes Top Heavy. If the Plan becomes Top Heavy and subsequently ceases to be such, the vesting schedule described above shall continue to apply in

- 64 -

            determining the vested Accrued Benefit of any Participant who has
            at least three years of Credited Service on the last day of the Top
            Heavy Plan Year.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no change in the
            vesting schedule shall reduce the then vested percentage of any
            Participant's Accrued Benefit.

12.07       Combined Plan Limitation For Top Heavy Years.  In any Plan Year
            during which more than 90% of the Accrued Benefits under the Plan
            (after aggregation) are attributable to Key Employees, 100% or an
            equivalent factor shall be substituted for 125% or an equivalent
            factor in the combined plan fraction denominators set forth in the
            Section of this Plan which limits maximum benefits pursuant to
            Section 415 of the Code.  In any Plan Year during which more than
            60% but not more than 90% of the Accrued Benefits under the Plan
            (after aggregation) are attributable to Key Employees, 100% or an
            equivalent factor shall be substituted for 125% or an equivalent
            factor in the combined plan fraction denominators unless the
            minimum Accrued Benefit of each non Key Employee meets the
            requirements of Section 12.03 after substituting 3% for 2% in
            Section 12.03(a) and 30% for 20% in Section 12.03(b).

- 65 -

ARTICLE XIII

MAXIMUM BENEFITS

13.01       General Rule.

            The provisions of this Article XIII shall be effective for Plan
            Years beginning after December 31, 1986.  The annual benefit
            payable to a Participant at any time shall not exceed the maximum
            permissible amount.  "Maximum permissible amount" shall mean the
            lesser of (i) $90,000 (such limitation to be adjusted automatically
            as determined by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue for each
            calendar year, and the new limitation to apply to limitation years
            ending within the calendar year of the date of the adjustment); or
            (ii) 100 percent of the Participant's highest average compensation.
            If the annual benefit commences before or after the Participant's
            Social Security Retirement Age, the maximum permissible amount
            shall be determined under Section 415 of the Code and Regulations
            and rulings thereunder.  If the annual benefit commences when the
            Participant has less than ten years of Credited Service with the
            Company or less than ten years of participation in this Plan or any
            predecessor plan to this Plan, the maximum permissible amount
            otherwise defined above shall be reduced by one-tenth for each year
            less than ten in accordance with applicable regulations.

13.02       Combined Plan Limitations.

            If the Employer maintains, or any time maintained, one or more
            qualified defined contribution plans covering any Participant in
            this Plan, the sum of the Participant's defined contribution
            fraction and defined benefit fraction shall not exceed 1.0 in any
            limitation year, and the annual benefit otherwise payable to the
            Participant under this Plan shall be frozen or reduced to the
            extent necessary so that the sum of such fractions shall not exceed
            1.0.

13.03       Grandfather Rule.

            In the case of an individual who was a participant in one or more
            defined benefit plans of the Employer which were in existence on
            July 1, 1982, the maximum permissible amount for such individual
            under all such defined benefit plans shall not be less than the
            individual's accrued benefit under all such defined benefit plans
            as of the end of the last limitation year beginning before January
            1, 1983, but determined without regard to changes in the plan or
            cost-of-living increases occurring after July 1, 1982.  The
            preceding sentence applies only if all such defined benefit plans
            met the requirements of Section 415 of the Code, as in effect on
            July 1, 1982, for all limitation years beginning before January 1,
            1983.

13.04       Definitions.  For purposes of Article XIII, the following

definitions shall apply:

- 66 -

(a) "Annual benefit" means Retirement Income under the Plan which is payable annually in the form of a straight life annuity. The interest rate assumption used to determine actuarial equivalence for this purpose shall be the greater of the interest rate specified in this plan or 5 percent. No actuarial adjustment to the benefit is required for (i) the value of a qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity; (ii) the value of benefits that are not directly related to retirement benefits (such as a qualified disability benefit, pre-retirement death benefits, and post-retirement medical benefits); or (iii) the value of post-retirement cost-of-living increases made in accordance with federal income tax regulations.

(b) "Compensation" means a Participant's wages as defined in Code Section 3401(a) (wages subject to income tax withholding at the source) but without regard to exceptions contained in Code Section 3401(a) for wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed. The intent of this definition is to comply with the alternative definition of compensation described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.415-2(d)(11)(ii).

(c) "Defined benefit fraction" means a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the Participant's projected annual benefits under all the defined benefit plans (whether or not terminated) maintained by the Employer, and the denominator of which is the lesser of (i) 125 percent of the dollar limitation in effect for the limitation year under Section 415(b)(1)(A) of the Code; or (ii) 140 percent of the Participant's highest average compensation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant was a Participant in a plan in existence on July 1, 1982, the denominator of this fraction shall not be less than 125 percent of the sum of the annual benefits under such plans which the Participant had accrued as of the end of the last limitation year beginning before January 1, 1983, but determined without regard to changes in the Plan or cost-of-living increases occurring after July 1, 1982. The preceding sentence applies only if the defined benefit plans individually and in the aggregate satisfied the requirements of Section 415 for all limitation years beginning before January 1, 1983.

(d) "Defined contribution fraction" means a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the annual additions to the Participant's account under all the defined contribution plans (whether or not terminated) maintained by the Employer for the current and all prior limitation years, and the denominator of which is the sum of the maximum aggregate amounts for the current and all prior limitation years of employment with the Employer (regardless of whether a defined contribution plan was maintained by the Employer).

- 67 -

The maximum aggregate amount in any limitation year is the lesser of 125 percent of the dollar limitation in effect under Section 415(c)(1)(A) of the Code; or (ii) 35 percent of the Participant's compensation for such year.

If the Employee was a participant in one or more defined contribution plans maintained by the Employer which were in existence on July 1, 1982, the numerator of this fraction shall be adjusted if the sum of this fraction and the defined benefit fraction would otherwise exceed 1.0 under the terms of this Plan. Under the adjustment, an amount equal to the product of (1) the excess of the sum of the fractions over 1.0 times and (2) the denominator of this fraction, will be permanently subtracted from the numerator of this fraction. The adjustment is calculated using the fractions as they would be computed as of the end of the last limitation year beginning before January 1, 1983.

(e) "Employer" means an Affiliate.

(f) "Highest average compensation" means the average compensation for the three consecutive years of Credited Service with the Employer that produces the highest average.

(g) "Limitation year" means the Plan Year.

(h) "Projected annual benefit" means the annual benefit to which the Participant would be entitled under the terms of the Plan assuming (i) the Participant will continue employment until normal retirement age under the Plan (or current age, if later); and (ii) the Participant's compensation for the current limitation year and all other relevant factors used to determine benefits under the Plan will remain constant for all future limitation years.

(i) "Annual additions" means the sum of the following amounts credited to a Participant's account for the limitation year:

(i) Employer contributions;

(ii) Forfeitures;

(iii) nondeductible employee contributions; provided, however, that the annual addition for any limitation year beginning before January 1, 1987 shall not be recomputed to treat nondeductible employee contributions as an annual addition; and

(iv) Amounts described in Code Sections 415(l)(1) and 419A(d)(2).

- 68 -

(j) "Social Security Retirement Age" shall mean the age used as the retirement age for the Participant under Section 216(l) of the Social Security Act, except that such section shall be applied without regard to the age increase factor, and as if the early retirement age under Section 216(l) of such Act were 62.

- 69 -

ARTICLE XIV

HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEES

14.01    In General.

         For the purposes of this Plan, the term "Highly Compensated Employee"
         is any active Employee described in Section 14.02 below and any Former
         Employee described in Section 14.03 below.  Various definitions used
         in this Article are contained in Section 14.05.  A Non-Highly
         Compensated Employee is an Employee who is neither a Highly
         Compensated Employee nor a Family Member of a Highly Compensated
         Employee.  This Article 14 shall be effective January 1, 1987.

14.02    Highly Compensated Employees.

         (a)     An Employee is a Highly Compensated Employee if during the
                 Determination Year the Employee:

                 (1)      is a 5 Percent Owner;

                 (2)      receives Compensation in excess of $75,000;

                 (3)      receives Compensation in excess of $50,000 and is a
                          member of the Top Paid Group; or

                 (4)      is an Includable Officer.

                 The dollar amounts described above shall be increased annually
                 as provided in Code Section 414(q)(1).

         (b)     Calendar Year Election.  The Employer hereby elects the
                 calendar year calculation election described in Temporary
                 Regulation Section 1.414(q)-1T, Q&A-14(b) or any successor
                 regulation thereto.  Because the Plan uses the calendar year
                 as its Plan Year, there is no separate Look Back Year
                 calculation.  This election is binding on all other qualified
                 retirement Plans maintained by the Employer until the election
                 is withdrawn.

14.03    Former Highly Compensated Employee.

         A Former Employee is a Highly Compensated Employee if (applying the
         rules of Section 14.02(a) or (b)) the Former Employee was a Highly
         Compensated Employee during a Separation Year or during any
         Determination Year ending on or after the Former Employee's 55th
         birthday.  With respect to a Former Employee

- 70 -

whose Separation Year was prior to January 1, 1987, such Former Employee will be treated as a Highly Compensated Employee only if the Former Employee was a 5% Owner or received Compensation in excess of $50,000 during (i) the Former Employee's Separation Year (or the year preceding such Separation Year); or (ii) any year ending on or after such Former Employee's 55th birthday (or the last year ending before such Former Employee's 55th birthday).

14.04 Family Aggregation Rules.

(a) For purposes of this Article 14, an Employee who is, for a given Determination Year or Look Back Year, either (i) a 5 Percent Owner, or (ii) a Highly Compensated Employee who is one of the ten most highly compensated Employees ranked on the basis of Compensation paid during such year, shall be aggregated with such Employee's Family Members.

(b) For purposes of this Section 14.04, the term "Family Member" means, with respect to an Employee described in Section 14.04(a), a person who is, on any day during the given Determination Year or Look Back Year:

(1) his spouse; or

(2) his lineal ascendant or descendant; or

(3) the spouse of his lineal ascendant or descendant.

(c) The determination of Employees and Family Members who must be aggregated for purposes of this Article 14 shall be made in accordance with Temporary Regulation Section 1.414(q)-1T, Q&A-11 and Q&A-12.

(d) For purposes of applying the limits of Code Section
401(a)(17) (i.e., the $150,000 limit on compensation, as adjusted) with respect to Compensation under Article 14 (Section 415 limits), the Compensation for any Employee described in Section 14.04(a) and for any Family Member who is such Employee's spouse or lineal descendant under age 19, shall be aggregated. In such event, the deemed Compensation for each such Employee shall be an amount equal to the Section 401(a)(17) limit for the Plan Year (as adjusted) multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Employee's actual Compensation for the Plan Year, and the denominator of which is the aggregate Compensation of the Employee and the aggregated Family Member for the Plan Year. The same procedure shall then be used to determine the deemed Compensation of the aggregated Family Member.

- 71 -

14.05    Definitions.

         Unless otherwise indicated, the definitions of Article II shall apply
         to Article XIV.  In addition, the following special definitions shall
         apply to this Article XIV:

         Determination Year shall mean the Plan Year for which an individual's
         status as a Highly Compensated Employee is determined.

         Employee shall mean Employees as defined in Article II, leased
         employees described in Code Section 414(n), and employees who are
         members of any collective bargaining unit.

         5 Percent Owner shall mean any Employee who owns or is deemed to own
         (within the meaning of Code Section 318), more than five percent of
         the value of the outstanding stock of the Employer or stock possessing
         more than five percent of the total combined voting power of the
         Employer.

         Former Employee shall mean an Employee (i) who has incurred a
         Severance from Service or (ii) who remains employed by the Employer
         but who has not performed services for the Employer during the
         Determination Year (e.g., an Employee on Authorized Absence).

         Includable Officer shall mean any officer of the Employer who, during
         the applicable year, receives Compensation in excess of 50% of the
         dollar limitations under Code Section 415(b)(1)(A)(as adjusted by the
         Secretary of the Treasury for cost of living increases).  The Employer
         shall be deemed to have a minimum of 3 officers or, if greater, a
         number equal to 10 percent of all Employees.  However, no more than 50
         officers shall be considered Includable Officers under this Article
         14.  If the Employer does not have any Includable Officers because no
         officer receives Compensation in excess of the dollar limitations of
         Code Section 415(b)(1)(A), the Employer's highest paid officer shall
         be considered an Includable Officer.

         Look Back Year shall mean the Plan Year preceding the Determination
         Year, or if the Employer elects, the calendar year ending with or
         within the determination year.

         Separation Year shall mean any of the following years:

         (1)     An Employee who incurs a Termination of Employment shall have
                 a Separation Year in the Determination Year in which such
                 Termination of Employment occurs;

         (2)     An Employee who remains employed by the Employer but who
                 temporarily ceases to perform services for the Employer (e.g.,
                 an Employee on

- 72 -

                 Authorized Absence) shall have a Separation Year in the
                 calendar year in which he last performs services for the
                 Employer;

         (3)     An Employee who remains employed by the Employer but whose
                 Compensation for a calendar year is less than 50% of the
                 Employee's average annual Compensation for the immediately
                 preceding three calendar years (or the Employee's total years
                 of employment, if less) shall have a Separation Year in such
                 calendar year.  However, such Separation Year shall be ignored
                 if the Employee remains employed by the Employer and the
                 Employee's Compensation returns to a level comparable to the
                 Employee's Compensation immediately prior to such Separation
                 Year.

         Top Paid Group shall mean the top 20% of all Employees ranked on the
         basis of Compensation received from the Employer during the applicable
         year.  The number of Employees in the Top Paid Group shall be
         determined by ignoring Employees who are non-resident aliens and
         Employees who do not perform services for the Employer during the
         applicable year. The Employer elects to compute the Top Paid Group
         without the age and service exclusion provided in applicable Treasury
         Regulations.

14.06    Other Methods Permissible.

         To the extent permitted by the Code, judicial decisions, Treasury
         Regulations and IRS pronouncements, the Committee may (without further
         amendment to this Plan) take such other steps and actions or adopt
         such other methods or procedures (in addition to those methods and
         procedures described in this Article 14) to determine and identify
         Highly Compensated Employees (including adopting alternative
         definitions of Compensation which satisfy Code Section 414(q)(7) and
         are uniformly applied).

            IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer has caused this Plan to be duly

executed and its seal to be hereunto affixed on the date indicated below, but effective as of January 1, 1989.

GENUINE PARTS COMPANY

                                        By: /s/ Frank W. Howard
                                            -------------------

                                        Title: Treasurer
                                               ----------------

                                        Date: December 1, 1995
                                              -----------------

Attest:

/s/ Brainard T. Webb, Jr.
- ------------------------------

- 73 -

SCHEDULE A

PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS DESIGNATED UNDER SECTION 9.04

                                                 Extent of Credit for
         Name and                                Service with a
         Designation                             Participating Employer
             Date                                Prior to Designation Date
         -----------                             -------------------------
1.  S.P. Richards                           Participants in the Plan who were employed
    Company                                 by S. P. Richards Company shall receive Credited
    January 1, 1984                         Service for all purposes of this Plan beginning with
                                            their employment commencement date with S. P. Richards
                                            Company but subject to all of the rules concerning
                                            crediting of service set forth in this Plan.


2.  Balkamp, Inc.                           Participants in the Plan who were employed by
    and National                            Balkamp, Inc. or affiliates NAPA shall receive
    Automotive Parts                        Credited Service for all purposes of this Plan
    Association (NAPA)                      this Plan beginning with their employment
    January 1, 1984                         commencement date with Balkamp, Inc. or NAPA, Inc.
                                            but subject to all of the rules concerning
                                            crediting of service set forth in this plan.


3.  Motion                                  Eligibility:
    Industries,                             -----------
    Inc. ("Motion")                         Employees of Motion whose initial date of hire
    January 1, 1984                         is on or after January 1, 1984, shall automatically
                                            become Participants of this Plan on the date such
                                            Employee satisfies the age and service requirements
                                            of Section 3.02 (and for such purpose all employment
                                            with Motion shall be counted as though it was employment
                                            with the Company).

                                            Employees of Motion whose initial date of hire is prior
                                            to January 1, 1984, and who have made an election in the
                                            manner authorized by the committee not to participate in
                                            the Motion Industries, Inc. Profit Sharing Plan (the
                                            "Profit Sharing Plan") shall commence participation in
                                            this Plan, effective as follows:


1) Employees hired prior to January 1, 1984, who were
Participants in the Profit Sharing Plan as of
December 31, 1983, shall participate in this Plan
effective as of January 1, 1984, and

2) Employees hired prior to January 1, 1984, who were
not Participants in the Profit Sharing Plan shall become
Participants in this Plan on the date that they would
have been eligible to participate in the Profit Sharing
Plan if the Profit Sharing Plan as in effect on
December 31, 1983 had continued unchanged.

Participants in this Plan employed by Motion who were
not participants in the Motion Profit Sharing Plan as of
December 31, 1983, shall receive Credited Service for
all purposes of this Plan beginning with their employment
commencement date with Motion but subject to all of the rules
concerning crediting of service set forth in this Plan.

Participants employed by Motion who were participants in
the Motion Profit Sharing Plan as of December 31, 1983 and
who elected to commence participation in this Plan effective
January 1, 1984, shall receive Credited Service for purposes
of determining an Employee's vested percentage under
Section 4.05; for purposes of determining an Employee's
benefits under the Disability Retirement provisions of
Schedule D; for purposes of determining an Employee's
entitlement to Death Benefits under Article V; but service
with Motion prior to January 1, 1984 shall not be credited
for purposes of determining the amount of such Employee's
Retirement Income.

Effective January 1, 1990, the Profit Sharing Plan was
terminated.  Employees of Motion who participated in the
Profit Sharing Plan on December 31, 1989, and who are employed
by Motion on January 1, 1990, shall commence participation in
this Plan effective as of January 1, 1990.  Such Participants
shall receive Credited Service under this Plan beginning with
their employment commencement date with Motion but only for the


purpose described in the following sentence and subject
to all of the rules concerning crediting of service set
forth in this Plan.  The Participants discussed in this
paragraph shall receive Credited Service for purposes of
determining an Employee's vested percentage under
Section 4.05; for purposes of determining an Employee's
benefits under the Disability Retirement provisions of
Schedule D; and for purposes of determining an Employee's
entitlement to Death Benefits under Article V.  In no
event, shall such Participants receive Credited Service
prior to January 1, 1990 for purposes of determining the
amount of such Employee's Retirement Income (other than
for the Disability Retirement described in Schedule D).


SCHEDULE B

CREDIT FOR SERVICE WITH PREDECESSOR EMPLOYERS

I. Participants employed by a predecessor employer not listed in Sections II or III below shall be deemed to have as their date of Employment for all purposes of this Plan, the date the predecessor employer was acquired by or merged into Genuine Parts Company.

II. Participants employed by the following predecessor employers shall receive Credited Service for all purposes of this Plan beginning with their employment commencement date with that predecessor employer but subject to all the rules concerning crediting of service set forth in this Plan.

1. Clark Siviter Co.


St. Petersburg, FL

2. Standard Parts Company Columbia, SC

3. Standard Unit Parts Company Normal, IL

Except that the benefits provided to Richard R. Mikulechy under this Plan shall be reduced by one hundred percent (100%) of the benefits provided under that certain Salary Continuation Agreement dated January 10, 1977 in the event of his retirement, death, disability or other termination of service; and

Except that the benefits provided to Mark R. Larson under this Plan shall be reduced by one hundred percent (100%) of the benefits provided under that certain Salary Continuation Agreement dated January 10, 1977 in the event of his retirement, death, disability or other termination of service.

4. National Parts Service Inc. Hartford, CT

Covering the following National Parts Service employees:

      Name                                     S.S. No.             Employment Date
----------------                             ------------           ---------------
Raymond Jensen                               000-00-0000            May 1, 1946
Charles A. Veci                              000-00-0000            July 1, 1952
Paul F. Baldi                                000-00-0000            August 27, 1960


Bernhardt E. Johnson                         000-00-0000            October 1, 1966
Jean L. Veillette                            000-00-0000            July 1, 1972
Paul R. Denis                                000-00-0000            July 26, 1974
Mark P. Taylor                               000-00-0000            January 17, 1980
Roy M. Robbins                               000-00-0000            June 16, 1980

5. General Automotive Parts Company and its subsidiaries

6. NAPA Des Moines Warehouse

7. M&B, Inc. (Lesker Office Furniture), November 1, 1993

III. Participants employed by the following predecessor employers shall be deemed to have as their date of Employment for all purposes of this Plan, the date the predecessor employer was acquired by or merged into Genuine Parts Company. However, after an employee of such predecessor employer becomes a Participant in the Plan by satisfying the requirements of Section 3.02, such Participant shall receive Credited Service for all employment with such predecessor employer for purposes of (1) determining the Participant's vested percentage under Section 4.05(c); (2) determining whether a Participant has completed five years of Credited Service for the Disability Retirement provisions of Schedule D; and (3) determining the Participant's entitlement to Death Benefits under Article V and related sections of the Plan. Such Credited Service may be forfeited or disregarded in accordance with
Section 2.18. Furthermore, no Credited Service shall be granted for employment with a predecessor employer if the granting of such Credited Service will adversely impact the tax qualified status of the Plan.

            Name                                   Employment Date
      ----------------                             ---------------
Odell Hardware Company                             January 1, 1980
Greensboro, NC

Brooks-Noble Parts & Machine Co., Inc.             August 1, 1981
Jackson, MS

One Stop Auto Parts Inc.                           March 10, 1982
Lathan, NY

One Stop Auto Parts Inc.                           March 16, 1983
Albany, NY

E. E. Long Inc.                                    September 1, 1984
Des Moines, IA

Motor Parts & Supply                               April 1, 1986


Baton Rouge, LA

Chattanooga Service Auto Center                    May 1, 1986
Chattanooga, TN

Gerace Auto Parts                                  December 1, 1986
Port Allen, LA

Lawwill Auto Parts                                 September 1, 1987
Chattanooga, TN

Smith Automotive Corp.                             August 1, 1990
(2 stores) Martinez, GA & Belvedere, SC

Kings Parts Company, Inc.                          August 10, 1990
Lake Oswego, OR

W.K. NAPA on Kensington, Inc.                      August 10, 1990
Elk Grove Village, IL

Auto Parts, Inc. of Wilmington                     October 1, 1990
Wilmington, NC

Carolina Auto Parts of Thomasville, Inc.           October 1, 1990
Thomasville, NC

Stokes Auto Parts, Inc.                            October 1, 1990
Thomasville, NC

MGM Auto Parts, Inc.                               November 1, 1990
Kenmore, NY

Wholesale Sationers Corp.                          December 1, 1990
Salt Lake City, UT (S.P. Richards)

Santa Monica Auto Parts                            November 1, 1990
Santa Monica, CA

Precise Industries, Inc.                           December 1, 1990
(2 Stores) Kingsport & Blountville, TN

Automotive Service & Supply, Inc.                  December 1, 1990
(3 Stores) Kingsport, TN, Bristol & Abingdon, VA

NAPA Auto Parts of Lombard, Inc.                   December 1, 1990


Lombard, IL

Middleburg Parts and Hardware, Inc.                December 31, 1990
Middleburg, FL

Strap Industries, Inc.                             March 1, 1991
Tempe, AZ

Anderson's Parts                                   March 1, 1991
Blue Springs, MO

Evergreen Automotive Supply, Inc.                  May 1, 1991
Chicago, IL

Heath Motor Supply Co.                             July 1, 1991
Panama City, FL

Bryant Stooks - D.J.'s Auto Supply                 July 1, 1991
(2 Stores) Chandler and Mesa, AZ

NAPA Auto Parts Store of John Nall                 August 1, 1991
South Milwaukee, WI

Deer Park Automotive Parts, Inc.                   September 1, 1991
Mt. Carmel, OH

T & L Auto Parts Company, Inc.                     October 1, 1991
(4 Stores) Fayetteville, NC

B.W.P. Ltd.                                        October 1, 1991
(2 Stores) Fayetteville, Roseboro, NC

Auto Parts of Clinton                              October 1, 1991
Clinton, NC

Byrd-Wood Parts Group, Inc.                        October 1, 1991
Fayetteville, NC

Burien Auto Parts, Inc.                            October 1, 1991
(2 Stores) Seattle, WA

B.N. Auto Parts Co.                                December 1, 1991
Marietta, GA

Capital Automotive Parts, Inc.                     December 1, 1991


Milwaukee, WI

Bill's Auto Supply, Inc.                           January 1, 1992
Milwaukee, WI

Bill's Auto Supply, Inc.                           January 1, 1992
Kansas City, MO

Bald Hill Auto Parts, Inc.                         February 1, 1992
Warwick, RI

Manton Auto Prats, Inc.                            February 1, 1992
Providence, RI

Hudson Auto Parts                                  February 1, 1992
Hudson, WI

B&B Genuine Auto Parts, Inc.                       February 16, 1992
Canton, OH

Jimmy's Auto Parts, Inc.                           March 1, 1992
Alpharetta, GA

West Town Auto Parts, Inc.                         June 1, 1992
Knoxville, TN

Lakeland Motor Parts, Inc.                         June 1, 1992
(2 Stores) Lakeland, FL

Haas Auto Parts & Machine Co., Inc.                June 1, 1992
Jeffersonville, IN

Parts Dept. of Shakopee, Inc.                      June 1, 1992
Shakopee, MN

HMH Automotive Parts, Inc.                         June 1, 1992
(2 Stores) Galesburg, Monmouth, IL

Southern Parts & Electric, Inc.                    July 1, 1992
(4 Stores) Durham, NC

Service Supply Co. of Douglasville, Inc.           July 1, 1992
Douglasville, GA

Service Supply Company of Dallas, Inc.             July 1, 1992


Dallas, GA

NAPA of Lemon Grove, Inc.                          August 1, 1992
La Mesa, CA

Whitewater Auto Supply, Inc.                       September 1, 1992
Janesville, WI

Regalia Auto Parts, Inc.                           September 1, 1992
Seattle, WA

Drexel Auto Parts, Inc.                            October 1, 1992
Huntsville, AL

Warren Auto Supply, Inc.                           December 4, 1992
(2 Stores) Warren, OH

Cal's Service Parts, Inc.                          January 1, 1993
(6 Stores) Boise, ID

H & G Enterprises, Inc.                            January 1, 1993
Louisville, KY

Kernersville Auto Parts, Inc.                      February 1, 1993
Kernersville, NC

McCowen Enterprises, Inc.                          April 1, 1993
(2 Stores) Champaign & Urbana, IL

Breese Company, Inc.                               May 1, 1993
(3 Stores, Iowa City, Muscatine & Coralville, IA)

Young's Auto Supply Warehouse, Inc.                July 1, 1993
Norfolk, VA

Joliet Auto Supply, Inc.                           July 1, 1993
Joliet, IL

Bryan - Rogers, Inc.                               August 1, 1993
(3 Stores) Tupelo, Baldwyn & Amory, MS

Hyllberg Enterprises, Inc.                         August 1, 1993
Virginia Beach, VA

Hager Auto & Industrial Parts, Inc.                November 1, 1993


(2 Stores) Burlington & South Burlington, VT

Ballard Auto Parts, Inc.                           January 1, 1994
Cornelius, NC

Service Parts of Hendersonville, Inc.              January 1, 1994
Hendersonville, NC

Power's Auto Parts, Inc.                           March 1, 1994
Williamsburg, VA

Big J Auto Parts, Inc.                             March 14, 1994
Johnson City, TN

Economy Auto Supply Co., Inc.                      April 1, 1994
Norfolk, VA

Paul's Automotive, Inc.                            April 1, 1994
Toledo, OH

Sulphur Springs Parts Co., Inc.                    June 1, 1994
Sulphur Springs, TX

The Parts Place                                    August 1, 1994
Gulfport, MS

A & J Automotive Co.                               August 1, 1994
Dalton, GA

Clewiston Auto Parts, Inc.                         September 1, 1994
Clewiston, FL

Oregon City Auto Parts, Inc.                       October 1, 1994
Oregon City and Clackamas, OR

Kiema Car Part, Inc.                               November 1, 1994
El Monte, CA

Shoreline Auto Parts                               November 1, 1994
Seattle, WA

Lockport Automotive Supply, Inc.                   December 1, 1994
Lockport, NY

Mircon, Inc. Scardsdale Auto Parts                 December 1, 1994


Scarsdale, NY

Motor Parts Company                                December 1, 1994
Booneville, MS

Davis & Wilmar, Inc.                               July 1, 1992
                                                   (Eligible to Begin Participation 5/1/93)

The Parts, Inc.                                    January 1, 1994
                                                   (Eligible to Begin Participation 1/1/95)

Dade City Jobbing Group                            January 2, 1992
                                                   (Eligible to Begin Participation 1/1/94)

Colorado Parts Company                             December 1, 1994
(4 stores) Ft. Collins, Loveland,
Longmont, CO

Serene Plaza Auto Parts                            December 1, 1994
Seattle, WA


SCHEDULE C

TRUST FUND ESTABLISHED PURSUANT TO PLAN

Under the Plan, the Employer may establish multiple trust funds ("sub-trusts") pursuant to one or more agreements of trust between the Employer and one or more trustees to provide the benefits of the Plan. The Plan also provides that the term Trust Fund includes any group annuity or deposit administration contract entered into between the Employer and an Insurer. All such sub-trusts in the aggregate shall comprise the Trust Fund as defined in
Section 2.51 of the Plan. The Trust Fund (including all sub-trusts) shall be available to provide all benefits under the Plan to any Plan Participant irrespective of the division or unit which employs such Participant.

As of January 1, 1989, the following sub-trusts comprise the Trust Fund under the Plan:

1. Agreement of Trust Entered Into Between Genuine Parts Company and Trust Company Bank Effective as of January 1, 1975.

2. Agreement of Trust Entered Into By and Between Genuine Parts Company and the Safekeeping Trustees adopted effective November 1, 1982.

3. Group Annuity Contract Number DA710 Issued by Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company to Standard Unit Parts Corporation.

4. Group Annuity Contract Number GA1466 Issued by Aetna Life Insurance Company to Balkamp Inc.


SCHEDULE D

DISABILITY RETIREMENT FOR PARTICIPANTS WHO TERMINATE ACTIVE
EMPLOYMENT PRIOR TO JANUARY 1, 1993

(a) This Schedule D shall apply to any Participant who is not in active Employment on or after January 1, 1993. Any Participant who is in active Employment with an Employer on or after January 1, 1993 will not be eligible for a Disability Retirement under this Schedule D. Instead, such Participant's Disability Retirement benefit, if any, will be determined pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.03.

(b) Each Participant who prior to his cessation of active Employment completes five years of Credited Service and becomes Permanently Disabled shall be entitled to elect disability retirement. A Participant who elects disability retirement shall receive a monthly Retirement Income in the form of a Life Annuity Option (see Section 6.01(a)) for the life of the Participant beginning on his Disability Retirement Date.

(c) The monthly Retirement Income payable to a Participant who is Permanently Disabled shall be determined in the same manner as his monthly Retirement Income would be determined under Section 4.01 except as modified below:

(i) The Participant's disability Retirement Income shall be determined using the Participant's Credited Service as of the Participant's Disability Retirement Date (ignoring Credited Service beyond such Disability Retirement Date).

(ii) The Participant's Average Earnings shall be the greater of the following two amounts:

(A) The Participant's current monthly Earnings, or

(B) 1/l2th of the Participant's previous calendar year Earnings.

(iii) If a Participant has less than 15 years of Credited Service on his Disability Retirement Date, the Participant's disability Retirement Income shall equal 30% of the Participant's Average Earnings (as modified in paragraph (ii) above) without the reduction provided in Section 4.01(c).

(iv) In computing the Participant's disability Retirement Income under Section 4.01(b) (for Participants with 15 or more years of Credited Service), the offset of 50% of the Participant's monthly Anticipated Social Security


Benefit shall not exceed 64% of the Participant's actual Social Security disability retirement benefit.

(c) A married Participant's election to receive a disability retirement shall be valid only if the Participant's Spouse consents in writing to the disability retirement on a form provided by the Committee for such purpose in the presence of a Notary Public or Plan representative. The Spouse's consent must acknowledge the effect of such consent. However, if the Participant establishes to the satisfaction of the Committee that his Spouse's consent cannot be obtained because he has no Spouse, because his Spouse cannot be located, or because of other circumstances as determined by applicable Treasury Regulations, the Committee may treat the Participant's election as an election for which spousal consent was obtained. A Spouse's consent pursuant to this paragraph shall be irrevocable.

(d) Prior to electing or consenting to the disability retirement, the Participant and the Participant's Spouse (if married) shall receive a written explanation of the disability retirement and of the option of receiving normal or early retirement benefits in accordance with Sections 4.01 and 4.02. The explanation shall also describe the impact of electing disability retirement benefits including waiver of the Joint and 50% Survivor Annuity and Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity. Such explanation shall also provide all other relevant information described in Section 6.02(d).

(e) By electing and consenting to the disability retirement, Participant and Spouse waive all rights to benefits under all other sections of Article IV, including normal retirement (Section 4.01), early retirement (Section 4.02), delayed retirement (Section 4.04) and termination of employment benefits (Section 4.05). In addition, all death benefits under Article V shall be waived and the death benefit, if any, provided to the Participant's Beneficiary shall be limited to the death benefits described in paragraph (f) below. If the Participant fails to elect to receive disability retirement or the Participant's Spouse fails to consent to the Participant's election, the Participant shall not be entitled to elect a Retirement Income under this Schedule D but shall instead be entitled to a Retirement Income pursuant to and in accordance with Sections 4.01, 4.02, 4.04 or 4.05, as the case may be.

(f) If a Participant is Permanently Disabled and dies while he is entitled to benefits under this Schedule D, the Participant's Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive a monthly Retirement Income to the extent the total months of Retirement Income paid to the Participant under Schedule D is less than the number of months determined pursuant to the following table:


     Complete Years of Credited               Number of
     --------------------------               ---------
   Service at Disability Retirement            Months
  ---------------------------------            ------
                 Date                          Payable
                -----                          -------
5 but less than 10                              12.5
10 but less than 15                              25
15 or more                                       50

In such event, the Participant's Beneficiary shall receive a Retirement Income in the same amount as the Participant was receiving under this Schedule D immediately prior to his death beginning on the first day of the month following the Participant's death and continuing only until the total months of Retirement Income paid to the Participant and the total months of Retirement Income paid to the Participant's Beneficiary equal the appropriate number of months as determined by the above table. The Beneficiary may, prior to the receipt of benefits, request that the death benefit be paid in a lump sum. Such lump sum payment shall be the Actuarial Equivalent of the benefits payable to the Beneficiary.

(g) Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, any Participant who remains in the employ of the Employer after his Normal Retirement Date and who thereafter becomes Permanently Disabled while employed by the Employer, shall have his Retirement Income determined under
Section 4.04 instead of this Schedule D.

(h) If the Participant's Permanent Disability ceases prior to his Normal Retirement Date, the following shall apply:

(i) All payments under this Schedule D shall cease. In addition, the Participant's and Spouse's, if married, election to waive the Automatic Form of Payment (Section 6.01) shall be void. Thereafter, the Participant's Retirement Income shall be determined under the terms of Sections 4.01, 4.02, 4.04 or 4.05, whichever is applicable.

(ii) If the Participant recommences Employment within 90 days after he recovers from his Permanent Disability, the Participant shall receive Credited Service for the period of his Permanent Disability (starting as of his Disability Retirement Date and ending on the date of his recovery from Permanent Disability). In addition, the Participant's Average Earnings will be determined assuming the Participant received monthly Earnings during his period of Permanent Disability equal to his Average Earnings received immediately prior to his Permanent Disability. Any Retirement Income subsequently paid to the Participant will be reduced by the Actuarial Equivalent of benefits previously paid to the Participant under this Schedule D.

(iii) If the Participant does not recommence Employment within 90 days after he recovers from his Permanent Disability, the Participant's subsequent


Retirement Income shall be based on the Participant's Average Earnings and Credited Service as of his Disability Retirement Date.

(i) If a Participant has not completed five years of Credited Service prior to his cessation of active Employment or if the Participant becomes Permanently Disabled after his cessation of active Employment, the Participant shall not be entitled to a monthly Retirement Income under this Schedule D.

(j) Disability Retirement Date shall mean the first day of the month coincident with or immediately following the later of (i) the date the Permanent Disability as defined in Section 2.38 has existed for five consecutive months or (ii) the date the Committee determines that the Participant is Permanently Disabled.

(k) In each case, the Disability Retirement Benefit described in this Schedule D remains subject to all limitations, reductions, adjustments of this Plan, including but not limited to adjustments under Code
Section 401(a)(17) (limit on Earnings), Code Section 415 (see Article
XIII) and Section 4.07 of the Plan (reduction of benefit in certain cases).


SCHEDULE E

SPECIAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO RETIREMENT WINDOWS
(SEE SECTION 4.02(C))

1. Retirement Window for Certain Employees of the Mid-South Data Processing and D.C. Accounting to Normal, Illinois. Employees who have attained age 55 and earned 15 or more years of Credited Service as of December 31, 1989 and who are employed on October 31, 1989 by
(1) Mid-South Data Processing, (2) Mid-South Distribution Center Accounting, or (3) Memphis-area Locals may elect early retirement without the early retirement reduction factor described in Section 4.02(b) of the Plan. Such eligible Employees must notify the Company of their desire to elect early retirement between September 19, 1989 and October 31, 1989 (inclusive) and must actually retire from the Company between December 31, 1989 and February 1, 1990 (inclusive). The term "Memphis-area Locals" refers to Company-owned (NAPA) stores located in the Memphis area served by the Memphis Distribution Center. All eligible Employees will be notified of this special early retirement on or about September 19, 1989.

2. Retirement Window for Certain Employees Employed by Rayloc Atlanta. Employees who (1) were actively employed on October 21, 1994, by Rayloc and continuously employed thereafter by Rayloc through December 31, 1994, at its Atlanta facility; and, (2) have attained age 59-1/2 but are younger than age 65 (i.e., born after January 1, 1930 and before July 1, 1935); and, (3) have earned 15 or more years of Credited Service may elect early retirement without the early retirement reduction factor described in Section 4.02(b) of the Plan. Such eligible Employees must notify the Company of their desire to elect early retirement between October 21, 1994, and December 9, 1994 (inclusive) and must actually terminate employment from Rayloc on December 31, 1994 (with early retirement effective January 1, 1995).


NAPA Auto Parts                              March 1, 1984
  Pella, IA

Motor Parts & Supply                         August 1, 1988
  Hattiesburg, MS

Motor Parts & Supply                         August 1, 1988
  Petal, MS

W. C. Hendrie & Co.                          August 1, 1988
  Long Beach, CA (Motion Ind.)

Auto Parts of Fairfield                      August 1, 1989
  Fairfield, IA

M & J Auto Parts                             November 1, 1989
  Toledo, OH

Strong Auto Parts                            January 1, 1990
  Deer Park, WA

Loeb Auto Parts                              February 1, 1990
  Washington, IL

Central City Auto Parts                      March 1, 1990
  Central City, KY

Beaver Dam Auto Parts                        March 1, 1990
  Beaver Dam, KY

Les Hite Inc.                                June 1, 1990
  Leesburg, SC

Sheppard Auto Supply Inc.                    July 1, 1990
  Montgomery, WV
  Ansted, WV
  Belle, WV
  Clay, WV
  Gauley Bridge, WV
  Oak Hill, WV

Neilson Auto Parts                           July 1, 1990
  Idaho Falls, ID
Rigby Auto Parts                             July 1, 1990
  Idaho Falls, ID

- i -

BMP Inc.                                     August 1, 1990
  Schofield, WI
  Wausau, WI

Milligan Parts Company                       October 1, 1990
  Georgetown, OH
  Bethel, OH
  Pebbles, OH
  Ripley, OH
  W. Union, OH

Lovell Bros, Inc.                            November 1, 1990
  Ocala, FL
  Bolleview, FL
  Crystal River, FL
  Inverness, FL
  Lynn, FL
  Williston, FL

A&J Automotive Parts, Inc.                   December 1, 1990
  Commerce, GA

- ii -

EXHIBIT 13

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
Genuine Parts Company and Subsidiaries

[LOGO]

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(restated to give effect to pooling of interests)                    Year Ended December 31
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       1994         1993         1992         1991         1990
================================================================================================================
                                                              (in thousands except per share data)
Net sales ....................................   $4,858,415   $4,384,294   $4,016,751   $3,763,736   $3,660,443
Cost of goods sold ...........................    3,343,699    3,023,038    2,781,731    2,612,059    2,543,951
Selling, administrative and other expenses ...    1,039,848      935,427      852,610      790,559      755,051
Income before income taxes ...................      474,868      425,829      382,410      361,118      361,441
Income taxes .................................      186,320      166,961      145,440      137,154      137,718
Net income** .................................   $  288,548   $  257,813   $  236,970   $  223,964   $  223,723
Average common shares outstanding during year*      124,041      124,217      124,085      123,980      125,262
Per common share*:
        Net income** .........................   $     2.33   $     2.08   $     1.91   $     1.81   $     1.79
        Dividends declared ...................         1.15         1.06         1.00          .97          .92
        December 31 closing stock price ......        36.00        37.63        34.00        32.50        25.33
Long-term debt, less current maturities ......       11,431       12,265       13,043       12,658       16,369
Shareholders' equity .........................    1,526,165    1,445,263    1,316,372    1,211,716    1,122,182
Total assets .................................   $2,029,471   $1,870,756   $1,707,303   $1,577,516   $1,488,412
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

*Adjusted to reflect the three-for-two split in 1992.
**Net of cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles of $1,055 in 1993.

SELECTED RATIO ANALYSIS

(restated to give effect to pooling of interests)                          Year Ended December 31
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              1994       1993       1992       1991       1990
================================================================================================================
(In % of net sales)
  Cost of goods sold ..............................          68.82%     68.95%     69.25%     69.40%     69.50%
  Selling, administrative and other expenses ......          21.40      21.34      21.23      21.00      20.63
  Income before income taxes ......................           9.77       9.71       9.52       9.60       9.87
  Net income ......................................           5.94       5.88       5.90       5.95       6.11
Rate earned on shareholders' equity at the beginning
  of each year ....................................          19.97%     19.59%     19.56%     19.96%     21.14%
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

MARKET AND DIVIDEND INFORMATION

High and Low Sales Price and Dividends Declared per Share of Common Shares Traded on the New York Stock Exchange.

                                                                    Sales Price of Common Shares
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Quarter                                                      1994                            1993
================================================================================================================
                                                        High        Low                High         Low
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
First..............................................    $39.38      $33.75             $37.25      $32.88
Second.............................................     36.88       33.63              37.38       33.50
Third..............................................     37.38       34.13              38.25       34.50
Fourth.............................................     37.00       33.88              39.00       34.88

                                                                   Dividends Declared per Share
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               1994                            1993
================================================================================================================
First .............................................          $.2875                           $.265
Second ............................................           .2875                            .265
Third .............................................           .2875                            .265
Fourth ............................................           .2875                            .265

Number of Record Holders of Common Stock...........      7,917

eighteen


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
Genuine Parts Company and Subsidiaries

[LOGO] ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Board of Directors
Genuine Parts Company

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Genuine Parts Company and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1994 and 1993, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1994. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Genuine Parts Company and subsidiaries at December 31, 1994 and 1993, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1994, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, in 1993 the Company changed its method of accounting for postretirement benefits and income taxes.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP


Atlanta, Georgia
February 6, 1995

nineteen


CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
Genuine Parts Company and Subsidiaries

[LOGO]

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                           December 31
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        1994         1993
============================================================================================
                                                                     (dollars in thousands)
ASSETS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CURRENT ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents .......................................   $   82,410   $  123,231
Short-term investments, at cost, which
  approximates market value .....................................          ---       64,599
Trade accounts receivable .......................................      487,395      428,911
Merchandise inventories .........................................    1,004,580      879,154
Prepaid expenses and other current accounts .....................       21,396       10,299
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS    1,595,781    1,506,194
INVESTMENTS AND OTHER ASSETS (Notes 1 and 8) ....................      175,658      133,364
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Land ............................................................       32,152       28,109
Buildings, less allowance for depreciation
  (1994 - $60,176; 1993 - $56,839)...............................      106,608      103,146
Machinery and equipment, less allowance for
  depreciation (1994 - $131,905; 1993 - $128,262) ...............      119,272       99,943
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                NET PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT      258,032      231,198
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    $2,029,471   $1,870,756
============================================================================================

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CURRENT LIABILITIES
Trade accounts payable ..........................................   $  316,589   $  258,949
Current maturities on long-term debt ............................          933          797
Accrued compensation ............................................       37,790       30,883
Accrued expenses ................................................       20,368       18,222
Dividends payable ...............................................       35,246       32,933
Income taxes payable ............................................       11,482       10,167
Deferred income taxes ...........................................          ---        1,521
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES      422,408      353,472
LONG-TERM DEBT, less current maturities .........................       11,431       12,265
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES ...........................................       44,540       37,980
MINORITY INTERESTS IN SUBSIDIARIES ..............................       24,927       21,776
SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY (Notes 2, 3, 4 and 6):
Preferred Stock, par value $1 a share-authorized
  10,000,000 shares; none issued
Common Stock, par value $1 a share-authorized
  450,000,000 shares; issued 122,627,303 shares
  in 1994; 124,282,289 shares in 1993 ...........................      122,627      124,282
Additional paid-in capital ......................................          ---        2,566
Retained earnings ...............................................    1,403,538    1,318,415
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY   1,526,165    1,445,263
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    $2,029,471   $1,870,756
============================================================================================

See accompanying notes.

twenty


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
Genuine Parts Company and Subsidiaries
(LOGO)

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                Year Ended December 31
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               1994         1993         1992
=================================================================================================
                                                     (dollars in thousands except per share data)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net sales ............................................   $4,858,415   $4,384,294   $4,016,751
Cost of goods sold ...................................    3,343,699    3,023,038    2,781,731
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          1,514,716    1,361,256    1,235,020
Selling, administrative and other expenses ...........    1,039,848      935,427      852,610
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income before income taxes and cumulative effect of
  changes in accounting principles ...................      474,868      425,829      382,410
Income taxes (Note 7) ................................      186,320      166,961      145,440
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income before cumulative effect of changes in
  accounting principles ..............................      288,548      258,868      236,970

Cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles,
  net of tax (Note 1) ................................         --          1,055         --
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NET INCOME ...........................................   $  288,548   $  257,813   $  236,970
=================================================================================================
Net income per common share ..........................   $     2.33   $     2.08   $     1.91
=================================================================================================
Average common shares outstanding during the year ....      124,041      124,217      124,085
=================================================================================================
See accompanying notes.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
Genuine Parts Company and Subsidiaries
(LOGO)

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             Common Stock       Additional                   Total
                                             ------------        Paid-In      Retained    Shareholders
                                          Shares       Amount    Capital      Earnings       Equity
=========================================================================================================
                                                           (dollars in thousands)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at January 1, 1992 ........     82,670,204    $ 82,670    $  --      $1,129,046    $1,211,716
  Net income ......................           --          --         --         236,970       236,970
  Cash dividends declared .........           --          --         --        (114,508)     (114,508)
  Three-for-two stock split .......     41,350,036      41,350       --         (41,395)          (45)
  Stock options exercised .........        142,849         143       --           3,270         3,413
  Repurchase of shares by pooled
    companies prior to merger .....           --          --         --          (4,895)       (4,895)
  Cash dividends declared by pooled
    companies prior to merger .....           --          --         --         (16,279)      (16,279)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at December 31, 1992 ......    124,163,089     124,163       --       1,192,209     1,316,372
  Net income ......................           --          --         --         257,813       257,813
  Cash dividends declared .........           --          --         --        (131,681)     (131,681)
  Stock options exercised .........        119,200         119      2,566            74         2,759
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at December 31, 1993 ......    124,282,289     124,282      2,566     1,318,415     1,445,263
  Net income ......................           --          --         --         288,548       288,548
  Cash dividends declared .........           --          --         --        (142,602)     (142,602)
  Stock options exercised .........        192,613         193      4,175          --           4,368
  Purchase of stock ...............     (2,011,000)     (2,011)    (6,741)      (61,593)      (70,345)
  Other ...........................        163,401         163       --             770           933
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1994 ......    122,627,303    $122,627    $  --      $1,403,538    $1,526,165
=========================================================================================================
See accompanying notes.

twenty-one


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Genuine Parts Company and Subsidiaries

[LOGO]

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                     Year Ended December 31
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                 1994         1993         1992
================================================================================================================
                                                                                     (dollars in thousands)
Operating Activities
  Net income ............................................................   $ 288,548    $ 257,813    $ 236,970
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
    operating activities:
      Depreciation and amortization .....................................      37,374       34,420       31,687
      Gain on sale of property, plant and equipment .....................        (158)      (1,342)        (895)
      Provision for deferred taxes ......................................       6,699        5,990        3,896
      Equity in income from investees ...................................      (7,224)      (4,452)      (2,513)
      Income applicable to minority interests ...........................       2,373        2,090        1,537
      Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
        Trade accounts receivable .......................................     (58,484)     (25,759)     (33,455)
        Merchandise inventories .........................................    (125,426)     (91,462)     (60,614)
        Prepaid expenses and other current accounts .....................     (11,097)      (1,413)         488
        Trade accounts payable ..........................................      57,641       18,319       22,090
        Income taxes payable and other current liabilities ..............       8,708        6,367      (12,987)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                              (89,594)     (57,242)     (50,766)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES     198,954      200,571      186,204
Investing Activities
  Acquisition of Davis & Wilmar, Inc., net of cash acquired of $3,556 ...        --           --        (28,444)
  Investment in Grupo Auto Todo .........................................     (26,009)        --           --
  Purchase of property, plant and equipment .............................     (66,002)     (57,513)     (31,585)
  Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment ...................       2,885        4,831        3,862
  Purchase of short-term investments ....................................        --        (64,599)     (12,010)
  Proceeds from sale and maturity of short-term investments .............      64,599       12,010       17,698
  Other investing activities ............................................      (9,062)     (12,962)      (9,696)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES     (33,589)    (118,233)     (60,175)
Financing Activities
  Payments on long-term debt ............................................        (698)        (804)      (5,954)
  Stock options exercised ...............................................       4,368        2,759        3,368
  Dividends paid ........................................................    (140,289)    (129,846)    (127,338)
  Purchase of stock .....................................................     (70,345)        --         (4,896)
  Contributions from minority interests .................................         778          765          822
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    NET CASH USED IN FINANCING ACTIVITIES    (206,186)    (127,126)    (133,998)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                NET DECREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS     (40,821)     (44,788)      (7,969)
                           CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF YEAR     123,231      168,019      175,988
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR   $  82,410    $ 123,231    $ 168,019
================================================================================================================
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
  Cash paid during the year for:
    Income taxes ........................................................   $ 178,307    $ 160,944    $ 154,498
================================================================================================================
    Interest ............................................................   $   1,333    $   1,587    $   1,890
================================================================================================================

See accompanying notes.

twenty-two


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Genuine Parts Company and Subsidiaries December 31, 1994 GPC(LOGO)

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION: The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Genuine Parts Company and all of its subsidiaries (the "Company"). Income applicable to minority interests is included in other expenses. Significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

CASH EQUIVALENTS: The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.

INVESTMENTS: On August 27, 1992, the Company paid approximately $5.5 million to increase its ownership in UAP Inc., a Canadian automotive parts distributor, from 20% to 24%. The Company also has a 49% interest in a partnership formed by the Company and UAP Inc.
On October 1, 1994, the Company paid approximately $26 million to acquire a 49% interest in Grupo Auto Todo, a partnership formed by the Company and Auto Todo, a Mexican automotive parts distributor.
These investments are accounted for by the equity method of accounting.

INVENTORIES: Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined by the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method for substantially all automotive parts, and certain industrial parts, and by the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method for all other inventories. If the FIFO method had been used for all inventories, cost would have been $102,077,000 and $100,772,000 higher than reported at December 31, 1994 and December 31, 1993, respectively.

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT: Property, plant and equipment is stated on the basis of cost. Depreciation is determined principally on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of each asset.

STOCK OPTIONS: Proceeds from the sale of stock under options are credited to common stock at par value and the excess of the option price over par value is credited to additional paid-in capital.

INTEREST INCOME: Interest income (1994 - $6,765,000; 1993 - $6,273,000; 1992 - $7,538,000) has been deducted from selling, administrative and other expenses.

FOREIGN OPERATIONS: Foreign operations represent less than five percent of consolidated amounts. Translation adjustments are not significant.

ACCOUNTING CHANGES: Effective January 1, 1993, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 106, "Employers' Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions" which requires the projected future costs of providing postretirement benefits, such as health care and life insurance, be recognized as an expense as employees render service instead of when benefits are paid. The Company applied the new rules using the cumulative effect method, resulting in a charge of $5,055,000 (net of income taxes of $3,095,000) in 1993.
Also effective January 1, 1993, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes". The cumulative effect as of January 1, 1993, of adopting Statement 109 increased 1993 net income by $4,000,000.
The adoption of Statements 106 and 109 did not have a material impact on the Company's financial statements or results of operations.

NET INCOME PER COMMON SHARE: Net income per common share is based on the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during each year. Options outstanding under the Company's stock option plan would not materially dilute net income per share and, therefore, have not been included in the computation.

2. ACQUISITIONS On June 30, 1992, the Company acquired all of the outstanding common stock of Davis & Wilmar, Inc., an automotive parts distributor, for $32 million. The acquisition has been recorded using the purchase method of accounting. On January 29, 1993, the Company completed its merger of Berry Bearing Company and certain affiliated companies into the Company. The Berry Companies distribute industrial replacement parts and related supplies throughout the Midwestern United States. The Company issued 9,586,531 shares of common stock for all of the outstanding common stock of the Berry Companies. This transaction has been accounted for as a pooling of interests and, accordingly, the accompanying financial statements have been retroactively combined to include the accounts of the pooled companies.

3. STOCK SPLIT On February 17, 1992, the Board of Directors approved a three-for-two stock split, effected in the form of a 50% stock dividend, payable to shareholders of record on March 16, 1992. The par value of the shares issued was charged to retained earnings.

twenty-three


4. SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY The Company has a Shareholder Protection Rights Agreement which includes the distribution of Rights to common shareholders. The Rights entitle the holder, upon occurrence of certain events, to purchase additional stock of the Company. The Rights will be exercisable only if a person, group or company acquires 20% or more of the Company's common stock or commences a tender offer that would result in ownership of 30% or more of the common stock. The Company is entitled to redeem each Right for one cent.

5. LEASED PROPERTIES The Company leases land, buildings and equipment. Certain land and building leases have renewal options generally for periods ranging from two to ten years. Future minimum payments, by year and in the aggregate, under the noncancellable operating leases with initial or remaining terms of one year or more consisted of the following at December 31, 1994 (in thousands):

1995..........................      $ 48,238
1996..........................        35,159
1997..........................        24,534
1998..........................        17,755
1999..........................        12,031
Subsequent to 1999............        24,725
- --------------------------------------------
                                    $162,442
============================================

Rental expense for operating leases was $53,913,000 in 1994; $48,935,000 in 1993; and $47,033,000 in 1992.

6. STOCK OPTIONS In accordance with stock option plans approved by the shareholders, options are granted to key personnel for the purchase of the Company's common stock at prices not less than the fair market value of the shares on the dates of grant. Most options may be exercised not earlier than twelve months nor later than ten years from the date of grant. On April 20, 1992, the shareholders approved the 1992 Stock Option and Incentive Plan which provides for 4,500,000 shares of common stock to be available for granting of incentive and nonqualified stock options to key employees. Further information relating to the options is as follows:

                                                            Shares
                      Option Price         --------------------------------------
                        Per Share               1994          1993          1992
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Outstanding at
  January 1 ........ $22.58 to $37.06      1,496,301     1,432,850       798,556
  Granted ..........  30.31 to  37.06        693,000       235,700       858,900
  Exercised ........  22.58 to  31.92       (272,887)     (150,749)     (206,481)
  Cancelled ........  22.79 to  35.69        (16,337)      (21,500)      (18,125)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Outstanding at
  December 31 ......  23.21 to  37.06      1,900,077     1,496,301     1,432,850
=================================================================================
Exercisable at
  December 31 ......  23.21 to  37.06        770,774     1,014,843       520,316
=================================================================================
Shares available for
  future grants ....                       2,694,193     3,520,856     3,735,056
=================================================================================

On March 31, 1994, the Company entered into restricted stock agreements with two officers which provide for the award of up to 100,000 and 50,000 shares, respectively, during the period 1994 - 1998 based on the Company achieving certain increases in earnings per share and stock price levels, as defined in the agreements. For the year ended December 31, 1994, the officers earned 10,000 and 5,000 shares, respectively. The Company recognizes compensation expense equal to the fair market value of the stock on the award date over the remaining vesting period which expires on March 31, 2004.

7. INCOME TAXES Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of the assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company's deferred tax liabilities are as follows:

                                     1994      1993
- ----------------------------------------------------
                                    (in thousands)
Employee and retiree benefits..   $17,301   $15,793
Property, plant and equipment..    17,231    15,944
Merchandise inventories .......     6,855     6,243
Other .........................     3,153     1,521
- ----------------------------------------------------
                                  $44,540   $39,501
====================================================

The components of income tax expense are as follows:

                       1994       1993       1992
- --------------------------------------------------
                            (in thousands)
Federal:
   Current.....    $148,282   $132,298   $116,772
   Deferred....       6,699      5,990      3,896
State .........      31,339     28,673     24,772
- --------------------------------------------------
                   $186,320   $166,961   $145,440
==================================================

The reasons for the difference between total tax expense and the amount computed by applying the statutory Federal income tax rate to income before income taxes were as follows:

                                      1994         1993         1992
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             (in thousands)
Statutory rate  applied to
  pre-tax income .............   $ 166,204    $ 149,040    $ 130,019
Plus state income taxes,
  net of Federal tax benefit..      20,370       18,637       16,350
Other ........................        (254)        (716)        (929)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 $ 186,320    $ 166,961    $ 145,440
=====================================================================

8. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS The Company's noncontributory defined benefit pension plan covers substantially all of its employees. The benefits are based on an average of the employees' compensation during five of their last ten years of credited service. The Company's funding policy is to contribute amounts

twenty-four


deductible for income tax purposes. Contributions are intended to provide not only for benefits attributed for service to date but also for those expected to be earned in the future.
The following table sets forth the plan's funded status and amounts recognized in the Company's financial statements at December 31:

                                                 1994         1993
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  (in thousands)
Actuarial present value of
  benefit obligations:
  Accumulated benefit obligation,
    including vested benefits of $201,029
    in 1994 and $202,994 in 1993 ........   $(205,808)   $(207,707)
===================================================================
Projected benefit obligation for service
  rendered to date ......................   $(315,368)   $(339,271)
Plan assets at fair value, primarily
  insurance contracts, U.S. Government
  securities and equity securities ......     346,303      344,217
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
Plan assets in excess of projected
  benefit obligation ....................      30,935        4,946
Unrecognized prior service cost .........     (26,520)     (24,365)
Unrecognized net loss from past
  experience different from that
  assumed and effects of changes
  in assumptions ........................      51,926       61,307
Unrecognized net transition obligation ..       1,822        2,083
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
Net prepaid pension cost ................   $  58,163    $  43,971
===================================================================

Net pension cost (income) included the following components at December 31:

                            1994        1993        1992
- ---------------------------------------------------------
                                  (in thousands)
Service cost ........   $ 12,247    $  9,498    $ 10,775
Interest cost .......     25,002      23,192      23,909
Actual return on plan
  assets ............      3,578     (35,190)    (21,080)
Net amortization and
  deferral ..........    (36,606)      2,353      (5,870)
- ---------------------------------------------------------
Net periodic pension
  cost (income) .....   $  4,221    $   (147)   $  7,734
=========================================================

Effective January 1, 1993, the Company began insuring new long-term disability claims under a policy separate from the pension plan, resulting in a decrease in net pension cost of approximately $7,000,000 during 1993.
Assumptions used in the accounting for the defined benefit plan as of December 31 were:

                                 1994       1993       1992
- -----------------------------------------------------------
Weighted-average
  discount rate .............   8.40%      7.50%      8.75%
Rate of increase in
  future compensation
  levels ....................   5.00%      5.75%      5.75%
Expected long-term rate
        of return on assets..   9.50%     10.00%     10.00%

The changes in the above assumptions resulted in a net $37,400,000 decrease in the projected benefit obligation at December 31, 1994.
At December 31, 1994, the plan held 534,997 shares of common stock of the Company with a market value of $19,259,892.
The Company has a defined contribution plan which covers substantially all of its employees. The Company's contributions are determined based on 20% of the first 6% of the covered employee's salary. Total plan expense was approximately $3,364,000 in 1994, $2,712,000 in 1993, and $2,212,000 in 1992, respectively.

9. INDUSTRY DATA The industry data for the past five years presented in the Exhibit on page 27 is an integral part of these financial statements. The Company is primarily engaged in the distribution of merchandise, principally automotive and industrial replacement parts, and office supplies. In the automotive industry, the Company distributes replacement parts (other than body parts) for substantially all makes and models of domestically manufactured automobiles, most domestically manufactured trucks and buses, and most vehicles manufactured outside the United States. In addition, this segment of the business includes the rebuilding of some automotive parts and the distribution of replacement parts for certain types of farm equipment, motorcycles, motorboats and small engines. The Company's industrial segment distributes a wide variety of industrial bearings, mechanical and fluid power transmission equipment, including hydraulic and pneumatic products, material handling components, and related parts and supplies. The Company's office products segment distributes a wide variety of office products, computer supplies, office furniture and business electronics. Intersegment sales are not significant. Operating profit for each industry segment is calculated as net sales less operating expenses excluding general corporate expenses, interest expense, equity in income from investees and minority interests. Identifiable assets by industry are those assets that are used in the Company's operations in each industry. Corporate assets are principally cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments and headquarters' facilities and equipment.

twenty-five


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYIS
Genuine Parts Company and Subsidiaries
(LOGO)

December, 31, 1994

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS:
Net sales in 1994 increased for the 45th consecutive year to a record high of $4.9 billion. This was an increase of 11% over the prior year and compares with increases of 9% in 1993, and 7% in 1992. Sales for the Automotive Parts Group increased 8% in 1994 versus 7% in 1993, reflecting an improved economic climate and enhanced marketing programs for all segments of the automotive aftermarket. Sales for the Industrial Parts Group increased 14% in 1994 versus 7% in 1993 as industrial production continues to increase and factory utilization remains high. Sales for the Office Products Group increased 14% in 1994 compared with 21% in 1993 reflecting geographic expansion, increased market share and improved service level.
Costs of goods sold remained approximately the same as a percentage of net sales in each of the past two years. Selling, administrative and other expenses increased each year, and the percentage to net sales remained approximately the same. The effective income tax rate was 39.2% in 1994 and in 1993 and 38.0% in 1992. The effective tax rate in 1993 reflects the increase in the federal tax rate from 34% to 35% effective January 1, 1993.
Consolidated net income in 1994 increased 12% over 1993 net income. Net income in 1993 increased 9% over 1992.
Effective December 31, 1994, the Company changed the assumptions in the Pension Plan as follows: weighted average discount rate from 7.50% to 8.40%, rate of increase in future compensation levels from 5.75% to 5.00%, and the expected long-term rate of return on assets from 10.00% to 9.50%. The changes in these assumptions resulted in a net $37,400,000 decrease in the projected benefit obligation at December 31, 1994.
Effective January 1, 1993, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 106, "Employers' Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions" which requires the projected future costs of providing postretirement benefits, such as health care and life insurance, be recognized as an expense as employees render service instead of when benefits are paid. The Company has applied the new rules using the cumulative effect method, resulting in a charge of $5,055,000 (net of income taxes of $3,095,000).
Also effective January 1, 1993, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes". The cumulative effect as of January 1, 1993, of adopting Statement 109 increased net income by $4,000,000. As permitted by the Statement, prior year financial statements have not been restated to reflect the change in accounting method.
The adoption of Statements 106 and 109 did not have a material impact on the Company's financial statements or results of operations.

LIQUIDITY AND SOURCES OF CAPITAL:
The ratio of current assets to current liabilities was 3.8 at the close of 1994 with current assets amounting to 79% of total assets. Trade accounts receivable and inventories increased 13.6% and 14.3% respectively, while working capital increased 2%. The increase in working capital has been financed principally from the Company's cash flow generated by operations. Working capital only increased a small percentage due to the Company's stock repurchase program for 1994. At its August 16, 1994 meeting, the Genuine Parts Company Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase program which authorizes the Company to reacquire up to 10 million shares of its Common Stock. To date, approximately 2 million shares have been repurchased. Current financial resources and anticipated funds from operations are expected to meet requirements for working capital in 1995. Capital expenditures during 1994 amounted to $66 million compared with $58 million in 1993 and $32 million in 1992. The increase in 1994 and 1993 reflects the Company's continuing geographic expansion as well as the upgrading of its existing facilities. Additionally, capital expenditures in 1992 reflected the Company's response to the difficult business environment and the overall economy. It is anticipated that capital expenditures in 1995 will be approximately the same as 1994.
On January 29, 1993, 9,586,531 shares of common stock were issued for all of the outstanding common stock of Berry Bearing Company and certain affiliated companies. This transaction has been accounted for as a pooling of interests; and accordingly, the financial statements prior to that date have been retroactively combined to include the accounts of the pooled companies.

INFLATION:
There were no price increases in the Automotive Parts Group in 1994 as sales increased 8%. The Industrial Parts Group had a sales increase of 14% and price increases of approximately 2.9%. The Office Products Group had a sales increase of 14% and price increases of less than 1%.
Price increases in the Automotive Group were approximately 1% in 1993 as sales increased 7%. The Industrial Parts Group had a sales increase of 7% and price increases of approximately 3%. The Office Products Group had a sales increase of 21% and price increases of less than 1%.
The charges to operations for depreciation represent the allocation of historical costs incurred over past years and are significantly less than if they were based on the current cost of productive capacity being consumed.

twenty-six


Industry Data Genuine Parts Company and Subsidiaries
GPC(LOGO)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 1994          1993          1992          1991          1990
==============================================================================================================
                                                                      (dollars in thousands)
Net sales
  Automotive ...........................   $2,693,961    $2,485,267    $2,318,761    $2,188,698    $2,117,464
  Industrial ...........................    1,317,495     1,153,371     1,082,428     1,021,019     1,019,227
  Office products ......................      846,959       745,656       615,562       554,019       523,752
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Total net sales ...................   $4,858,415    $4,384,294    $4,016,751    $3,763,736    $3,660,443
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating profit
  Automotive ...........................   $  304,164    $  282,791    $  262,422    $  260,818    $  252,862
  Industrial ...........................      111,822        96,727        87,493        76,922        80,578
  Office products ......................       78,206        65,938        50,967        45,112        45,606
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Total operating profit ............      494,192       445,456       400,882       382,852       379,046
Interest expense .......................       (1,321)       (1,584)       (1,871)       (5,434)       (5,411)
Corporate expense ......................      (22,854)      (20,405)      (17,577)      (18,662)      (14,448)
Equity in income .......................        7,224         4,452         2,513         4,000         3,814
Minority interests .....................       (2,373)       (2,090)       (1,537)       (1,638)       (1,560)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Income before income taxes ........   $  474,868    $  425,829    $  382,410    $  361,118    $  361,441
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Identifiable assets
  Automotive ...........................   $1,223,416    $1,152,148    $1,040,191    $  926,617    $  875,324
  Industrial ...........................      404,647       370,633       354,547       338,054       337,418
  Office products ......................      308,817       283,479       228,802       201,036       186,815
  Corporate ............................        5,950         6,731        27,333        57,197        43,881
  Equity investments ...................       86,641        57,765        56,430        54,612        44,974
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Total assets ......................   $2,029,471    $1,870,756    $1,707,303    $1,577,516    $1,488,412
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Depreciation and amortization
  Automotive ...........................   $   26,588    $   24,056    $   21,905    $   20,301    $   19,436
  Industrial ...........................        4,640         5,410         5,286         5,732         5,450
  Office products ......................        5,257         4,246         3,752         3,794         3,727
  Corporate ............................          889           708           744           768           964
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Total depreciation and amortization   $   37,374    $   34,420    $   31,687    $   30,595    $   29,577
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Capital expenditures
  Automotive ...........................   $   45,921    $   39,502    $   24,272    $   22,381    $   33,190
  Industrial ...........................        4,164         2,779         2,553         2,479         8,586
  Office products ......................       13,547        12,378         3,395         3,055         3,488
  Corporate ............................        2,370         2,854         1,365           358           845
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Total capital expenditures ........   $   66,002    $   57,513    $   31,585    $   28,273    $   46,109
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Assets acquired in prior years will, of course, be replaced at higher costs, but this will take place over many years.
Present tax laws do not allow deductions for adjustments for the impact of inflation. Thus, taxes are levied on the Company at rates which, in real terms, exceed established statutory rates. In general, during periods of inflation, this tax policy results in a tax on shareholders' investment in the Company.

QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS:
Miscellaneous year-end adjustments resulted in increasing net income during the fourth quarter of 1994 and 1993 by approximately $18,353,000 ($.15 per share) and $16,206,000 ($.13 per share), respectively.

The following is a summary of the quarterly results of operations for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1993.

                                               Three Months Ended
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             March 31,       June 30,      Sept. 30,        Dec.31,
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1994
- ----
Net Sales...............    $1,162,075     $1,219,801     $1,268,417     $1,208,122
Gross Profit............       346,457        362,817        382,280        423,162
Net Income..............        62,891         71,011         72,924         81,722
Net Income per
  Common Share..........           .51            .57            .59            .66

1993
- ----
Net Sales...............    $1,037,914     $1,106,176     $1,144,839     $1,095,365
Gross Profit............       310,421        326,282        347,399        377,154
Net Income..............        55,336         65,905         63,019         73,553
Net Income per
  Common Share..........           .45            .53            .51            .59

twenty-seven


EXHIBIT 21

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY

                                                               Jurisdiction of
Name                                       % Owned             Incorporation
----                                       -------             -------------
Balkamp, Inc.                               89.61              Indiana

Berry Bearing Company                      100.0               Illinois

Genuine Parts Holdings, Ltd.               100.0               Province of
                                                               Alberta, Canada

Motion Industries, Inc.                    100.0               Delaware

S. P. Richards Company                     100.0               Georgia

Alamogordo Parts & Supply, Inc.             51.0               Georgia

Auto Paint and Supply Company
     of Lexington, Inc.                     51.0               Georgia

Best Auto Parts, Inc.                       51.0               Georgia

Brigham Automotive Supply, Inc.             51.0               Georgia

Bulldog Auto Parts, Inc.                    51.0               Georgia

Calcutta Auto Supply, Inc.                  51.0               Georgia

Central Motor Parts, Inc.                   51.0               Georgia

CKT Motive Parts, Inc.                      51.0               Georgia

Clermont-Brown Automotive Supply, Inc.      51.0               Georgia

C & O Auto Parts, Inc.                      51.0               Georgia

First Choice Automotive, Inc.               51.0               Georgia

First Settlement Automotive, Inc.           51.0               Georgia

1st Choice Auto Parts, Inc.                 51.0               Georgia

Franklin County Supply, Inc.                51.0               Georgia

Gila Automotive Supply, Inc.                51.0               Georgia

Hansens Automotive Supply, Inc.             51.0               Georgia

Hastings Auto Supply, Inc.                  51.0               Georgia

J.B.H. Auto Supply Incorporated             51.0               Georgia


Exhibit 21 (cont.)

L & P Automotive Supply, Inc.               51.0               Georgia

Lana Lou Auto Parts, Inc.                   51.0               Georgia

Landry Supply, Inc.                         51.0               Georgia

Luke's Auto Supply, Inc.                    51.0               Georgia

Mid-town Auto & Machine Shop, Inc.          51.0               Georgia

McMinn County Automotive, Inc.              51.0               Georgia

Middletown Parts Unlimited, Inc.            51.0               Georgia

Nelson Enterprises, Inc.                    51.0               Georgia

North Shore Automotive, Inc.                51.0               Georgia

Oberlin Auto Parts, Inc.                    51.0               Georgia

Parts & Company of Selma, Inc.              51.0               Georgia

Petoskey Automotive Center, Incorporated    51.0               Georgia

P.M.A. Associates, Inc.                     51.0               Georgia

Port Charlotte Auto Supply, Inc.            51.0               Georgia

Price Automotive Enterprises, Inc.          75.5               Georgia

Pride City Auto Parts, Inc.                 51.0               Georgia

Quality Auto Parts & Paint Supply, Inc.     51.0               Georgia

R.K.R., Inc.                                51.0               Georgia

Rasmussen Auto Supply, Inc.                 51.0               Georgia

River Valley Auto Parts, Inc.               51.0               Georgia

Rome Auto Parts, Inc.                       51.0               Georgia

Rutherford Automotive, Inc.                 51.0               Georgia

Sanchez Truck & Auto Parts, Inc.            51.0               Georgia

Sevier County Auto Parts, Inc.              51.0               Georgia

Slidell Parts Warehouse, Inc.               51.0               Georgia

Sumner Auto & Truck, Inc.                   51.0               Georgia

TAG Automotive, Inc.                        51.0               Georgia

TNT Supply, Inc.                            51.0               Georgia

Uptergrove Auto Supply, Inc.                51.0               Georgia

Warren County Automotive, Inc.              51.0               Georgia

Wisota Auto Parts, Inc.                     51.0               Georgia


Exhibit 23 - Consent of Independent Auditors

We consent to the incorporation by reference in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of Genuine Parts Company of our report dated February 6, 1995, included in the 1994 Annual Report to Shareholders of Genuine Parts Company.

We also consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement (Form S-8 Number 33-30982) pertaining to the Genuine Parts Company 1988 Stock Option Plan and in the Registration Statement (Form S-8 Number 33-62512) pertaining to the Genuine Parts Company 1992 Stock Option and Incentive Plan of our report dated February 6, 1995, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Genuine Parts Company incorporated by reference in the Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 1994.

ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Atlanta, Georgia

March 22, 1995


ARTICLE 5
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF GENUINE PARTS COMPANY FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994, AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
MULTIPLIER: 1,000


PERIOD TYPE YEAR
FISCAL YEAR END DEC 31 1994
PERIOD START JAN 01 1994
PERIOD END DEC 31 1994
CASH 82,410
SECURITIES 0
RECEIVABLES 487,395
ALLOWANCES 0
INVENTORY 1,004,580
CURRENT ASSETS 1,595,781
PP&E 258,032
DEPRECIATION 192,081
TOTAL ASSETS 2,029,471
CURRENT LIABILITIES 422,408
BONDS 11,431
COMMON 122,627
PREFERRED MANDATORY 0
PREFERRED 0
OTHER SE 1,403,538
TOTAL LIABILITY AND EQUITY 2,029,471
SALES 4,858,415
TOTAL REVENUES 4,858,415
CGS 3,343,699
TOTAL COSTS 3,343,699
OTHER EXPENSES 0
LOSS PROVISION 0
INTEREST EXPENSE 0
INCOME PRETAX 474,868
INCOME TAX 186,320
INCOME CONTINUING 288,548
DISCONTINUED 0
EXTRAORDINARY 0
CHANGES 0
NET INCOME 288,548
EPS PRIMARY 2.33
EPS DILUTED 2.33